Bankers Digest 2015

BANKER`S
DIGEST-2015
1
Bankers Digest-2015 [email protected] Mobile 9490213002
In todays environment, hoarding knowledge ultimately erodes

your power. If you know something very important, the way to
get power is by actually sharing it Joseph Badaracco
Employees play vital role in service organizations and they need
to be transformed into Knowledge Assets to remain competitive
in the dynamic environment and it is more so with Banks as they
are very service sensitive. Thus it is imperative for the bank staff
to serve the clientele with updated information of banks
products & services to accomplish corporate objectives.
In this endeavor, I have been compiling and releasing the
Bankers Digest every year for the benefit of Bankers since
2007. Ninth edition of Bankers Digest is released duly covering
the important guidelines issued by RBI from time to time. For
the benefit of the readers, the present edition is covering
Banking & Finance, contemporary topics as well as Question
Bank, which is of immense use for promotion aspirants.
All possible care is taken to provide error free information,
however, readers may note that the information given herein is
merely for guidance/reference and they need to refer the
relevant circulars for full details.
I express my sincere thanks to friends/colleagues for their
support in encouraging the idea and contributing the required
resources for release of Bankers Digest on time. I solicit your
views on the content and quality of the topics for further
improvement.
Email - [email protected] / Mobile 09490213002
Wish you all the Success
N S N Reddy
Date: 01.02.2015
2
Bankers Digest - Index
No
I
Topic
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
II
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
III
III
Banking & Finance

Deposits - Guidelines
NRIs Products & Services
Know Your Customer (KYC)
Alternate Delivery Channels
Electronic Payments
Financial Inclusion
Priority Sector Revised Guidelines
Micro Credit / SHG
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Model Education Loan Policy
Housing Loans
Interest Subvention Schemes

Ratio Analysis
Non Fund Business (BG/LC)
Charges (Hypothecation/Pledge/Mortgage)
Joint Lending Agreement
Takeover of Accounts - Guidelines
Credit Management
NPA - Prudential Norms
Restructure of Advances
Risk Management (Basel-I, II & III)
SARFAESI / CIBIL / CERSAI
Clean Note Policy & Cash Management
Customer Service & BCSBI
Compensation Policy
Current Topics - Banking & Finance
Monetary Policy
New Private Sector Banks - Guidelines
Corporate Governance
Financial Sector Legislative Reforms

Gold Deposit Scheme
Inflation Indexed National Saving Securities
Retail Banking
Treasury - Concepts
External Borrowings - Concepts
Fed Tapering / Volcker Rule / Bitcoins
Other concepts
Banking at Glance
Question Bank
Andhra Bank Products & Services
Page
3-12
13-18
19-23
24-26
27-30
31-34
35-42
43-44
45-47
48-49
50-51
52-54
55-57
58-62
63-64
65-66
67
68
69-72
73-74
75-78
79-80
81-83
84-86
87
88-90
91-95
96
97-98
99
100
101
102-103
104
105-106
107
108-118
119-145
146-222
3
Deposits General Guidelines

One of the important functions of the Banks is to accept deposits from the public for
the purpose of lending. In fact, depositors are the major stakeholders of the Banking
System. The depositors and their interests form the key area of the regulatory
framework for banking in India and Reserve Bank of India has been issuing broad
guidelines to the banks from time to time. Various deposit products offered by the
Bank are assigned different names. The deposit products are categorized broadly
into the following types.
a) Demand Deposits means a deposit received by the Bank, which is withdrawable
on demand;
b) Current Deposit means a form of demand deposit wherefrom withdrawals are
allowed any number of times depending upon the balance in the account or up to a
particular agreed amount. These accounts are meant purely to meet the business
needs of customers. Hence, no interest is paid on balances in Current accounts. RBI
prohibits banks from paying interest in Current accounts. While opening of current
accounts for business entities, banks should make reference to CIBIL to ensure that
the entity does not have borrowing arrangement and it is not on the list of
defaulters. In either case a reference should be made to the lending banks before
the current account is opened to ensure credit discipline among the borrowers.
c) Savings Deposits means a form of demand deposit which is subject to
restrictions as to the number of withdrawals as also the amounts of withdrawals
permitted by the Bank during any specified period. Banks have discretion to
introduce special schemes with insurance coverage and other benefits to the
specified group of customers with or without additional charges depending on the
scheme terms and conditions.
d) Term Deposit means a deposit received by the Bank for a fixed period
withdrawable only after expiry of the fixed period and includes deposits such as
Recurring / Cumulative / Annuity / Reinvestment deposits / Cash Certificates, etc.
The minimum period of Term Deposit is 15 days. However, branches can accept term
deposit for 7 days also provided the amount of deposit should be `1 lakh & above.
The maximum period should not exceed 10 years except in case court/minor
deposits as special case.
e) Notice Deposit means term deposit for specific period but withdrawable on
giving at least one complete banking days notice;
Bank may, from time to time design/come out with new deposit products, with
certain additional benefits with or without payment of certain charges to cater to
needs of specified categories of depositors and the same may not be made available
to other customers. As per RBI guidelines, no bank should open Saving Deposit
account in the name of
Govt.Departments/bodies
depending
upon
budgetary
allocation
for
performance of their functions
Muncipal Corporations or Muncipal Committees
Panchayat Samithis
State Housing Boards
Water/Sewerage/Drainage Boards
State Text Book Publishing Corporations/Societies
Metropolitan Development Authority
State/Dist. Level Housing Co-op Socities
Any political party
Any Trading/Business or Professional concern, whether such concern is a
proprietary or partnership firm or a company or an association.
4
However, the above prohibition will not apply in the case of organizations/agencies
such as Primary Co-operative Credit Societies, Khadi and Village Industries Boards,
Agriculture Produce Market Committees; Societies registered 1860 Act or any other
acts, Development of Women and Children in Rural areas (DWCRA), SHGs, Farmers
Clubs and Vikas Volunteer Vahini (VVV).
Joint Accounts Deposit accounts can be opened by an individual in his own name
or by more than one individual known as Joint Account. The account can be operated
by single individual or by more than one individual jointly as per the mandate. The
mandate for operations can be viz., Individual; or jointly; or Either or Survivor; or
Former or Survivor; or Any one or Survivor. If the account is held by two individuals
Either or Survivor, the final balance with interest, if applicable, will be paid to
survivor on death of anyone of the account holders. If the account is held on former
or survivor basis, the final balance along with interest, if applicable, will be paid to
survivor on the death of Former. The bank may at the request of all the joint account
holders allow addition or deletion of name/s of joint account holder/s if the
circumstances so warrant or allow an individual depositor to add the name of another
person as a joint account holder. However the name of the first joint account holder
cannot be replaced.
Accounts of Firms/Companies/Trusts/Associations The above constituents
can open domestic deposit accounts i.e. current, term deposits by producing
necessary documents as specified in the application. All the members of the
organization like partners, directors, trustees, etc. are subject to compliance of KYC
norms. Only certain types of institutions are eligible to open Savings accounts.
Branches should adhere to the following guidelines while opening of Government /
Quasi Government / Public Sector Undertakings / Other Institutional Accounts.

Obtain Government order or notification authorizing the concerned officer to

open and operate the account
Verify the identity of the officer authorized to operate the account
Obtain photographs of the persons authorized to operate the account
Address letter to next higher authority after opening of the account
Not to make payment of maturity proceeds of term deposits in cash
Obtain balance confirmation letter for operative and term deposits every
quarter from the said accounts
Minors Accounts Savings Bank/Recurring Deposit Account can also be opened by

a minor jointly with natural guardian or with mother as the guardian. Minors above
the age of 10 will also be allowed to open and operate saving bank account
independently. However, no overdrafts will be granted to these minors. On
attaining majority, the erstwhile minor should confirm the balance in his / her
account and if the account is operated by the natural guardian / guardian, fresh
specimen signature of erstwhile minor duly verified by the natural guardian would be
obtained and kept on record for all operational purposes.
Illiterate Accounts The Bank may at its discretion open deposit accounts in the
name of illiterate individuals. However, opening of Current Deposit Account requires
prior permission from higher authorities. While opening of the account, the depositor
needs to call on the Bank personally along with a witness who is known to both the
depositor and the Bank. The Bank official shall explain the terms and conditions
governing the account including safe keeping of Passbook, Cheque Book, Debit Card
etc., to the illiterate person. At the time of withdrawal/repayment of deposit amount
and/or interest, the account holder should affix thumb impression in the presence of
the authorized officer who should verify the identity of the person.
5
Visually Impaired Persons Visually Impaired Persons may be allowed to open all
types of deposit accounts, except current accounts, either singly or jointly with other
persons. Opening of Current Accounts for visually impaired persons at the branch
level requires prior permission from higher authorities. The terms and conditions
governing the accounts including special conditions, if any, should be read and
explained to the visually impaired person by the bank official in the presence of a
witness in view of his physical infirmity. Branch should obtain witness signature
(known to the bank) on Personal Data Form and the Account Opening Form along
with specimen signature of the depositor at the time of opening of the account.
Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (BSBD): With a view to achieving greater
financial inclusion, RBI directed the banks to make available basic banking services
to the needy people with Nil balance account without any service charges. However,
the restrictions on transactions and amount are to be made known to the depositors
transparently. In order to ensure that persons belonging to low income group both in
urban and rural areas do not face difficulty in opening the bank accounts due to the
procedural hassles, the KYC procedure for opening accounts for those persons who
intend to keep balances not exceeding `50000/- in all their accounts taken together
and the total credit in all the accounts taken together is not expected to exceed
`100000/- in a year has been simplified to enable those belonging to low income
groups without documents of identity and proof of residence to open banks accounts.
Photograph of the customer who proposes to open the account and his address need
to be certified by the introducer. It is also known as No Frills Accounts. As per the
recent guidelines, BSBD account holders, who are earning members of the family
and preferably women of the house and who had satisfactory dealings with the bank
for at least six months, are eligible to avail overdraft facility from banks not
exceeding an amount of `5000/-. However, Minors, Kisan Credit Card / General
Credit Card holders and the account holders whose age is beyond 60 years are not
eligible to avail overdraft facility. Overdraft attracts interest @ Base Rate+2%.
Minor Accounts: RBI has allowed minors aged more than 10 years to open and
operate savings bank accounts independently. However, banks can fix limits in terms
of minimum age and the amounts up to which the minors are allowed to operate the
deposit accounts. Banks are also allowed to offer facilities like Debit Cards, Cheque
Book and Internet Banking. The aim of this move is to help children understand
financial matters and open and operate bank accounts with ease and confidence.
Further, it is also aimed to bring uniformity among banks in opening and operating
minors accounts.
Pension Accounts are opened on receipt of advice from pension disbursing
authorities with all the relevant documents sent to the Bank at identified places /
branches. Payment of pension will be made as directed by the pension disbursing
authority. The terms and conditions for opening of accounts in the name of
pensioners are available at these selected branches of the Bank. The pension can be
credited to his/her existing savings/current account maintained with the branch
selected by the pensioner. All pensioners of the Central Government Pensioners and
those State Governments which have accepted such arrangement can open Joint
Account with their spouses - ''Former or Survivor" or "Either or Survivor". RBI has
not stipulated any minimum balance to be maintained in pension accounts by the
pensioners. Individual banks have framed their own rules in this regard. The
pensioner is required to furnish a Life Certificate/Non-employment Certificate or
Employment Certificate to the bank in the month of November every year. However,
in case a pensioner is unable to obtain a Life Certificate from an authorized bank
officer on account of serious illness / incapacitation, the bank official will visit his/her
residence/ hospital for the purpose of recording the life certificate. Since the banks
are operating in Core Banking environment, the pensioner has option to approach
any of the branches of the pension paying bank for submission of Life Certificate.
6
In order to overcome the hardships associated with life certificate, Govt. of India has
introduced Digital Life Certificate Jeevan Pramaan where the pensioner has
option to visit nearby CSC center or any Government office to submit online through
aadhar based biometric authentication.
Senior Citizens: Senior citizens who have completed 60 years of age and residing
in India are given certain privileges such as 0.50% additional interest rate over and
above the card rate. The depositor is required to furnish Proof of age to the bank.
Joint accounts with another senior citizen or with person who is not a senior citizen
is permitted. In the latter case, only if the senior citizen is the first named depositor,
the privileges are applicable.
Staff Accounts Banks can offer additional interest of 1% on the deposits placed
by the staff members either working or retired subject to conditions laid down by the
respective banks. The spouse of the deceased also can also avail this facility. In case
of Joint accounts, the first name in the deposit should be the staff or ex-staff or
spouse of the staff. However, staff rate of interest is not applicable for
NRE/NRO/FCNR deposits.
Mandate At the request of the depositor, the Bank register mandate/power of
attorney authorizing another person to operate the account on his behalf.
Interest on Term Deposits The interest shall be calculated at quarterly rests on
term deposits. However, banks are allowed to pay monthly interest at discounted
value. For the purpose of calculation of interest on domestic term deposits repayable
in less than three months or where the terminal quarter is incomplete, interest
should be paid proportionately for the actual number of days reckoning at 366 days
in a leap year and 365 days in other years. Whenever interest rates are revised, the
revised rates are applicable to fresh deposits as well as renewed deposits. The
interest rates offered are non-discretionary and non-discriminatory and are
applicable uniformly to all depositors at all branches of the Bank. The rate of interest
on deposits should be prominently displayed in the branch premises and Banks
website. Government of India advised the Banks not to pay any preferential interest
on the deposits of Central Public Sector Enterprises. The interest payment can be
made to any operative account as directed by the depositor in witting.
Premature Renewal of Term Deposit In case the depositor desires to renew the
deposit by seeking premature closure of an existing term deposit account, the bank
will permit the renewal at the applicable rate on the date of renewal, provided the
deposit is renewed for a period longer than the balance period of the original deposit.
While prematurely closing a deposit for the purpose of renewal, interest on the
deposit for the period it has remained with the bank will be paid at the rate
applicable to the period for which the deposit remained with the bank reckoning from
the date of deposit and not at the contracted rate. Banks are allowed to open
Pension account jointly with spouse. In case pensioner expires, the spouse can
continue the same account for family pension/other pension benefits.
Premature withdrawal of Term Deposit The Bank on request from the
depositor, at its discretion may allow withdrawal of term deposit before completion of
the period of the deposit agreed upon at the time of placing the deposit. The Bank
shall declare its policy on penalty which will be levied by way of interest reduction for
premature withdrawal of term deposit. The Bank shall make depositors aware of the
applicable rate along with the deposit rate. Normally, the premature cancellation of
term deposit attracts a penalty of 1%. However, at present, deposits of Individuals
up to `5 lakh contracted for any maturity period and deposits of Govt / Corporates /
firms / institutions / associations etc up to `100 lakh contracted up to 90 days are
exempted from levying penalty. (Cir no.292 Ref 27/27 dated 17.10.2012)
7
Overdue Term Deposits Payment of Interest Overdue deposits will be

renewed with effect from the date of maturity at interest rate applicable as on the
due date, provided such request is received within 14 days (both days inclusive)
from the date of maturity. Where the overdue period exceeds 14 days and where the
deposit or part thereof is renewed, the rate of interest payable on the deposit so
renewed shall be the lower of i) the rate of interest applicable for the renewed period
prevailing on the date of maturity or ii) the rate of interest applicable for the
renewed period and prevailing on the date of renewal. In case where the depositor is
not interested to renew the overdue deposit and would like to withdraw the amount,
in such cases, the depositor is eligible for applicable Savings Bank interest for the
overdue period. For the sake of convenience of the Bank as well as Depositors, it is
desirable to obtain mandate from the depositors at the time accepting of deposits
with regard to disposal of maturity proceeds i.e. Automatic renewal or credit the
amount to the operative account. Unless there are specific instructions to the
contrary, term deposits will be renewed for the same tenure as it was for the
matured term deposit and rate of interest would be as prevailing on due date.
Deposits maturing on a holiday In case of reinvestment / recurring deposits,
banks should pay interest for the intervening Sunday/Holiday/Non-business working
day on the maturity value on the succeeding working day. However, in case of
ordinary term deposits, the interest for the intervening sunday/holiday/non-business
working day should be paid on the original principle amount.
Payment of Term deposits by cash Section 269 of Income Tax Act, 1961
prohibits payment of term deposits or notice deposits in cash if the amount involved,
principal plus interest is `20,000/- or more. Hence, the payment of such deposits is
to be made by way of credit to the account of the party (or) by way of A/c Payee
crossed demand draft or pay order only.
Term Deposits Purchase of Cheques/Drafts: Hitherto, Banks were permitted
to purchase cheques/drafts at par provided the entire proceeds are placed as Term
Deposits for a minimum period of 6 months. Now, RBI has advised all Banks to stop
the purchase of cheques/drafts at par for placing the proceeds as Term Deposits with
effect from 27.01.2014. (Cir.no.430 Ref 27/47 dated 25.01.2014)
Interest payable on term deposit in deceased account In the event of death
of the depositor before the date of maturity of deposit and amount of the deposit is
claimed after the date of maturity, the Bank shall pay interest at the contracted rate
till the date of maturity. Again from the date of maturity to the date of payment, the
Bank shall pay simple interest at the applicable rate prevailing on the date of
maturity, for the period for which the deposit remained with the Bank beyond the
date of maturity, as per the Banks policy in this regard. However, in the case of
death of the depositor after the date of maturity of the deposit, the bank shall pay
interest at savings bank rate operative on the date of maturity (at present 4.00%
p.a.) from the date of maturity till the date of payment. In the case of balances lying
in current account standing in the name of a deceased individual depositor/sole
proprietorship concern, interest shall be paid only from 1st May, 1983, or from the
date of death of the depositor, whichever is later, till the date of repayment to the
claimant/s at the rate of interest applicable to savings deposit as on the date of
payment.
Advances against Deposits The Bank may consider request of the depositor/s
for loan / overdraft facility against term deposits duly discharged by the depositor/s
on execution of necessary security documents. Whenever loan is granted, a lien on
the deposit is marked and bank shall have the right to appropriate the deposit
proceeds to the loan account on the date of maturity, in case the loan remains
unpaid. The interest rates applicable, margins to be maintained etc. will be made
8
known to the customers at the time of availing the Deposit Loan and also will be
placed in Banks website from time to time.
Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) The Bank has statutory obligation to deduct tax
at source (at present 10%) if the total interest paid/payable on all term deposits
held by Resident person exceeds the amount specified, presently `10000 in a
financial year under the Income Tax Act. However, TDS is exempted to the individual
depositors who submits 15G (whose age is below 60 years) and 15H (whose age is
above 60 years) stating that their total income from all sources including the interest
on bank deposits is well within the taxable income limit. Branch should obtain
15G/15H in triplicate and return one copy to the customer as acknowledgement and
it should bear round seal of the branch. As per extant Income Tax guidelines, all
depositors invariably submit PAN failing which the interest income on such term
deposits attracts TDS @20% with effective from 01.04.2010. It is the responsibility
of the branches to download Form 16A from TIN website and also generate single
interest certificate for a customer. Branches should ensure that TDS certificate
(Form 16A) as well as Interest certificate should be sent to the depositor without
waiting for or seeking any written request from the depositor. The Bank will issue a
tax deduction certificate for the amount of tax deducted. Further, if any depositor
requests for TDS certificate, the same should be issued again even though the TDS
certificate was already issued. However, interest earned on Savings Bank Deposits,
Recurring Deposits, Certificate of Deposits and Non Resident (External) Accounts
including FCNR Deposits are exempted from TDS.
Inoperative/Dormant Accounts: Savings as well as Current account should be
treated as Inoperative / Dormant if there are no transactions in the account for over
a period of two years. For the purpose of classifying as above, both the type of
transactions (Debit/Credit) induced at the instance of customers as well as third
party should be considered. Charges levied or interest credited should not be treated
as transaction for the said purpose. However, crediting the Fixed Deposit interest,
Dividend and Interest warrants to Current/SB account are to be treated as a
customer induced transaction, and consider the account as operative account only.
Operations in Inoperative/Dormant accounts may be allowed after due diligence i.e.
ensuring genuineness of the transaction, identify verification and signature
verification. Before converting the account in to Inoperative, notice is to be issued to
the depositor. The conversion may be postponed to another one year, in case
depositor requests in writing that he undertakes to route the transactions in to the
account. No charges should be levied for activation of inoperative accounts. Recently,
RBI has instructed banks not to levy penal charges for non-maintenance of minimum
balance in inoperative account.
Unclaimed Deposits: Accounts (CA/SB) where there are no customer transactions
for the last 10 years are treated as unclaimed deposits. With regard to term
deposits, which remained unpaid even after 10 years of maturity are treated as
unclaimed deposits. Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (section 26A) has been amended
and empowered RBI to establish a separate fund account titled "Depositor
Education and Awareness Fund (DEAF)". As per this provision, unclaimed
deposits are to be credited to the fund account within 3 months from the expiry of
the said period of 10 years. It also covers cash credit accounts, loan accounts after
due appropriation by the banks, margin money against issue of Letter of Credit /
Guarantee / any security deposit, outstanding telegraphic transfers, mail transfers,
demand drafts, pay orders, bankers cheques, sundry deposit accounts, vostro
accounts, inter-bank clearing adjustments, unadjusted National Electronic Funds
Transfer (NEFT) credit balances and other such transitory accounts, un-reconciled
credit balances on account of Automated Teller Machine (ATM) transactions, undrawn
balance amounts remaining in any prepaid card issued by banks but not amounts
outstanding against traveler cheques or other similar instruments, which have no
9
maturity period, rupee proceeds of foreign currency deposits held by banks after
conversion of foreign currency to rupees in accordance with extant foreign exchange
regulations etc. The Fund shall be utilized for promotion of depositors' interest and
for such other purposes which may be necessary for the promotion of depositors'
interests as specified by RBI. Banks shall calculate the cumulative balances in all
accounts along with interest accrued, wherever applicable, should be transferred to
the fund account. Subsequently, this exercise is to be done by the banks in each
calendar month. Before transferring the balances to the fund, banks have to ensure
that all legal obligations, till that date, including those pertaining to taxes deductible
and payable, are met or adequate arrangements are made there for. The depositor
would, however, be entitled to claim from the bank her deposit or any other
unclaimed amount or operate her account after the expiry of ten years, even after
such amount has been transferred to the Fund. In case of claim subsequent to
transfer of the balances to the fund would pay interest from the date of transfer to
till the date of payment to the customer, at the interest rate notified by the Reserve
Bank from time to time. However, Term deposits which are transferred to DEAF are
not eligible for renewal with retrospective effect from their due date. Further, banks
are required to disclose the list of unclaimed and inoperative deposit account
holders, in a bid to help the claimants trace their deposits and the names of the
depositors shall be displayed on the Website. The list of unclaimed deposits shall be
updated on a monthly basis. DEAF is in operation w.e.f 30th June 2014.
Frozen Accounts With regard to the savings bank accounts frozen by the
enforcement authorities, Bank will continue to credit the interest to the account on a
regular basis. However, withdrawal/debits can be allowed only when the accounts
are released by the Enforcement Authorities. In the case of Term Deposit Accounts of
Customers frozen by the orders of the enforcement authorities, Banks are required
to obtain a request letter from the customer for renewal for a term equal to the
original term, on maturity. No new receipt will be issued. However, suitable note will
be made regarding renewal in the deposit ledger. Renewal of deposit shall be advised
by registered letter / speed post / courier service to the concerned Govt. department
under advice to the depositor. In the advice to the depositor, the rate of interest at
which the deposit is renewed will also be mentioned. If overdue period does not
exceed 14 days on the date of receipt of the request letter, renewal shall be done
from the date of maturity. If it exceeds 14 days, interest for the overdue period shall
be paid as per Banks extant guidelines that are referred in this policy.
Nomination facility: As per section 45 ZA to 45 ZF of the Banking Regulation Act,
1949, account holder can nominate any individual of his choice as nominee to
receive money from the bank in case of death of the depositor. Nomination facility is
available to all types of deposit accounts (including joint accounts E or S), safe
deposit lockers and safe custody articles, which are in the name of individuals. The
nominee can be any individual including illiterates, minors. However, nominations
cannot be made in favour of joint names / Bodies (institutions / trusts etc). The only
exception is safe deposit lockers hired jointly; there can be more than one person as
nominee. In case of illiterate account holders, branch to obtain two witnesses while
accepting nomination. Consent of nominee is not mandatory. Nomination made in
respect of a term deposit will continue to be in force even on renewal of such deposit
unless the nomination is specifically cancelled or changed. The customer has option
to change nomination any number of times during the currency of the deposit. The
rights of nominee arise only after the death of the depositor. As per the recent
guidelines, the name of the nominee is to be printed on the Passbook / Term Deposit
Receipt at the specific request of the depositor. Branch should take witness of
Magistrate / Judicial Officer or an Officer of Central Govt. or State Government or an
Officer of a Bank or two persons acceptable to the Bank for settlement of claims
under nomination.
10
Passbook/Account Statement The Bank will provide either a statement of

account or a Pass Book to Savings Bank as well as Current Deposit Account Holders
periodically as per terms and conditions of opening of the account. However, in case
a customer holds a pass book and still requests for a statement of account and vice
versa, the same will not be denied and will be provided on payment of charges as
specified by the Bank from time to time.
Transfer of Accounts The deposit accounts may be transferred to any other
branch of the Bank at the request of the depositor subject to fulfillment of KYC
norms at transferee branch. However, if any deposit scheme is devised with a
precondition that it cannot be transferred to other places/ branches, the account will
continue to be maintained at the branch where it is opened.
Standing Instructions Standing instructions can be given to the Bank for
transfer/remittance of funds from one account to other account(s) maintained in the
same branch, or any other branch of the bank or any other bank or any other third
party. Applicable charges will be levied by the bank for rendering the said services.
Revision in service charges, if any, will be communicated one month in advance to
the customers before effecting the revision, through Banks website.
Form 60/61 It is the declaration by the customer who deposit high value cash
(`50000 & above) and who do not have PAN Card. Form-60 is meant for general
public declaring that he is not a income tax assessee and Form-61 is for the persons
who have agriculture income.
Insurance Cover for Deposits All bank deposits are covered under the insurance
scheme offered by Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation of India
(DICGC) subject to certain limits and conditions. At present, the insurance premium
is being paid by the Bank. Each depositor in a Bank is insured up to a maximum of
`100000/- for both principal and interest amount held by him in the same capacity
and same right as on the date of liquidation/cancellation of bank's licence or the date
on which the scheme of amalgamation/merger/reconstruction comes into force.
Rounding-off transactions: All transactions including payment of interest on
deposits will be rounded off to the nearest rupee; i.e., fractions of fifty paise and
above shall be rounded off to the next higher rupee and fraction of less than fifty
paise shall be ignored.
Settlement of Deceased Deposit account In case where the depositor
exercised nomination, the balance outstanding in the account of the deceased
depositor will be transferred to the account of/paid to the nominee after the Bank is
satisfied about the identity of the nominee. In a joint deposit account, when one of
the joint account holders dies, the Bank is required to make payment jointly to the
legal heirs of the deceased person and the surviving depositor(s). However, if the
joint account holders had given mandate for disposal of the balance in the account in
the forms such as either or survivor, former/later or survivor, anyone of survivors or
survivor, etc., the payment will be made as per the mandate to avoid delays in
production of legal papers by the legal heirs of the deceased. In the absence of
nomination and when there are no disputes among the claimants, the Bank will pay
the amount outstanding in the account of deceased person against joint application
and indemnity by all legal heirs or the person mandated by the legal heirs to receive
the payment on their behalf without insisting on legal documents up to the limit
approved by the banks board. As per RBI guidelines, claims of the deceased
depositors are to be settled within 15 days. This is to ensure that the depositors are
not put to hardship on account of delays in completing legal formalities.
Service Charges The terms and conditions for opening a deposit account and the
charges that will be levied on the account will be provided to the customer at the
11
time of opening of the account. The revised charges, if any, are to be informed to the
customers well in advance either through press releases or advertisement in print
media and or by displaying in Banks web site.
Customer information & Secrecy The information collected from the customers
shall not be used for cross selling of services or products by the Bank, their
subsidiaries and affiliates. If the Bank proposes to use such information, it will be
strictly with the consent of the account holder. Bank should prepare a profile for each
customer based on risk categorization. This profile contains the information relating
to customers identity, social/financial status, nature of business activity etc. The
customer profile is a confidential document and details contained therein will not be
divulged for cross selling or for any other purposes. The Bank shall not disclose
details / particulars of the customers account to a third person or party without the
express or implied consent from the customer. However, there are some exceptions,
viz. disclosure of information when the interest of our Nation is at stake and
compulsion of law, where there is a duty to public to disclose and where interest of
the Bank requires disclosure.
Redressal of complaints/grievances Depositors having any issue with regard to
services rendered by the Bank has right to approach authorities designated by the
Bank for redressal. The details of the internal set up for redressal mechanism should
be displayed in the branch premises. The branch officials shall provide all required
information/procedure to the customers for lodging the complaint. In case the
depositor does not get response from the Bank within one month from the date of
complaint or he is not satisfied with the response received from the Bank, he has a
right to approach Banking Ombudsman appointed by the Reserve Bank of India.
Non-callable Deposits - The RBI proposes to allow banks to take non-callable
deposits which will not allow the customer to withdraw the money till the end of the
tenor. Banks may pay higher interest to compensate the depositor for sacrificing the
discretion to withdraw his money when he wants. The move is aimed at to overcome
the asset-liability mismatches for the banks. The RBI will soon issue details relating
to the tenor and interest rates.
12
Non Resident Indians Products

Non-Resident Accounts can be opened and maintained by Person Resident outside
India, Non-Resident Indians (NRI) and Persons of Indian Origin (PIO). Person
Resident outside India means a person who is not resident in India. It also defined as
a person who has gone out of India, or who stays outside India for the purpose of
employment, carrying on business or vocation or for any other purpose under the
circumstances indicating an uncertain period of stay. Person includes Individual,
HUF, Firm, Company and Association.
Non-Resident Indian means a person resident outside India, who is a citizen of
India or is a person of Indian Origin. Persons who visit India for temporary visit are
treated as Non-Resident Indian. Students going abroad for studies are treated as
Non-Resident Indians.
Person of Indian Origin: A Foreign Citizen (Other than citizen of Pakistan or
Bangladesh) is deemed to be a person of Indian Origin if, he/she at any time held an
Indian Passport or he/she or either of their Parents or Grand Parents was citizen of
India by virtue of the constitution of India or Indian Citizen Act 1955 or he/she is a
spouse of Indian Citizen or a person referred as above.
Who Can Open

Nomination
Repatriation
N R O Non Resident Ordinary Account

Any NRI can open NRO account Singly or Jointly with
Residents. However, individuals / entities of Bangladesh and
Pakistan nationals require prior approval of RBI.
Nominee can be a Resident or a Non Resident.
Claim Settlement Resident Nominees In INR, NRI
Nominee Repatriable to that Country as per RBI Norms.
Remittances of Balances held in NRO accounts can be allowed
up to USD one million per financial year, for all bona fide
purposes to the satisfaction of Authorized Dealer(AD)
Type of account
Period of Deposits
Rate of Interest
Deposit Loans
Foreign Currency Loans
Margin
Interest on Dep. Loans
Applicability of Local
Taxes
Transfer of funds
Premature Cancellation
of Deposits
Foreign Tourists visiting India the balance amount in the

account (other than local credits) can be repatriated at the
time of departure from India provided the account has been
maintained for a period not exceeding six months.
Current, Savings, Recurring, Term Deposits.
As applicable to Domestic Deposits.
Not Permitted.
Dep. Rate + 2 %.
TDS on Int. earned @ 30% + Edn. Cess + Service Tax.,
including Interest on SB Deposits, irrespective of the amount
of Interest. Wealth Tax, as applicable.
Permitted to NRE account within the overall ceiling of USD one
million per financial year
13
N R E Non Resident External Rupee account

NRI can open NRE account Singly or Jointly with their resident
close relatives. With regard to joint account with resident, the
operation of the account should invariably be Former or
Who Can Open
Survivor and the former should be NRI. However, individuals /
entities of Bangladesh and Pakistan nationals require prior
approval of RBI.
Nominee can be a resident or a Non Resident.
Nomination
Claim Settlement Resident Nominees In Indian Rupee
Non Resident Nominee Repatriable as per RBI Norms.
Repatriation
Balances in the account are Fully Repatriable.
Type of account
Current, Savings, Recurring, Term Deposits.
Period of Deposits
Term Deposits Minimum one year and Maximum 10 years.
Saving Deposits Deregulated At present 4.0 %
Rate of Interest
Term Deposit As applicable to Domestic Deposits
Rupee loans to be allowed to depositor / third party without
Deposit Loans
any ceiling.
Margin
15%
Interest on Loans
Dep. Rate + 2 %.
Applicability of Local No TDS on Int. earned.
Taxes
No Wealth Tax. Free from all Taxes
Transfer of amount
Permitted to NRO / FCNR
to other types
Penalty 1% on premature cancellation is applicable. No Interest
Premature
is payable, in case of cancellation before 1 year. Conversion
Cancellation
from NRE to FCNR or vice versa, before maturity is subject to
Penalty. No penalty in case the amount is placed in RFC.
The recent RBI guidelines allowed Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) to operate resident
bank accounts on either or survivor basis. Banks may include an NRI close relative
in existing/new resident bank accounts as joint holder with the resident account
holder on either or survivor basis, subject to fulfillment of a few conditions. An NRI
can be a joint holder in more than one account. Cheques, instruments, remittances,
cash, card or any other proceeds belonging to the NRI relative shall not be eligible for
credit to this account. Besides, the NRI relative shall operate such account only for
and on behalf of the resident for domestic payment and not for creating any beneficial
interest for himself. Due to any eventuality, if the NRI becomes the survivor of such
an account, it shall be categorized as Non-Resident Ordinary Rupee (NRO) account.
The joint account holder facility may be extended to all types of resident accounts
including savings bank accounts. While extending this facility, the banks should
satisfy itself about the actual need for such a facility and also obtain a declaration,
duly signed by the NRI account holder.
Foreign Currency Non Resident account F C N R (B)
Any Non Resident Indian (Individuals of Bangladesh /
Who Can Open
Pakistan Nationality require approval from RBI) Singly or
jointly with another Non Resident only.
Nomination
Claim Settlement Resident Nominees In Indian rupees
Designated Currency
Account can be opened in any freely convertible currency.
Repatriation
Fully Repatriable without any limits.
Foreign Currency
No Exchange Risk to the customer, in case of repatriation,
Exchange Risk
as account is maintained in Foreign Currency only.
Type of account
Term Deposits only (FDR / Reinvestment)
Period of Deposits
Minimum one year and Maximum 5 years
Rate of Interest
Linked to LIBOR. Not exceeding LIBOR + 125 basis points.
14
360 days is taken for a year for the purpose of interest

calculation. Simple interest is paid for one year deposit.
However, compound interest (half-yearly, 180 days) is paid
for deposits beyond one year.
Foreign Currency loans to be allowed to depositor / third
Deposit Loans
party without any ceiling.
Applicability of Taxes
No TDS on Interest earned and No Wealth Tax.
Amount Transfer
Permitted to NRO and NRE accounts
A/c can be opened at
Designated branches. (C Category Branches)
No interest payable and no SWAP cost to be recovered for
the deposits up to USD 10000 or equivalent, where the
deposit is cancelled before the expiry of one year. However,
SWAP cost to be recovered in case of deposits above USD
10000 or its equivalent. Cancellation of the deposit for the
Premature Cancellation
purpose of renewal in the same currency, same type of
deposit/RFC, no SWAP cost is to be recovered. If the
deposit is cancelled after one year, applicable rate is to be
paid without Penalty. If the withdrawal for any other reason
applicable interest with 1% penalty is to be levied.
Note: All branches are authorized to accept FCNR (B) deposits. Since the exchange
risk is borne by the bank, branches are required to report all FCNR transactions
(openings, closures, interest payments, transfers etc.,) to Investment & International
Banking Division (IIB), Mumbai on the same day.
R F C Resident Foreign Currency Accounts
Non Resident Indians (NRI) returning to India who have
Who Can Open
been NRIs for a continuous period of not less than one year.
NRIs returning to India for permanent stay in India.
Foreign Exchange received as pension / superannuation /
other benefits from employers abroad. Realization of assets
held abroad. Foreign Exchange acquired as gift or inheritance
Sources of funds
from person who was a NRI. Foreign Exchange acquired or
received or any income arising or accruing there on which is
held outside India by any person in terms of general or
specific permission granted by RBI.
Allowed with another eligible person/s or with resident close
Joint Accounts
relative (Former or Survivor)
Types of accounts
Savings, Current, Term Deposits.
Period of Term Dep.
As applicable to FCNR B Accounts. Min 1 year Max 5 years
Pound Sterling, US Dollar, Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian
Currency
Dollar
Nomination
Claim Settlement Resident Nominees In Indian rupees
Who Can Open
Sources of funds
RFC Domestic Account

Any person resident in India
Foreign Exchange acquired in the form of currency
notes, bank notes, cheques, drafts, and 15ttest15ed
cheques.
Payment / honorarium / gift for services rendered in
India / abroad.
Unspent amount of foreign exchange acquired by him
from an authorized person for travel abroad.
Gift from close relatives as defined in sec. 6 of the
company act 1956.
Proceeds of Insurance policy claims / maturity /
15
Joint Accounts
Types of accounts
Period of Term Dep.
Currency
Interest
Loan & Over drafts
surrender values settled in foreign currencies.

Not permitted
Current Account / Savings Bank
Term Deposits are not permitted to be opened
Pound Sterling, US Dollar, Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian
Dollar
No Interest on Current Account. Banks have discretion to fix their
own interest rates on Savings Deposits
Not permitted.
Exchange Earners Foreign Currency Accounts (EEFC)
Who Can Open
Purpose
Currency
Credit facility
Type of
account
Interest
Nomination
Limit up to
which foreign
currency may
be credited
Permissible
credits to
EEFC accounts
All Categories of Foreign Exchange Earners such as Individuals,

Companies etc., who are resident in India, may open EEFC account
with 100% of their Forex earnings. Resident Individuals are permitted
to include his close relative as a joint holder, however, the joint holder
is not allowed to operate the account during the life time of
Authorized Dealers (AD) are allowed to open, hold and maintain
foreign currency denominated accounts for the purpose of transacting
foreign exchange business and other matters of the account holder.
The accounts can be maintained with one or more Ads.
The account may be maintained in the currency of the remittance or
any other permitted currency at the option of the depositor.
No credit facility, either fund or non-fund based should be permitted
against the security of the balances held in the EEFC accounts.
EEFC accounts should be in the form of non-interest bearing current
accounts only. Cheque book facility is permitted.
No Interest is payable
Nomination facility is permitted like any domestic account. Nominee
can be Resident Indian only
A person resident in India may credit to the EEFC account 100% from
out of the foreign exchange earnings
Inward remittance through normal banking channels, other than the
remittance received pursuant to any undertaking given to the Reserve
Bank or which represents foreign currency loan raised or investment
received from outside India, or those received for meeting specific
obligations by the account holder.
Payment received in foreign exchange by a unit in Domestic Tariff
Area (DTA) for supplying goods to a unit in Special Economic Zone out
of its foreign currency account.
Payment received by an exporter from an account maintained with AD
for the purpose of counter trade, in accordance with the approval
granted in terms of regulation 14 of FEMA (Export of goods &
Services) Regulations 2000.
Advance remittances received towards export of goods / services.
Payments received towards export of goods/ services from India, out

of funds representing repayment of state credit in USD held in the
account of Bank for foreign economic affairs, Moscow with an AD in
India.
Professional Earnings including Directors fees, consultancy fees,
lecture fees, honorarium and similar other earnings received by a
professional by rendering services in his individual capacity.
Interest earned on the funds in the account.
16
Re credit of unutilized foreign currency earlier withdrawn. However,

the amount withdrawn in rupees shall not be eligible for conversion
into foreign currency and for re-credit to the account.
Amount representing repayment of loans/ advances granted to the

account holders importer customer.
Representing the disinvestments proceeds received by the resident
account holder on conversion of shares held by him to ADRs / GDRs
under the sponsored ADR / GDR scheme approved by the Foreign
Investment Promotion Board of Govt. of India.
Payment outside India towards any current account transactions in

terms of FEMA Current Account Transaction Rules 2000 and towards a
capital account transaction Permissible under FEMA (Permissible
Capital Account Transactions) Regulations 2000.
Payment in foreign exchange towards cost of goods purchased from

100% EOU or a Unit in EPZ/STP/Electronic Hardware Technology Park.
Payment of Customs Duty in accordance within the provisions of
Export Import Policy of Central Government.
Permissible
debits to EEFC
account
Trade related loans/ advances, by an exporter holding such account to

his importer customer outside India subject to compliance with FEMA
(Borrowing & Lending in Foreign Exchange) Regulations 2000.
Payment in foreign exchange to resident Indian for supply of goods /
services including payment for airfare and hotel expenditure.
Branches may permit their export constituents to extend trade related

loans / advances to overseas importers out of their EEFC balance
without any ceiling subject to compliance of provisions of Notification
no. FEMA 3 / 2000 as amended from time to time.
Branches may permit exporters to repay packing credit advances
whether availed in rupee or in foreign currency from balances in their
EEFC accounts and / or rupee resources to the extent exports have
actually taken place.
Conversion
into Rupee
Funds
The balances in EEFC accounts may be allowed to be credited to NRE /

FCNR B account at the option / request of the account holders
consequent upon change of their residential status to Non Resident.
There is no restriction on withdrawal in rupees of funds held in EEFC
account.
Branches should send the request to Investment &
International Banking (IIB), Mumbai by e-mail / fax, for conversion of
rupee funds and can take the conversion rate along with reference no.
Loans to NRIs Against Deposits: Advances against FCNR/NRE deposit to the

depositor himself should be granted only under his specific request for any purpose,
except for the purpose of relending or carrying on agriculture/plantation activities or
for investment in real estate business including direct investment by way of capital
contribution to Indian firm/companies and for acquisition of residential flats/houses
on non-repatriable basis. In case of loans to third parties against NRI deposits,
normally the relative documentation should be done at the branch from where the
loan is being sought by the NRI depositor. The loan should be granted only when the
depositor himself executes the loan documents in the presence of the bank officials
and witness acceptable to the bank. Advances to third parties against such deposits
should not be granted on the basis of Power of Attorney. Banks are allowed to
sanction Rupee loans in India or Foreign currency loans in India/outside India to the
depositors or to third parties against NRE/FCNR (B) deposits without any ceiling
subject to usual margin requirements. Further, the facility of premature withdrawal
of NRE/FCNR deposits shall not be available where loans against such deposits are
availed. The loan amount is to be credited only to NRO account of the depositor but
not to any other account. Advances granted can be repaid by foreign inward
17
remittances, or transfer from NRE/FCNR accounts, or maturity proceeds of the

deposit, or local rupee sources held in NRO account. The interest rates to be levied
on such loans are as under:
No
1
2
3
4
Category
Loan to depositor and repayment through
inward remittance or adjustment of deposit or
transfer of funds from NRE/FCNR deposits
Loans to depositor Repayment by rupee
funds in NRO accounts
Loans to third parties Repayment by rupee
funds (less than one year)
Loans to third parties Repayment by rupee
funds (one year & above and up to 3 years)
Interest Rate
Deposit Rate + 2%
Deposit Rate + 3%
Base Rate + 5%
Base Rate + 5.75%
In case the rate of interest payable on NRE/FCNR deposit held as security is Nil due
to premature closure before the expiry of minimum period i.e. one year, the rate of
interest on the loans against such deposit is Base Rate + 7%.
Diamond Dollar Account Scheme in terms of which firms and companies dealing
in purchase/sale of rough or cut and polished diamonds/precious metal jewellery
plain, minakari and/or studded with/without diamond and/or other stones, with a
track record of at least 2 years in import/export of diamonds/coloured gemstones/
diamond and coloured gemstones studded jewellery/plain gold jewellery, and having
an average annual turnover of `3 crore & above during preceding three licensing
years, are allowed to open Diamond Dollar Accounts (DDA). RBI issue DDA on a
case-to-case basis, subject to the following terms and conditions:
Opened in the name of the exporter and maintained in US Dollars only.
It should be in the form of current account and no interest should be paid on the
balance held in the account.
No intra-account transfer should be allowed between the DDAs.
Not permitted to open and maintain more than 5 DDAs.
The balances held in the accounts shall be subject to CRR SLR requirements.
Exporter firms and companies maintaining foreign currency accounts (excluding
EEFC accounts) are not eligible to open Diamond Dollar Accounts.
The permissible credits in the accounts are amount of pre-shipment and postshipment finance availed in US Dollars; Realization of export proceeds from
shipments of rough, cut, polished diamonds and diamond studded jewellery; and
Realization in US Dollars from local sale of rough, cut and polished diamonds. The
permissible debits in the accounts are Payment for import/purchase of rough
diamonds from overseas/local sources; Payment for purchase of cut and polished
diamonds, coloured gemstones and plain gold jewellery from local sources; Payment
for import/purchase of gold from overseas / nominated agencies and repayment of
USD loans availed from the bank. Transfer to rupee account of the exporter.
Investment opportunities to NRIs: The permitted investment opportunities to
NRIs in India are Government Securities, Company Deposits, Units of Mutual Funds,
Company Shares/Debentures, Immovable property and Loans to residents. The
investment can be under repatriation or non-repatriation basis. However, NRIs are
prohibited from making investments in any entity, which is engaged in the activities
such as Chit funds, Nidhis, Agricultural or Plantation activities, Real Estate business,
Construction of Farm Houses without RBI`s permission. Whenever the investments
are allowed with repatriation benefits, the funds for the purpose should be received
by inward remittances from abroad or from investors NRE/FCNR accounts. While
funds in NRO accounts could be used in respect of investments on non-repatriation
basis.
18
Know Your Customer (KYC)

As per RBI guidelines, it is mandatory for the banks to ensure KYC norms for all the
customers duly collecting full information of the account holder, type of transactions
to be conducted, sources of funds and other relevant matters at the entry level itself.
The policy guidelines are to be adhered not only to new accounts but also to the
existing accounts. The guidelines are applicable to all types of deposit and advance
accounts as well as new technology products such as Credit, Debit, Smart, Add-on
cards. The objective of KYC is to insulate banking from unscrupulous participants and
to avert misuse/undue advantage of system. The key elements of the policy are
i) Customer Acceptance Policy (CAP): Bank should obtain prescribed application
from the applicant along with the documents/information that is required as per
constitution, risk perception, banking practices, legal requirements and RBI
guidelines. Banks should not open accounts in the name of Anonymous or
fictitious/benami names and Terrorist organizations notified under POTA.
ii) Customer Identification Procedure (CIP): It means collecting information
relating to identity, activity, location of the person desiring to open an account in
single name or in joint names and verifying the information collected using reliable,
independent source documents, data or information. Banks are advised to accept
any of the document mentioned in the list can take as valid identification. In case of
a married woman, her identity proof with maiden name, if supported with marriage
certificate could be considered a valid ID proof. With regard to opening of
Partnership, Company, Trust, Club, Association, or any other legal body accounts,
branch should obtain required information/documents to verify the legal status of the
applicant. In case of proprietary concerns, copy of registration/licensed document
issued by government agencies shall be accepted as valid identification document.
Address proof: Banks are advised to obtain any one of the documents mentioned in
the list can be accepted as valid address proof.
Documents - Identity Proof
1 Passport or PAN Card or Voters
Identity Card or Driving license
2 Job card issued by NREGA duly signed
by
an
officer
of
the
State
Government(For Small Accounts)
3 The letter issued by UIDAI containing
details of name, address and Aadhaar
number
4 Identity card (subject to the banks
satisfaction)
5 Letter from a recognized public
authority or public servant verifying
the identity and residence of the
customer to the satisfaction of bank.
6 Government/Defence ID card
7 ID cards of reputed Public Sector
employers
8 Pension Payment Orders issued to the
retired employees by Central/State
Government
Departments,
Public
Sector Undertakings
Documents Residence Proof

Ration Card or Electricity Bill or
Telephone Bill
2 Bank account statement
3 Letter from employer (to the
satisfaction of the Bank)
4 Letter from any recognized public
authority (to the satisfaction of the
Bank)
5 Credit Card Statement- not more than
3 months old
6 Income/Wealth Tax Assessment Order
7 Letter from Public Sector employer
8 Letter from any recognized public
authority having proper and verifiable
record of issuance of such certificates.
9 Voter ID Card (only if it contains the
current address)
10 Pension Payment Orders issued to
retired employees by Government
Departments/Public
Sector
Undertakings, if they contain current
address.
1
19
Documents - Identity Proof
Documents Residence Proof
9 Photo ID cards issued by Post

Offices
10 Photo identity cards issued to
bonafide students by a University,
approved by the University Grants
Commission (UGC) and/or an
Institute approved by All India
Council for Technical Education
(AICTE).
11 Photo identity issued by any public
authority having proper record of
issuance of identity proof which is
verifiable from records
12 Ex-Servicemen
Card
with
photograph
13 Bar Council/Medical Association /
ICAI
/ICWAI/ICSI
Card
with
photograph
14 Student Identity Card with photo
issued by reputed colleges with
validity during the course period.
Card with
15 Defense Dependents
photograph
16 Married woman identity proof with
maiden name, if supported with a
verified true copy of marriage
certificate
17 Credit card with photo together
with statement of such card, not
more than three months old.
18 Registered Property document with
photo identity
19 Arms License issued by State /
Central Government of India.
20 Freedom fighters pass issued by
Ministry
of
Home
Affairs,
Government
of
India
with
photograph of applicant.
21 Employee State Insurance Card
(ESIC) with photograph supported
by latest months pay slip.
22 Talati/Patwari (a local govt. official)
attestation by way of putting
rubber stamp and signature. Gram
Sarpanch / Mukhiya attestation by
way of putting rubber stamp and
signature (For Small Accounts)
11 Copies of Registered Leave & License

agreement /Sale Deed / Lease Agreement.
12 Certificate and also proof of residence,
incorporating local address as well as
permanent address, issued by the Hostel
Warden of the University / Institute, where
the student resides, duly countersigned by
the Registrar / Principal / Dean of Student
Welfare. Such accounts shall however, be
required to be closed on completion of
education/leaving the University / Institute
provided the constituent does not give any
other acceptable proof of residence to the
Bank.
13 For students residing with relatives,
address proof of relatives, along with their
identity proof, can also be accepted
provided declaration is given by the relative
that the student is related to him/her and is
staying with him/her.
14 In respect of officials of Central/State
Governments
and
Public
Sector
undertakings, who are low risk customers
for Bank, Branch Heads may verify the
photo/identity and confirm residential
address of such officials from independently
verifiable sources, to their satisfaction, and
permit opening of accounts. This facility is
extended only to the Gazetted officers of
Central / State Government and Senior
Management and above functionaries of
Public Sector Undertakings.
15 Latest telephone bills from any telephone
service providers and mobile service
providers not more than 2 month old,
postpaid.
16 Consumer gas connection card / book /
Pipe gas bill
17 Certificate from ward/equivalent rank
officer, maintaining election roll certifying
address of the applicant
18 Post Office Savings Pass Book
19 Domicile Certificate with communication
address and photograph
20 Certificate by Village Extension Officer
(VEO) / Village Head or equal or higher
rank officer. Branch to confirm the
authenticity of the certificate and that it has
been issued by the person who is holding
the said office.
21 Court divorce order Marriage annulment
order issued by Court
Note: If passport having current

address is given as proof of identity,
there is no need to give separate proof
for address.
As per recent RBI guidelines, bank account can be opened with address proof either
permanent or local. This will help migrant workers and employees with transferable
jobs to a great extent. Henceforth, customers may submit only one documentary
20
proof of address (either present residence or permanent residence) while opening a

bank account. In case the proof address furnished by the customer is not the local
address, the bank may take a declaration of the local address on which all
correspondence will be made by the bank with the customer. This address may be
verified by the bank through Positive confirmation such as letter, cheque book,
Debit card, telephonic conversation, personal visits etc. However, in the event of
change of address, the customer should intimate the new address within 2 weeks.
Common man is facing hardships while opening Bank account on account of
adherence of stringent KYC norms. To address the associate issues, RBI advised
banks to accept utility bill (Telephone/Electricity Bill) or any other document
acceptable to establish address proof. However, banks to obtain declaration from the
person (Father/Mother/Spouse/Son/Daughter) with whom the prospective customer
is staying. In case of small value accounts branches are allowed to open accounts
without insisting for proof of identification/address on proper introduction of another
bank customer. With regard to the migratory workers, branches to open accounts by
obtaining photo and permanent residential address with introduction.
KYC once done by one branch of the bank should be valid for transfer of the account
within the bank provided the customer submits his address proof at new place. This
is causing inconvenience to many customers. To address the issue, RBI permitted
the banks to obtain self declaration from the account holder about his/her current
address, however, the address proof is to be submitted within 6 months.
KYC verification of all the members of SHGs need not be done while opening the SB
account of SHG and KYC verification of all the office bearers would suffice. With
regard to opening of accounts in the name of proprietary concern, they are
required to submit complete income tax return of the sole proprietor where the firms
income is reflected along with copy of any of the utility bills such as electricity,
water, telephone bills in the name proprietary concern.
Foreign Students: Banks are permitted to open resident accounts in the name
foreign students studying in India with ATM card facility by obtaining documents viz.,
Pass Port, Valid Visa with photograph, Proof of Admission Letter from
University/College, Address Proof A letter from College/Hostel or certificate from
embassy or any certification of registration issued by Foreigner Registration Regional
Office (FRRO). One month time is allowed for them to furnish the proof of local
address.
Banks are advised to accept Aadhaar number issued by the Unique Identification
authority of India (UIDAI) as a proof of identity but not of address for opening of
accounts. According to the new guidelines, if the address on the document submitted
for identity proof by the prospective customer is the same as that declared in the
account opening form, the document may be accepted as a valid proof for identity
and address.
E-KYC: In order to reduce the risk of identity fraud, document forgery and to have
paperless KYC verification, Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) has
launched its e-KYC services. The information containing demographic details and
photographs made available from UIDAI as a result of e-KYC process is treated as an
Officially Valid Document under PML Rules. Under this, any customer who walk-in
to the bank branch provides his/her Aadhaar Number along with the biometrics.
System will display the details on the screen with photo and on acceptance the same
a reference number will be generated. Bank branch should enter the reference
number in the system to fetch the details received from UIDAI and branches will be
required to enter only the a few mandatory fields like Title, City code, State Code
and customer type and submit. System will create CUSTID and Account ID in
verified status. For the time being this facility is enabled only for SBEBT scheme
21
accounts and shortly this facility will be extended to other SB group accounts. It is a
simplified process and saves precious man-hours of the customers and Banks.
Corporate/Company Accounts: The following documents are required to open
account in the name of companies:

Certificate of Incorporation
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Board Resolution
Authorization letter in respect of managers, officers or employees holding an
attorney to transact on its behalf.
Partnership Accounts: The following documents are required to open account in

the name of partnership firms:

Registration Certificate
Partnership Deed
An officially valid document in respect of the person holding an attorney to
transact on its behalf
Trusts / Foundation Accounts: The following documents are required to open

account in the name of trusts/foundations:

Registration Certificate
Trust Deed
An officially valid document in respect of the person holding an attorney to
transact on its behalf
iii) Due Diligence: All the forms and documents submitted by the applicant while
opening of the account are to be verified by the officer with the originals to ensure
that the identification and address of the applicant is correct. Further, the officer
should satisfy with the identity and legal existence of the applicant and note the
same in the interview cum due diligence form. Further, the guidelines also stipulate
sending a letter to the customer in the prescribed format on the same day of opening
of the account.
iv) Risk Categorization: RBI advised the banks to classify the accounts into Low,
Medium and High Risk categories based on the risk perception while opening of
accounts and further reviewed once in 6 months. As per the existing guidelines,
customer identification data (including photos) is to be updated once in 10 years and
8 years in case of Low Risk and Medium Risk category customers respectively.
However, it is 2 years in case of High Risk category customers.
Monitoring of transactions: Banks are expected to fix threshold limit and monitor
the transactions closely and ongoing basis. It covers monitoring of high risk
accounts, NRE accounts, accounts with high turnover, large amount of cash
transactions and Periodical review and reporting of the transactions to appropriate
law enforcing authority.
Non face to face customers: With the introduction of telephone and electronic
banking, increasingly accounts are being opened by banks for customers without the
need for the customer to visit the bank branch. In such cases, apart from applying
the usual customer identification procedures, there must be specific and adequate
procedures to mitigate the higher risk involved. Certification of all the documents
presented may be insisted upon and, if necessary, additional documents may be
called for. In such cases, banks may also require the first payment to be effected
22
through the customers account with another bank which, in turn, adheres to similar
KYC standards. In the case of cross-border customers, the bank may have to rely on
third party certification/introduction.
Money Laundering: It is the process of transferring illegitimate money into
legitimate money. In other words, the source of illegally obtained funds is obscured
through a succession of transfers and deals in order that those same funds can
eventually be made to reappear as legitimate income. It normally follows from such
activities as human trafficking, sale of narcotic drugs, illegal dealings in arms and
ammunition etc. It is a threat to the national security and economic activity as it
often associates with the financing of terrorism and also evasion of taxes.
Government of India introduced Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and the
objectives are To prevent, combat and control money laundering; To confiscate
and seize the property obtained from the laundered money and to deal with any
other issue connected with money laundering in India. Banks are required to report
the following type of transactions to the Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU), New Delhi.
Report
Cash
Transaction
Reports (CTR)
Suspicious
Transaction
Report (STR)
Counterfeit
Currency
Report (CCR)
Nature of Transactions
i)All cash transactions of the value of more than `10 lakhs.
ii) Series of cash transactions integrally connected to each other,
which have been valued below `10 lakhs where such series of
transactions have taken place within a month and aggregating
`10 lakhs.
iii) All cash transactions where forged or counterfeit notes or
bank notes have been used as genuine and where any forgery of
a valuable security has taken place.
i)Large cash transactions
ii) Multiple accounts under same name
iii) Frequent conversion of currency from small to large
denomination notes
iv) Placing funds in FD and using them as security for more loans
v) Large deposits immediately followed by wire transfers
As and when counterfeit currency is found at branch/currency
chest, the same is to be informed to FIU and Reserve Bank of
India immediately.
Preservation of Records: As per Prevention of Money Laundering (Amendment)

Act 2009, branches are required to preserve all the transactions for at least 10 years
from the date of transaction between the Bank and the client along with the
necessary records. Similarly, they need to preserve all the KYC documents obtained
at the time of opening and during the course of business relationship for a period of
10 years after the business relationship ended. Reserve Bank of India directed all
banks to implement KYC guidelines for new accounts in 2002 and subsequently made
it mandatory for all accounts including retail investors with effective from 1st January
2011. It is used by financial institutions and other regulated companies to identify
clients and acquire relevant information in order to prevent identity theft, identity
fraud, money laundering, terrorist financing, etc. Thus KYC has quickly become an
important global due diligence list.
23
Alternate Delivery Channels & E-products

Hitherto, Branches were only the strategic outfits (Delivery Channels) and invariably
the customers are required to visit the branches at the specified timings to complete
their transactions. Extending service to the customers round the clock without
presence of physical branch is called as Alternate Delivery Channels. Adoption of
new delivery channels (ATM, Mobile and Internet Banking) has become order of the
day for banks to survive in the competitive environment to meet the emergent
expectations of the customers besides achieving the optimum utilization of scarce
resources. At present, banks are issuing ATM/Debit cards to the customers on
opening of the account itself. The convenience coupled with cost effectiveness has
enabled the cardholders to use the card extensively for all their retail payments.
ATM/Debit Card will be issued to Account holder based on his request. ATM Card is
used for withdrawal of cash from Automated Teller Machines. Debit Card is a
payment card used to with draw cash from ATM, purchase of goods and payment for
services automatically debiting to the card holders bank account instantly, to the
extent the credit balance exists. In ATM / Debit card the customer can draw cash
from ATM up to the balance available in his account subject to daily caps prescribed
by Bank from time to time. While providing ATM / Debit card, a customer is provided
a PIN number to facilitate withdrawal of amount. Debits to the account using ATM /
Debit Card through PIN Number are treated as mandate for withdrawal of the cash
by the customer from the account.
ATM is an electronic device, which acts as an independent banker without any
human intervention. ATM provides round the clock service throughout the year
(24X7X365) to the customers. ATMs extend services such as Cash Withdrawal,
Balance Enquiry, Cash/Cheque Deposit, Funds Transfer, Bill Payments, Payment of
Direct Taxes, Mobile Recharge, Mobile Banking Registration etc. Cardholder needs to
enter password for each financial transaction on ATM.
To provide more value added services to customers, Banks are offering funds
transfer facility through ATMs at free of cost. Under this, ATM/Debit Card holders can
transfer funds Inter/Intra Bank using the card number of the beneficiary. There is no
requirement for registration of beneficiary and the amount can be transferred
instantly to any card number. As per RBI guidelines, Card to Card transfer limit is
fixed as `5000/- per transaction and `25,000/- per month. For the benefit of persons
of disabilities, RBI has made it mandatory for banks to have talking ATMs with Braille
Keypads at all new ATMs installed from 1st July 2014.
In order to facilitate the cardholders RBI has issued guidelines to all banks not to
levy service charges on ATM transactions of Savings Bank Cardholders. Other Bank
Cardholders are allowed to withdraw cash on any ATM up to `10000/- per
transaction. However, RBI has reduced the number of free transactions per
month at non-home bank ATM to 3 w.e.f. 1st November 2014 in six metros
viz., Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore and Hyderabad. Five transactions
per month are allowed free for Savings account holders in all other locations. Any
transaction beyond the said stipulation (3 or 5) attracts charges @ Rs.20/- per
transaction (inclusive of service tax). With regard to transactions on home bank
ATMs, the banks are given discretion to levy charges. The number of free
transactions shall be inclusive of all types of transactions, financial or non-financial.
However, it is not applicable to Basic Savings Bank Deposit accounts (Small/No Frill)
and they continue to avail five free transactions. With this, the customer of a Bank
has become customer of all Banks, which has paved the way for Any Bank Banking.
Further, RBI allowed the banks to levy charges to their own customers for more than
five transactions at their own ATMs also.
24
White Label ATMs are purely managed by third party service providers and have
their label. These are branded non bank ATM machines. Cash handling, management
and logistics are provided by third party. Debit cards of all banks can be operated
through these machines. The role of the concerned bank is only limited to provide
account information and back end money transfers to the third parties managing
these ATM machines. This initiative will enable the excluded segments to avail ATM
services as at present majority ATMs are confined to Urban/Metro areas only.
However, service provider levy charges which are to be either bear by the Bank or
the customer. RBI has allowed white label ATMs in India to have more penetration of
ATM machines. Tata Communications Payment Solutions has become the first
company to launch this service in India under the brand name Indicash. It has a
tie up with majority commercial banks and now you will soon see branded non bank
third party white label ATM machines in your vicinity.
Brown Label ATM We always think that the bank branded ATM machines
operated by the bank concerned, but this is not the case. Banks only handle part of
the process that is cash handling and back-end server connectivity. The ATM
machine is owned by the third party service provider along with the physical
infrastructure. This type ATM is called as Brown Label ATM and acts as
intermediate between Banks owned ATM and White Label ATM.
Complaint Resolution: The revised guidelines has led to increased volume on ATM
Network leading to deficiency in service on account of technology issues and the
resolution is taking undue long time, which is causing concern to the customers and
regulators. In the above backdrop, RBI issued the following directives to all banks:

ATM failed transactions are to be resolved within a maximum period of 7

working days from the date of receipt of the customer complaint.
In case of delay in resolution of the complaint within 7 working days, the
bank shall pay compensation of `100/- per day, to the aggrieved customer
and shall be credited to the customers account automatically on the same
day when the bank affords the credit for the failed ATM transaction.
However, the cardholder (customer) is entitled to receive such compensation
for delay, only if a claim is lodged with the issuing bank within 30 days of
the date of the transaction.
As per recent guidelines, Banks are advised to issue debit cards with photographs
with a view to reducing the instances of misuse of lost / stolen cards. Further, banks
are asked to ensure full security of the cards and any loss incurred by the cardholder
on account of breach of security or the failure of the security mechanism would be
borne by the banks. Through ATMs, Bank can penetrate into new areas without
opening physical bank branches and provide value added service to its customers. It
is most cost effective since the investment and operational cost are low when
compared to traditional Branch Banking.
Internet Banking is leveraging the potential of Internet to facilitate customer
access to his account from any place at any time. Apart from viewing the
transactions in his account for any period, the customer is able to effect transfer of
funds and request for various services. Internet is one of the cost effective channel
for delivery of banking services. Internet Banking is provided to Individual/Joint/Sole
proprietary concerns, Corporate etc. at their request. The terms and conditions
governing Internet banking are displayed on the Banks website. Any change in the
terms and conditions of Internet Banking will be displayed on the website only and
not by any means of communication directly to the user of internet banking. The
opening and maintenance of the account is subject to rules and regulations
introduced or amended from time to time by Reserve Bank of India. Bank can, at its
sole discretion, withdraw any of the services / facilities given for the account either
25
wholly or partially at any time without giving any notice. The services available
through Internet banking are - View account balances and download statements,
Transfer of funds within Bank and across the Banks, Request for Cheque Book /
Fixed Deposit, Payment of Utility bills viz., Electricity, Telephone, Income Tax etc.,
Booking of Train/Bus/Airline tickets, Recharge of Moble / Online shopping, Online
Equity Trading Primary and Secondary market etc.
Internet Banking system interfaces between the customer computer and the Banks
Core Banking system (CBS). Customer access is controlled through Customer ID
and Password. However, the customer is not allowed to access the CBS directly to
ensure safety. It is protected with firewalls to prevent unauthorized access,
hacking and virus infection. Advanced encryption technology is used to ensure that
messages from/to the customers are not intercepted and misused by others. With
regard to financial transactions, banks are providing another layer of security i.e.
Online Transaction Password (OTP) to the customers on their mobile or through email. Though it is convenient and cost effective delivery channel for customers and
banks, there is an imperative need on the part of the banks to educate the
customers with the importance of Password to protect them from hacking/fishing.
Mobile Banking: The mobile-phone revolution that is transforming the world could
also turn into a banking revolution. Banks have been exploring the feasibility of using
mobile phones as an alternative channel of delivery of banking services. The swift
growth in number of Mobile users and wider coverage of mobile phone networks has
made this channel an important platform for extending banking services to
customers. Today, the number of Mobiles in India crossed 1000 million of which
1/3rd mobiles are in Rural India alone. At present, Mobile Banking is providing the Bill
payment and Funds Transfer facility besides information services to the customers.
The recent guidelines issued by RBI on Mobile Banking are as under:

RBI approval is required to extend mobile banking services.

All the transactions/services should be in Indian currency only. Cross-border
transfers through mobile banking are strictly prohibited and the operating
banks have to be based, licensed and supervised in India.
Registered customers can only avail this facility from banks. For financial
services one time registration should be done through a signed document.
Banks are allowed to provide cash-out through ATMs or BCs subject to cap of
`10000/- per transaction and maximum of `25000/- per month per customer.
Banks may put in place end-to-end encryption of the mobile PIN number
(mPIN) for better security.
Banks should file Suspected Transaction Report (STR) to Financial Intelligence
Unit-India (FID-IND) for mobile banking transactions, similar to normal
banking transactions.
The regulatory environment has helped mobile banking take off in India. In 2010,
the National Payment Corporation of India (NCPI) launched the intermediate
payment service i.e. Inter Bank Mobile Payment Service (IMPS), a 24/7 real-time
electronic Interbank fund transfer on a Person-to-Person (P2P) or Person-toMerchant (P2M) basis, which has boosted mobile banking. Mobile banking is very
advantageous compared to other delivery channels as it is easy to use and affordable
to customers besides providing real time information to customers. Mobile Banking
gives the banks an opportunity to expand their customer base without incurring
additional infrastructure costs. It would also help in financial inclusion as it would
provide a large number of un-banked people access to banking services. Banks could
save a huge amount of money on card issuance and merchant acquiring with zero
point of sale cost. Mobile Banking is the hottest area of development in the banking
sector and is expected to replace the credit/debit card system in future. The
increased phase of mobile usage is going to place our country on the top in the Asia
Pacific region in the ensuing years.
26
Electronic Payments
RBI has been playing an important role in the area of national payment system,
which is the backbone of economic activity and has taken several initiatives for a
safe, secure, sound and efficient payment system in India. Last one decade
witnessed spurt in electronic payments due to increased adoption of technology and
regulatory guidelines. The evolution of e-payment systems in India are:
i) Speed clearing: Banks as part of their normal banking operations undertake
collection of cheques/drafts deposited by their customers drawn on other banks and
the collection process is taking 7 to 14 days since cheques need to move physically
from presentation centre to drawee centre. In order to reduce the collection time,
RBI has introduced Speed Clearing where in cheques/drafts drawn on outstation are
treated on par with local cheques and presented in the local clearing provided the
presentment location is MICR/ECCS centre and the destination bank branch is under
CBS platform. However, Government cheques are not eligible for collection under
Speed Clearing. Drawee bank debits the account online without movement of cheque
and sends the proceeds to the collecting bank. Under Speed Clearing, it would be
working on T+1 or 2 basis. No charges for cheques up to `1 lakh. For above one lakh
the maximum amount that can be levied is `150/-. In case of return of cheques, the
charges ranges from `50 to `500 depending on the value of the instrument. The
facility of immediate credit would not be applicable to cheques collected under speed
clearing arrangements.
ii) Cheque Truncation System (CTS) is a new system of clearing implemented in
the National Capital Region (NCR) New Delhi and Chennai. It is the process in which
the physical movement of cheque within a bank or between banks and the clearing
house is curtailed, being replaced in a whole or part, by electronic records (images)
for further processing and transmission. It improves faster reconciliation of
inter/intra bank accounts besides saving considerable man-hours and enables the
banks to improve operational efficiency. However, domestic instruments, where both
presenting and drawee banks are the same are not allowed in the CTS. To facilitate
the transformation to an image based processing scenario, cheque leaves are
required to be image friendly and uniform. RBI directed all banks to issue cheques
confronting to CTS-2010 standard with uniform features in terms of size, paper
quality and fields such as the MICR band, signature and date details w.e.f. 1st August
2013. Besides security features such as watermarks, and the banks logo are also
standardized in the new cheque leaves. Now, CTS is being extended to all the MICR
centres in a phased manner with the introduction of Grid Based Cheque Truncation
clearing. All Government cheques and all instruments which fail in Image Quality
Assessment (IQA) test will have to be physically handed over to the Paying Bank.
However, the Government Cheques are also covered under CTS w.e.f 1st January
2015 and banks continue to send the payment scrolls, monthly DMS, etc., to the
concerned Government departments as before.
iii) Electronic Clearing System (ECS): The introduction of ECS Credit i.e. Single
Debit Multiple credits, helped large corporate bodies to pay their dividend, interest
and refunds electronically on the due date, which is very cost effective to Bank and
its customers. Similarly, the utility bodies are now in a position to collect their bills
through ECS Debit (Multiple Debits Single Credit) right on the due date. The entire
process including passing the credits to the beneficiaries accounts take only one
day, which is convenient and cost effective to both banks and customers.
iv) Any Branch Banking (ABB): Under CBS, Branch customer has become Bank
customer and they are allowed to approach any branch across the country for
deposit of cheque or cash and withdrawal of cash or transfer of money. No cash
payment will be made to third party (bearer). However, payment to third party up to
`20000/- is allowed to NRE / NRO accounts and branch should ensure identity of the
27
bearer while making payments. With regard to deposit of cash / transfer of funds
among the bank branches is allowed at par for any amount.
v) Real Time Gross settlement (RTGS): RBI launched RTGS for instant transfer of
funds across the banks (`200000/- & above) across the banks within India. It offers
a powerful mechanism for limiting settlement and systemic risks in the inter-bank
settlement process. It enables in expediting the settlement, control and governance
mechanism in the banking system. Funds will be transferred electronically and
credited to the beneficiary accounts instantaneously. It saves lot of time and paper
work and cost effective (Not exceeding `55/-). The timings for customer payments
are 8 AM to 4.30 PM on Monday to Friday; and 8 AM to 2 PM on Saturday. Similarly,
for interbank payments; the timings are 8 AM to 7.45 PM on Monday to Friday and 8
AM to 3 PM on Saturday. Transfer of funds below `200000/- are not allowed under
RTGS.
vi) National Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT): For the benefit of retail
customers, RBI introduced NEFT scheme. Under this, funds can be transferred across
the banks instantaneously. There is no cap on minimum and maximum amount for
NEFT. RBI has given discretion to the banks to levy charges, however, the service
charge should not exceed 25/- per transaction. The timings of NEFT are 8 AM to 7
PM (12 batches) from Monday to Friday and it is 8 AM to 1 PM (6 batches) on
Saturday. Customer is required to furnish IFSC Code number of the Bank Branch and
correct account number of the beneficiary for smooth transfer of funds under
RTGS/NEFT.
vii) Applications Supported by Blocked Amount (ASBA): ASBA is an alternative
payment method (optional) for IPO application where the IPO bidding amount
remains in investors account, but blocked by the bank until allotment is done. It
enables the listing process faster. It is made mandatory for non-retail investors also
to apply only through ASBA. The investors have option to bid IPO either through
designated branches or Internet Banking. Revision and cancellation of bids are
permitted till the issue closure date and time. The investor continues to earn interest
on the application money. Registrar transfers the allocated shares to investors
Demat Accounts. No charges will be levied to the investors for this service. It is an
opportunity to branches to improve low cost deposits and non-interest income since
bank earns commission on each application received under ASBA.
viii) Credit cards: The concept of credit card was used in 1950 with the launch of
charge cards in USA by Diners Club and American Express. Credit card became more
popular with use of magnetic strip in 1970. The first Credit Card was issued in 1981
and Gold Card in 1986 by VISA. Credit cardholder need not carry cash and purchase
goods and services at any approved Merchant Establishments/Point of sale Terminals
by tendering the card duly signing the charge slip. Further, cardholders can make
online purchases through internet using the card and PIN. Added to this, cardholder
can withdraw cash at any ATM across the globe. However, cash advance attracts
charge i.e. transaction fee as well as service fee/interest charge.
ix) Debit cards known as check cards. It operates like cash or a personal check.
Debit cards are different from credit cards. Credit card is a way to Pay Later
whereas debit card is a way to Pay Now. In case of debit card, bank account of
the customer will be debited immediately on completion of transaction. Debit cards
are accepted at many locations, including retail stores, petrol pumps, and
restaurants. The liberalized norms coupled with ease of usage have led to increase
debit card base over the years. Of late, banks are consciously driving the customers
to alternate delivery channels by issuing debit cards on the day of opening of the
account itself to reduce the work load and to enable them to pay focused attention
on core banking activities. In order to make Credit/Debit Card transactions more
28
secure, RBI mandated the card holders to enter PIN while transacting at POS
terminals with effect from 1st December 2013.
x) Charge Card: Charge card is like any Credit or Debit Card. These cards neither
offer revolving credit like the Credit Card nor debit the account instantaneously like
Debit Card. However, the cardholder is required to settle the bill in full by the due
date each month. Charge cards make a good option to develop financial discipline
which likely to enable the cardholders to improve their credit history. Further, charge
card offers a dynamic limit, while rewarding good payment 29ttest29e.
xi) Prepaid Card: A prepaid card looks like a credit card and works like a debit
card. These cards resemble credit and debit cards in appearance and allow users to
load any amount up to `50000/- and can be used at any ATM/Point of Sale Terminal.
On use of card, funds are directly debited from the card. Cardholders preload the
cards with funds via a cash deposit or wire transfer. There are no finance fees or
interest payments as charges are deducted from the prepaid balance. It is an
opportunity for people who have had little or no access to the mainstream financial
system by loading funds onto a prepaid card. It is a secure and convenient
alternative to cash. Various types of Prepaid Cards are Re-loadable Cards (value
is replenished once it is used), Disposable Cards (discarded once the value is
used), Closed Cards can be used for a specific purpose (Phone Cards) and Open
Cards (multi-purpose). Re-loadable cards are most popular among under-banked
individuals, or those who tend not to possess conventional bank accounts.
xii) RuPay Cards: It is a domestic card payment network established by National
Payment Corporation of India (NPCI) having more than 100 Banks in India as
members with its ATM network spread across the country. These cards can be used
in all the ATMs of NPCI network and POS terminals & e-com transactions (Internet)
enabled for RuPay acquiring. The various types of RuPay cards are as under:
Card Type
RuPay Kisan
RuPay Aadhaar
RuPay Debit
Meant for
Farmers availing Agriculture production loans (Crop Loans)
Beneficiaries of Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) scheme
Beneficiaries under Financial Inclusion schemes
It provides accidental insurance cover upto `1 lakh without any charge to the
customer. To avail this benefit, the card must be used atleast once in 45 days. The
existing identification modes used in new delivery channels has a major drawback as
it recognize the PIN but not the person. Sometimes, it leads to impersonation and
may cause financial loss. To overcome the problem, biometric technologies such as
Fingerprint Recognition, Face Recognition, Voice Authentication, Hand Geometry,
Retinal Scanning, Iris Scanning and Signature Verification have come in to force.
Whenever the user access to delivery channel, it verifies with the server and deliver
the service if found correct.
Mobile Wallet: It is another payment channel independent of bank account.
Recently, RBI has permitted the telecom service providers to enter into this space
through collaboration. These entities can undertake host of services Deposit,
transfer of funds, utility payments and cash withdrawal. Under this the funds can be
transferred from mobile to mobile and mobile to bank account. Companies that have
launched mobile wallet in India are Airtel money, Zip cash, Mobi cash etc.
Electronic Payments Recent developments: Government of India urged the
banks to take appropriate effective measures for promotion of transactions through
electronic mode, such as:
Popularizing NEFT/RTGS platforms for transfer of funds among public and at

par NEFT for transactions upto `1 lac.
29
Issuance of Debit cards to all eligible accounts.
Any Branch Banking is allowed without any charges.
Encouraging institutions and organizations to pay wages and salaries of their

employees through banking channels preferably e-mode.
It is directed that all payments handled by banks to their customers, vendors,

suppliers will be done electronically from 1st July 2012 onwards.
The validity period of cheques/demand drafts is reduced from 6 months to 3

months with effect from 1st April 2012 to discourage discounting of negotiable
instruments.
NPCI initiated steps to popularize RuPay where Debit/Credit card payments

are being routed through Indian e-service intermediaries which bring down
the costs and improve their acceptability.
Merchant Discount Rate (MDR) is the fee that merchant establishment pays to
the terminal deploying bank (Acquiring Bank), which play vital role in Point of
Sale (POS) transactions. Recently, RBI advised banks to cap MDR at 0.75
percent for transactions up to `2000/- and 1 percent for transactions above
`2000/- to popularize POS transactions using Debit Cards.
Banks are advised to promote Credit/Debit cards to pave the way for cashless
economy. Further, card based transactions leave adequate audit trails and
hence disincentives black money generation.
The practice of taking Post-dated Cheques (PDCs) from the borrowers is

stopped forthwith and advised banks to obtain ECS (Debit) mandate from
borrowers.
30
Financial Inclusion
Financial Inclusion is the delivery of banking services at an affordable cost to the
vast sections of disadvantaged and low income group. As banking services are in the
nature of public good, it is essential that availability of banking and payment services
to the entire population without discrimination is the prime objective of the public
policy. It means not only to extending banking facilities to rural people but also to
provide at their convenient time and location. Availability of banking services means
to provide Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (formerly known as No-Frills account)
with Overdraft facility; Remittance product for Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) and
other remittances; Variable Recurring Deposit and General Credit Card or Kisan
Credit Card etc.
Evolution of Financial Inclusion: Social Banking is an instrument for Financial
Inclusion. Though, social banking initiatives were introduced in India long back
through measures such as co-operative banking movement, nationalization of banks
(in 1969 & 1980), creation of Regional Rural Banks etc., their success was largely
constrained by the size and population of the country (1.21 billion) and nonavailability of banking services. In the above backdrop financial inclusion has
received a big boost and greater efforts have been laid on inclusive banking. The
following are the steps initiated for enhancing financial inclusion in India.

Introduction of Basic Saving Bank Deposit account (known as No-Frill

account) for all individuals with simplified KYC norms.
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) based Business
Correspondent model for delivery of low cost door step banking services in
remote villages is being implemented.
All villages with population above 2000 are already covered under FIP.
Process of covering the remaining villages with population below 2000 is
underway.
Opening of 25% of new branches by banks in unbanked rural centers is made
as mandatory.
Mobile and network companies have been allowed to partner with banks in
offering services collaboratively.
Government has encouraged a multi-channel approach including mobiles,
handheld devices, smart cards, micro ATMs, kiosks etc., for providing financial
services to the target group.
A village is considered to be covered by banking service if either a Brick &
Mortar Branch or Ultra Small Branch or Business Correspondent.
Opening a Basic Savings Bank Deposit account is only the first step in building the
relationship which would require sustained efforts on the part of Banks as well as
Customers to achieve the objective of Financial Inclusion. However, in rural areas
customers cannot be expected to come to branches in view of opportunity cost
and Time and hence banks will have to reach out through a variety of technology
driven delivery channels such as ATMs, Bio-metric ATMs, Mobile ATMs, Smart Cards
and use of Post offices.
i)Low Cost ATMs: The presence of ATMs mostly found in Metro/Urban centers and
banks are not keen to install at Rural/Semi Urban centers in view of high investment
and low transaction volume. Deployment of low cost ATMs at Rural/SU centers with
basic features (cash withdrawal, balance enquiry etc.,) enables the customers to
have access to cost effective convenient banking.
31
ii) Biometric ATMs: The penetration of ATMs into Rural / Semi-urban areas may
not serve the purpose unless it is put to use by both Literate and Illiterates. The
existing ATMs are not being used optimally by rural folk on account of PIN and
Password related issues. Introduction of Biometric ATMs enables the illiterate and
semi-literate customers to avail ATM facilities on par with literate customers. Under
this, Thumb impression of the cardholder will be scanned and transfer the same to
central server as one time measure. While swapping the card customer is required to
keep thumb on the slot, system verifies the finger print and allows access to his
account/s.
iii) Mobile ATMs are designed for providing ATM facility to the rural folk as well as
other customers. The Van would move at the pre-determined places and also
accessible to Biometric card holders. It can also be used for opening of accounts
during the visits to the rural areas.
All the above initiatives warrant the banks to invest substantial amount on
infrastructure besides recurring expenditure. There is an urgent need to bank on
alternatives to overcome the said constraints and to extend branch less banking to
achieve desired goal.
Business Correspondent (BC): The BC model allows the bank to use third parties
(Individuals/associations/institutions/32ttest32ed) to extend the basic banking
services. Normally the operations of BC should be within 30 KMs of base branch
located in Rural/Semi-Urban/Urban areas and it is 5 KMs in case of Metro areas.
However, the distance criteria may be relaxed with prior approval from DCC/SLBC.
BCs are provided with laptop with connectivity to have seamless operations with the
respective banks central server. BCs use biometric smart cards, in which customer
data including finger prints are stored and works on PoS machines with key
management.
Business Facilitators (BF) Model envisages the use of intermediaries by the
banks to provide Non Financial Services to the public such as creating awareness
about banks products/services, identification of borrowers/processing of
applications, post sanction monitoring and follow-up etc.
Ultra Small Branches: Recently, the Government has directed banks to set up
Ultra Small branches in all villages under financial inclusion scheme by March 2012,
typically in a premises spread 100 to 200 sft. It aims to provide a wide range of
banking services, including credit transactions, in villages where only cash
transactions are being provided by BCs. A designated officer will visit the village on a
prefixed date and time every week with laptop and will be connected to Banks
central server (CBS).
Grama Kranthi General Credit Card (GK-GCC) Scheme: It is an Entrepreneurial
credit scheme for covering the general credit needs of the Banks customers in FI
villages. The nature of the loan is by way of overdraft/ cash credit with no end use
stipulation. All Savings Bank Account holders having active Smart card with
satisfactory transactions at least for a period of 3 to 6 months are eligible to avail
General Credit Card. Account is in the nature of cash credit. Quantum of limit will be
based on the assessment of income and cash flow of the entire household. The
maximum limit per household shall be `25,000/-. No collateral security should be
insisted upon. The card holder is entitled to draw cash from the Point of Sale
Terminals deployed at the custody of the CSP stationed at the particular village
through authentication of fingerprints using smart card. Account will be reviewed
every year and renewed after 3 years.
32
Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (BSBA): As per RBI directions, Banks are
required to adopt simplified procedure to open SB accounts without any stipulation
on minimum balance. All individuals who are eligible to open normal SB accounts can
open No frills accounts subject to introduction from another account holder who
complied KYC norms. The introducers account with the bank should be at least six
month old and should show satisfactory transactions. Photograph of the customer
who proposes to open the account and also his/her address needs to be certified by
the introducer OR any other evidence as to the identity and address of the customer
to the satisfaction of the bank. These accounts do not attract service charges / penal
charges. No cheque book shall be issued. Drawals from account shall be permitted
only through numbered withdrawal forms accompanied by passbook. Once the
balance in the account exceeds `50000/- or total credits in the account exceeds
`100000/- in a year, no further transactions will be permitted in the account. The
customer has to close the account and open normal saving account fulfilling the
complete KYC procedure. As per the recent guidelines, BSBD account holders, who
are earning members of the family and preferably women of the house and who had
satisfactory dealings with the bank for at least six months, are eligible to avail
overdraft facility not exceeding an amount of `5000/-. However, Minors, Kisan Credit
Card / General Credit Card holders and the account holders whose age is beyond 60
years are not eligible to avail overdraft facility. Overdraft attracts interest @ Base
Rate+2%.
Financial Inclusion Progress: Government/RBI has adopted a structured and
planned approach towards FI by not just focusing on improving access to financial
services but also encouraging demand for financial services through financial literacy
initiatives. Adopted a bank-led model for FI, but have permitted non-bank entities to
partner banks in their FI initiatives. Banks are advised to adopt innovative business
models and delivery channels to expand FI efforts. There is a need for banks to
develop new products and design new delivery models that are customized to the
unique needs of the financially excluded population, both in the rural and urban
areas. The progress made so far in quantitative terms is as under:
No
I
i)
ii)
iii)
II
i)
ii)
III
i)
ii)
iii)
IV
Financial Inclusion Progress Report

Particulars
2010
2011
2012
Branches / BCs
Rural Branches
33378
34811
37471
Business Correspondents Rural
34174
80802
141136
447
3771
5891
Urban
Other Modes
142
595
3146
Total 68141 119979 187644
Deposit Accounts
Basic Savings Bank Deposit
Accounts (No. in lakh)
BC-ICT Accounts (No. in lakh)
Total
Loan Accounts
Kisan Credit Cards (No. in lakh)
General Credit Cards (No. in
lakh)
Basic Savings Bank Accounts with
OD facility (No. in lakh)
ICT Transactions (No. in lakh)
735
1048
2013
40845
221341
27124
8424
297734
1385
1833
133
868
316
1364
573
1958
810
2643
243
271
302
338
27
39
265
842
1411
2547
14
17
21
33
36
SLBCs are advised to prepare a road map for provision of banking services in all
unbanked villages with population below 2000 in a time bound manner. About
485000 unbanked villages are identified and allotted to banks. Banks have been
advised to Prepare Board approved FIPs for the period 2013-2016 and to put
structured, comprehensive monitoring mechanism in place for evaluating banks
performance against their FIP plans. Further, banks are advised to open 25% of all
new branches in unbanked rural centres. It is also emphasized to open accounts of
all eligible individuals in camp mode with the support of local Government authorities
and seed the existing and new accounts with Aadhaar numbers to ensure smooth roll
out of the Governments Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) initiative.
Common Service Centers: Under the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP), the
Common Services Centers (CSCs) have been established with front end service
delivery points at the village level, for delivery of Government, Social and Private
Sector services in the areas of agriculture, health, education, entertainment, FMCG
products, banking and financial services, utility payments, etc. The infrastructure at
the CSC includes a fixed place of business say 100 to 150 sq. ft, specified working
hours, a Personal Computer/Lap top with internet connectivity web-cam, printer,
power backup, biometric scanner. CSC acts as BC and providing ICT based banking
services in unbanked villages. The Service Provider would be required to appoint BC.
The Identified BC should not have been defaulters to any financial institution and
should not have been blacklisted by any bank in the last two years for deficiency of
service. The BC must be responsible to receive and pay money, to transfer money
from one to another. BC may also be used for deposit mobilization and recovery of
loans. The BC is responsible for routing all transactions of all villages in the assigned
villages so that effective marketing and follow up, can take place.
Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT): The Central and State Governments have been
earmarking substantial budgetary allocations towards social security and welfare
schemes through various subsidies with an aim to improve the standard of living of
vast majority of people who require social assistance. The fundamental challenge for
any subsidy framework is to ensure effective targeting of beneficiaries which is a
complex task and fraught with two types of errors viz., errors of Inclusion and errors
of Exclusion. The former involves the wrongful inclusion of beneficiaries ineligible for
subsidy, while the later concerns the exclusion of eligible beneficiaries. In the
process, the lion share of subsidies has not been reaching the target group defeating
the very purpose of the schemes. In order to ensure electronic transfer of subsidies
directly into the accounts of the beneficiaries, they need to have bank account.
Accordingly, banks have been advised that the service area bank in rural areas and
banks assigned the responsibility in specific wards in urban area ensure that every
household has at least one bank account. In this direction, the Government has
taken the following initiatives:

All Banks are advised to provide basic banking services at all villages having
population of above 2000 either opening a bank branch or appointing a
Business Correspondent Agent in each of the FI village.
All banks must complete the mapping of their respective service area to
ensure that one BC is available in each Gram Panchayat. The collection of
account opening data including Aadhar number is to be done by BC.
Banks are advised to establish a regular Brick and Mortar or Ultra Small
Branch in all habitations with population of 5000 and above in under-banked
districts and 10000 and above in other districts. Further, Banks are advised to
provide onsite ATMs at all branches across the country.
Further, it is stipulated that a BCA has to be made available within a radial
distance of 2 KM and a branch within a radial distance of 5 KM. Banks should
issue Debit Cards to all eligible account holders.
34
Priority Sector Revised Guidelines

The need for commercial banks to improve Priority Sector advances was emphasized
since 1968 with special focus on Agriculture and Small Scale industries. Initially there
was no specific target fixed in respect of priority sector lending but in the year 1974
banks were advised to raise the share of these sectors to 1/3rd of their aggregate
advances by March 1979. Subsequently, on the basis of the recommendations of the
Working Group on the Modalities of Implementation of Priority Sector Lending and
the Twenty Point Economic Programme by Banks under the chairmanship of Dr. K. S.
Krishnaswamy, all commercial banks were advised to achieve the target of priority
sector lending at 40 percent of aggregate bank advances. Sub-targets were also
specified for lending to agriculture and the weaker sections within the priority sector.
The Internal Working Group of the RBI headed by Shri C. S. Murthy and the Shri
Y.H.Malegam committee constituted to study issues and concerns in the Micro
Finance institutions (MFI) sector, inter alia, had recommended review of the
guidelines on priority sector lending. Subsequently, RBI has setup a Committee
headed by Shri M V Nair to re-examine the existing classification and suggest
revised guidelines with regard to Priority Sector lending classification and related
issues. Accordingly, revised guidelines on Priority Sector are issued in July 2012.
1. Agriculture
i) Direct Finance to Agriculture: Loans to individual farmers including SHGs/JLGs
engaged in agriculture and allied activities viz., dairy, fishery, animal husbandry and
sericulture are treated as direct lending to agriculture irrespective of the amount.
However, loans to 35ttest35ed including farmers producer companies of individual
farmers, partnership firms and co-operatives of farmers for the said activities up to
an aggregate limit of `2 crore per borrower is treated as direct lending to agriculture.
The various activities that come under direct lending to agriculture are:

Short-term loans for raising crops, i.e. for crop loans, which include
traditional/non-traditional plantations, horticulture and allied activities.
Medium & long term loans for agriculture and allied activities (purchase of
agricultural implements and machinery, loans for irrigation and other
developmental activities undertaken in the farm, and development loans for
allied activities).
Loans granted for pre-harvest and post-harvest activities such as spraying,
weeding, harvesting, grading, sorting, processing and transporting
undertaken by individuals, SHGs and cooperatives in rural areas.
Loans to farmers up to `25 lakh against pledge/hypothecation of agriculture
produce for a period not exceeding 12 months.
Export credit to farmers for exporting their own farm produce.
If the aggregate loan limit per borrower is more than `2 crore for the above said
purposes, the entire loan should be treated as indirect finance to agriculture.
ii) Indirect finance to agriculture: Lending to the following activities is treated as
indirect finance to agriculture:

Corporates / partnership firms / institutions engaged in Agriculture and Allied

Activities (dairy, fishery, animal husbandry, poultry, sericulture etc.)
Primary Agricultural Credit Societies (PACS), Farmers Service Societies (FSS)
and Large-sized Adivasi Multi Purpose Societies (LAMPS)
MFIs for on-lending to farmers for agricultural and allied activities
NGOs for on-lending to members of SHGs under SHG-Bank Linkage
Programme for agricultural and allied activities.
RRBs for on-lending to agriculture and allied activities.
35

Dealers/sellers of fertilizers, pesticides, seeds, cattle feed, poultry feed,

agricultural implements and other inputs up to `100 lakh per borrower.
Setting up of Agri clinics and Agribusiness Centres.
Custom Service Units managed by individuals, institutions or organizations
who maintain a fleet of tractors, bulldozers, well-boring equipment, threshers,
combines, etc., and undertake farm work for farmers on contract basis.
Construction and running of storage facilities.
2. Micro and Small Enterprises: Bank loans to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE)
engaged in providing or rendering of services will be eligible for classification to MSE
sector under priority sector up to an aggregate limit of `10 crore per borrower/unit,
provided they satisfy the investment criteria for equipment as defined under MSMED
Act, 2006.
3. Medium Enterprises: Units which are engaged in manufacture/production/
preservation of goods and whose investment in plant and machinery should be as
per the guidelines are treated as Medium Enterprises.
i) Manufacturing Enterprises are those engaged in manufacturing or production of
goods. These are defined in terms of investment in Plant & Machinery. Loans
extended to Medium Manufacturing Enterprises shall be classified as Priority Sector
advances.
ii) Service Enterprises are the enterprises engaged in providing or rendering of
services. These are defined in terms of investment in Equipment. Loans extended to
Medium Service Enterprises up to `10 crore shall be classified as Priority Sector
advances. The modified definitions of MSM Enterprises are as under:
No
Category
Investment in Plant & Machinery / Equipment

Manufacturing
Service
Micro Enterprise
Up to `25 lakhs
Up to `10 lakhs
Medium Enterprise
`500 to `1000 lakhs
`200 to 500 lakhs
Small Enterprise
`25 to `500 lakhs
`10 to 200 lakhs
Indirect finance to the small (manufacturing as well as service) enterprises sector

include credit to Persons/co-operatives involved in assisting the decentralized sector
(Artisans, village and cottage industries) in supply of inputs and marketing of output.
All advances granted to units in the Khadi and Village Industries Sector, irrespective
of their size of operations, location and amount of original investment in plant and
machinery. Such advances will be eligible for consideration under the sub-target (60
per cent) of the small enterprises segment within the priority sector.
4. Housing Loans: Loans up to `25 lakh to individuals for purchase/construction of
dwelling unit per family in Metro centers with population above ten lakh and `15
lakh in other centers excluding loans granted by banks to their own employees are
treated as priority sector. Further, loans given to individuals for repairs to the
damaged dwelling units of families up to `2 lakh in rural and semi-urban areas and
up to `5 lakh in urban and metropolitan areas are treated as priority sector. Further,
housing loans to the following are also treated as priority sector:
Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of dwelling units or
for slum clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers subject to a ceiling of
`10 lakh per dwelling unit.
Loans sanctioned for housing projects exclusively for the purpose of
construction of houses only to economically weaker sections and low income
groups, the total cost of which does not exceed `10 lakh per dwelling unit, will
qualify for priority sector status. However, the family income of the borrower
should not exceed `1.2 lakh per annum irrespective of location.
Loans to Housing Finance Companies (HFC), for on-lending for the purpose of
purchase/construction/reconstruction of individual dwelling units or for slum
36
clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers, subject to an aggregate loan

limit of `10 lakh per borrower, provided the all inclusive interest rate (Interest
rate, processing fee and service charges) charged to the ultimate borrower is
not exceeding lowest lending rate of the lending bank for housing loans plus
2% per annum. However, this segment should not exceed five percent of the
individual banks total priority sector, on an ongoing basis.
5. Education Loans: Education loans include loans and advances granted to only
individuals for educational purposes up to `10 lakh for studies in India and `20 lakh
for studies abroad, and do not include those granted to institutions.
6. Retail Trade shall include retail traders/private retail traders dealing in essential
commodities (fair price shops), and consumer co-operative stores etc with credit
limits not exceeding `20 lakhs.
7. Micro Credit: Provision of credit and other financial services and products of very
small amounts not exceeding `50000 per borrower, either directly or indirectly
through a SHG/JLG mechanism or to NBFC/MFI for on-lending up to `50000 per
borrower, will constitute micro credit.
8. Lending to Micro Finance Institutions (MFI): Bank credit to MFIs for onlending is eligible for categorization as priority sector advance if aggregate amount of
loan, extended for income generating activity, is not less than 70% of the total loans
given by MFIs.
Weaker Sections: Loans to Small and marginal farmers with land holding of 5
acres and less, and landless labourers, tenant farmers and share croppers, Artisans,
village and cottage industries where individual credit limits do not exceed `50000/-,
Beneficiaries under SGSY/ SC&ST/ DRI / SJSRY / Liberation and Rehabilitation of
Scavengers (SLRS) / SHG schemes and loans granted to persons from minority
communities for the said purposes are treated as weaker section.
Differential Rate of Interest Scheme (DRI): The target stipulated for lending
under DRI scheme is 1% of previous year total advances of the Bank. The existing
loan limit is increased from `6500/- to `15000/- and the housing loan limit is also
increased from `5000/- to `20000/-. The borrowers family income eligibility criteria
is revised to `18000/- & `24000/- p.a. for Rural & Semi-Urban/Urban areas
respectively. At least two third of DRI advances should be granted through
rural/semi-urban branches. 40% of DRI advances should go to SC/ST. 2/3rd of total
DRI lending is to be routed through Rural and Semi Urban branches. Branches can
assist the handicapped/disabled persons for acquiring aids, appliances and
equipment needed especially by students for pursuing studies and vocational training
example Braille Typewriters for blind etc.
Category
Marginal
Small
Others
Scheme
DRI
SGSY
SJSRY
PMEGP
Classification of Farmers
Irrigated Land Holding
Un-irrigated Land Holding
1.25 Acres Or
2.5 Acres
2.50 Acres Or
5.0 Acres
Above 2.50 Acres Or
Above 5 Acres
Credit flow to SC/ST

Reservation / Relaxation
40% of Advances. Land holding criteria is not applicable
50% of the families assisted
Credit to be extended to the extent of their strength in the local population

22.50% of Advances. Age relaxation 10 Years
37
Category
Priority
Sector
Priority Sector Targets & Sub-targets
Domestic commercial banks
40 per cent of Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC) or credit equivalent

amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher.
18 per cent of ANBC or credit equivalent amount of Off-Balance Sheet
Exposure, whichever is higher.
Agricultural
advances
Small
Enterprise
advances
Of this, indirect lending in excess of 4.5% of ANBC or credit equivalent

amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher, will not be
reckoned for computing performance under 18 per cent target. However,
all agricultural advances under the categories direct & indirect will be
reckoned in computing performance under the overall priority sector
target of 40 per cent of ANBC or credit equivalent amount of Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure, whichever is higher.
Advances to small enterprises sector will be reckoned in computing

performance under the overall priority sector target of 40 per cent of
ANBC or credit equivalent amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure,
whichever is higher.
40 per cent of total advances to small enterprises sector should go to

micro (manufacturing) enterprises with investment in plant & machinery
up to `10 lakh and micro (service) enterprises having investment in
Micro
enterprises equipment up to `4 lakh; 20 per cent of total advances to small
within Small enterprises sector should go to micro (manufacturing) enterprises with
Enterprises investment in plant & machinery above `10 lakh and up to `25 lakh, and
sector
micro (service) enterprises with investment in equipment above `4 lakh
and up to `10 lakh. (60% small enterprises advances should go to the
micro enterpr).
Export credit is not a separate category. Export credit to eligible
Export credit activities under agriculture and MSE will be reckoned for priority sector
lending under respective categories.
Weaker
sections
Differential
Rate of
Interest
Scheme
10 per cent of ANBC or credit equivalent amount of Off-Balance Sheet

Exposure, whichever is higher.
1 per cent of total advances outstanding as at the end of the previous

year. It should be ensured that not less than 40 per cent of the total
advances granted under DRI scheme go to SC/ST. At least two third of
DRI advances should be granted through rural and semi-urban branches.
Foreign Banks with 20 and more branches are brought on par with domestic banks
(40% advances to priority sector) in a phased manner of five years starting from 1st
April 2013. With regard to foreign banks with below 20 branches, the target is
stipulated 32% of ANBC or credit equivalent amount of Off-Balance Sheet Exposure,
whichever is higher. In case of Small Enterprises and export credit the target is set
as 10% & 12% respectively.
38
Government Sponsored Programs

Prime Minister Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP): Prime Ministers
Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP) by merging the two schemes that were
in operation till 31.03.2008 namely Prime Ministers Rojgar Yojana (PMRY) and Rural
Employment Generation Programme (REGP) for generation of employment
opportunities through establishment of micro enterprises in rural as well as urban
areas. The Scheme will be implemented by Khadi and Village Industries Commission
(KVIC) and the details are as under:
Project Cost
Category
General
Special (SC/ ST/OBC/Minorities/Women/ Exservicemen / Physically handicapped/ NER /
Hill and Border areas etc.)

Borrower
contribution
Subsidy
10%
Urban
15%
Rural
25%
05%
25%
35%
The maximum cost of the project/unit admissible under manufacturing sector

is `25 lakh.
The maximum cost of the project/unit admissible under business/service
sector is `10 lakh.
The balance amount (excluding MM/subsidy) of the total project cost will be
provided by Banks as term loan
Eligibility Conditions of Beneficiaries

Any individual, above 18 years of age

There will be no income ceiling for assistance for projects under PMEGP.
For setting up of project costing above `10 lakhs in the manufacturing sector
and above `5 lakhs in the business/service sector, the beneficiaries should
possess at least VIII standard pass educational qualification.
Assistance is available only for new projects under the PMEGP.
Self Help Groups (including those belonging to BPL provided that they have
not availed benefits under any other Scheme) are also eligible for assistance
under PMEGP.
Institutions registered under Societies Registration Act 1860; Production Cooperative Societies, and Charitable Trusts. Existing Units (PMRY / REGP or any
other scheme of Central / State Government) and the units that have already
availed Government Subsidy (including units registered & certified khadi
institutions who have availed subsidy from central/state government) are not
eligible.
To claim Margin Money (Subsidy), the borrower is required to submit

caste/community certificate or relevant document issued by the competent authority.
In case of institutions, a certified copy of the bye-laws is required.
Project cost will include Capital Expenditure and one cycle of Working Capital. Cost of
the land should not be included in the Project cost. Projects costing more than `5
lakh, which do not require working capital, need clearance from controlling office.
PMEGP is applicable to all new viable micro enterprises, including Village Industries
projects except activities indicated in the negative list of Village Industries.
Existing/old units are not eligible. Only one person from one family is eligible for
obtaining financial assistance for setting up of projects under PMEGP. The family
includes self and spouse.
39
No collateral security will be insisted upon by Banks in line with the guidelines of RBI
for projects involving loan upto `10 lakhs in respect of the projects cleared by the
Task Force. After issuance of the sanction letter by the financing branch, the
beneficiary must have to undergo EDP training (at least 2 weeks) for the purpose of
release of funds. The margin money (subsidy) is to be kept in Term Deposit for three
years at branch level in the name of the beneficiary/Institution. No interest will be
paid on the TDR and no interest will be charged on loan to the corresponding
amount. Repayment schedule may range between 3 to 7 years after an initial
moratorium as may be prescribed by the concerned bank/financial institution.
Swarnajayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojana (SGSY): It is a Scheme which is a
restructure of the erstwhile schemes like IRDP, TRYSEM, DOWCRA, SITRA, GKY &
MWS etc., with the objective to bring the assisted poor rural families above poverty
line. The scheme aims at establishing a large number of micro enterprises in the
rural area. The identification of the borrowers will be done by Grama Sabha.
Productive and viable activities under Agriculture & ISB are eligible under this
scheme with 50% coverage by SC/ST, 40% coverage by women and 3% to
Physically Handicapped borrowers. The size of the loan under the scheme would
depend on the nature of the project. The loans under the scheme would be
composite loan comprising of Term Loan and Working Capital. Subsidy admissible is
@ 30% or maximum `7500/- (For SC/ST- 50% or maximum `10000) & for groups
50% or maximum `1.25 lac (no ceiling for minor irrigation projects).
For all individual loans exceeding one lakh and group loans exceeding `10 lakh, in
addition to primary security such as hypothecation/mortgage of land or third party
Guarantee as the case may be, suitable margin money/other collateral security in
the form of insurance policy; marketable security/deeds of other property etc. may
be obtained. The upper ceiling of ` 10 lakh is irrespective of the size of the group or
prorate per capita loan to the group while deciding the limit for collateral security,
the total project cost. The repayment period minimum of 5 years and branches
should ensure that repayment not to exceed 50% of incremental income. In the
event of unfortunate/untimely death of the borrower, LIC make payment of `6000/for natural death and `12000/- for accidental death to the legal heirs of the
borrower. (Cir no. 189 Ref 28/3 dated 2.8.2012)
Self Employment scheme for rehabilitation of Manual Scavengers (SRMS):
The objective of the National Scheme for Liberation and Rehabilitation of Scavengers
and their dependents is to liberate them from their existing hereditary and
obnoxious occupation of manually removing night soil and filth and to provide for
and engage them in alternative and dignified occupations. The Scheme would cover
primarily all scavengers belonging to Scheduled Castes community. Scavengers
belonging to other communities would also be covered. The scheme covers rural
and urban areas and the identification will be done by Ministry of Social Welfare &
National SC/ST financial development corporation. The beneficiaries are eligible for
term loan up to ` 15 lakh and Micro finance up to `25000/- is allowed without any
margin. The loans sanctioned under this scheme are eligible for subsidy @ 50% for
the projects where the unit cost is up to ` 2 lakh and `1 lakh + 33.30% of project
cost between `2 to 5 lakh; `2 lakh + 25% of project cost between 5 to 10 lakh and
`3.25 lakh for projects above `10 lakh. The moratorium period for repayment of loan
is maximum of 2 years. The beneficiaries are eligible for cash assistance of `40000/payable in monthly installments of `7000/- after the identification of manual
scavenger. Government provides training to the beneficiaries and pays `3000/- per
month as stipend during training period. Repayment period of the loan is 5 years for
the projects costing up to `5 lakh and 7 years for projects above `5 lakh. Rate of
Interest For loans up to `25000 @ 4% for women; others 5%. For loans above
`25000/-, the interest rate is @ 6% p.a. (cir.no.498 Ref 28/14 dated 13.03.2014)
40
Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rojgar Yojana (SJSRY): The objective of the scheme is
to address Urban poverty alleviation, the scheme seeks to provide gainful selfemployment to the urban poor (living below the urban poverty line) either
unemployed or under employed, through setting up of self-employment ventures or
provision of wage employment. The scheme has components such as Urban self
Employment Programme (USEP), Urban Women Self-help Programme (UWSP), Skill
Training for Employment promotion amongst Urban Poor (STEP-UP), Urban Wage
Employment programme (UWEP), Urban Community Development Network (UCDN).
The defaulter to any nationalized bank / financial institution / cooperative bank is not
eligible to avail loan under SJSRY. The loans granted under this scheme should be
treated as advances under priority sector. The scheme is meant for Urban Poor who
are under below poverty line and aims to cover 30% Women & 3% physically
handicapped and SC & ST borrowers as per proportion to their population. Urban Self
Employment Programme (USEP) Operational details in regard to Self-Employment
Individual through setting up of Micro-Enterprises
1
Identification
Eligibility
Nature of
Activities
Project Cost
Subsidy
Margin
Money
Interest
Repayment
6
8
Collateral
Survey by ULB
Urban poor (unemployed / under employed) living below the
poverty line, in any city/town. Minimum 18 years at the time
of applying for Bank Loan. Residing in the town for at least
three years. No minimum and maximum educational
qualification.
Town services requiring no special skills / Micromanufacturing units requiring skills. Assistance should also
be made available under agricultural and allied activities /
small scale services/small business activities
The maximum unit project cost for individual cases can be `2
lakh. If two or more eligible persons join together in a
partnership, the project with higher costs would also be
considered provided share of each person in the project cost
is ` 2 lakh or less.
Subsidy would be provided at the rate of 25% of the project
cost subject to a ceiling of `50,000/- per beneficiary. In case
more than one beneficiary join together and set a project
under partnership, subsidy would be calculated for each
partner separately.
Each beneficiary is required to contribute 5% of the project
cost as margin money in cash.
Interest applicable to priority sector.
No collateral is required.
Repayment schedule ranges from 3 to 7 years after initial
moratorium of 6 to 18 months as decided by Bank.
Urban Women Self-Help Programme (UWSP) Operational details in regard

to self-employment (group) through setting up of Micro-Enterprises
1
2
Identification
Eligibility
Activity
Subsidy
Survey by ULB
Urban poor women living below the poverty line, in any
city/town with preference performing urban women SHGs.
Minimum number of women in a group is five. 18 years at
the time of the group applying for Bank Loan. No minimum
and maximum educational qualification.
Any group activity/enterprise development for income
generation by the urban poor women
Subsidy would be provided at the rate of 35% of the project
cost subject to a ceiling of `3 lakh or `60,000/- per
beneficiary.
41
5
6
7
8
Margin Money
Interest
Collateral
Repayment
5% of the project cost

Interest applicable to priority sector.
No collateral is required.
Repayment schedule ranges from 3 to 7 years after initial
moratorium of 6 to 18 months as decided by Bank.
STEP-UP, UWEP & UDCN Inputs under the scheme would be delivered both
through the medium of community structures to be set up along with Urban Local
Bodies (ULBs) like Community Development Society-CDS/ town-Urban Poverty
Alleviation-UPA Cell.
Differential Rate of Interest (DRI): The income criteria to eligible for DRI loan is
`18,000/- pa in Rural areas and `24000/- in Urban areas. With regard to farmers,
the land holding should not exceed one acre wet land or 2.5 acres dry land.
However, it is not applicable to SC/ST borrowers. The unit cost is `15000/- for
general purposes but it is `20000/- for Housing Loans to SC/ST borrowers. The
repayment of the loan ranges from 3 to 5 years. These loans attract interest @ 4%
p.a. The target for the banks is 1% of previous year advances, of which 40% should
go to SC/STs & 2/3rd through Rural/Semi-urban branches.
Rajiv Gruha Kalpa Scheme

EWS house in urban areas.

Income range is minimum `2,000/- per month and maximum `36, 000/- per
annum
Unit Cost of `75,000/- with 10% margin from borrower with Bank loan of
`67,500 per house. 10% increase in unit cost is permitted.
Site will be allotted by Govt. of A.P. at free of cost.
Interest Rate 8% fixed
Valmiki Ambedkar Awas Yojana (VAMBAY): Housing Finance Scheme was

launched in Andhra Pradesh on 01.11.2002 with an objective to provide shelter or
upgrade the existing shelter for people below the poverty line and EWS in urban
slums. The ultimate objective of the Scheme is to have Slum Less Cities. The
funding pattern is 50% Government, 40% bank Loan and 10% Borrower Margin.
These loans attract interest @ 10% p.a. Tripartite agreement between Beneficiary
Bank & APSHCL.
***
42
Micro Credit / SHG

Micro Credit is defined as provision of thrift, credit and other financial services and
products of very small amount to the poor in rural, semi-urban and urban areas for
enabling them to raise their income levels and improve living standards. Banks have
discretion to devise appropriate loan and savings products and the related terms and
conditions including size of the loan, unit cost, unit size, maturity period, grace
period, margins, etc. Such credit covers not only consumption and production loans
for various farm and non-farm activities of the poor but also include their other credit
needs such as housing and shelter improvements. Banks, NBFCs, NGOs and other
institutions/organizations are allowed to undertake activities relating to Micro Credit
in India. The introduction of the Self Help Groups (SHG) format and the nationalized
banks lending system helped accentuate the importance of the same.
SHG is a registered or unregistered group of micro entrepreneurs having
homogenous social and economic background voluntarily, coming together to save
small amounts regularly, to mutually agree to contribute to a common fund and to
meet their emergency needs on mutual help basis. The group members use
collective wisdom and peer pressure to ensure proper end-use of credit and timely
repayment thereof. It is aimed to inculcate saving habit and encourage thrift to
undertake lending among the members. In the process, it boost the confidence to
carry out the activities with ease and paves the way for self-reliance. The
membership of the group could be between 10 to 25 members. If more than 20
members are there, the group should be registered.
Pre-requisites for financing: Groups with 6 months of savings, regular meetings,
regular thrift habit and habituated internal lending and A or B rating as per Critical
Rating Index are eligible for bank finance.
Dose
First
Second
Period
Regular loan
Having regular
savings at least for
6 Months
4 times of savings /
corpus or `50000/whichever is higher
Minimum of 12
Months from the
date of availment
of first dose of
finance.
Rural SHGs: 10 times

of savings / corpus or
`100000/- whichever
is higher. In case of
Urban SHGs, the
eligibility is 1.50 lakh.
Minimum of 18
months from the
Third &
Eligibility as per Micro
date of availment
onwards
Credit Plan (MCP)
of Second dose of
finance.
Note: Minimum savings of the group should not be less
Debt Swapping
Housing
Minimum `25000/- or
50%
regular
loan
limit
whichever
is
higher
subject
to
extent of debt.
`20000/Minimum
`50000/per
for rural SHGs and
member
`75000/- for urban
subject to
SHGs or 50% regular
maximum
loan limit whichever
of
is higher subject to
`100000/extent of debt.
per group
40% of MCP or to the
extent
of
debt
whichever is lower
subject to maximum
of `200000/than 10% of the loan amount.
Corpus includes Balance amount in SB account, Amount held as cash with

authorized persons, Amount lent internally among members, Amount received as
interest on loans from members, any other contribution received by the group like
Grants, Donations and fund provided by Government
Debt Swapping: Financing to the group members for repayment of loans availed by
them from non-institutional lenders i.e. Private Money lenders. It is only one time
measure.
43
However, for Rural SHGs the maximum amount allowed to each SHG Group is
`1.75 lakhs, `2.50 lakhs and `5 lakhs under First, Second and third dose
respectively; and for Urban SHGs, the maximum amount allowed to each SHG Group
is `1.75 lakhs, `3.25 lakhs and `5 lakhs under First, Second and third dose
respectively. Recently, the upper ceiling limit is increased from `5 lakh to `10 lakh
without collateral security for the groups undertaking income generation activities
under agriculture/allied activities. Credit facility to SHGs up to `7.50 lakhs (with less
than 36 months) and up to `10 lakh (Above 60 months) in other cases are classified
under SME category. (Cir no.453 Ref 19/46 dated 06.02.2013)
In order to mitigate the hardships faced by SHGs with regard to documentation,
Banks are advised to extend finance (renewals/fresh) by way of Cash Credit facility
only. Further, they advised to convert all outstanding term loan accounts into Cash
Credit immediately. The validity period of the limit is 5 years subject to annual
review. No cheque book is issued to this account. No excess drawals and adhoc limits
are allowed in these accounts.
Interest Rate: The applicable interest rate for SHGs is Base Rate + 3.25%
irrespective of the amount of finance. AP State Government has introduced Vaddi
Leni Runalu (VLR) scheme where the state Government reimburse the full
interest for the SHG loans who repay the loans promptly and the reimbursement will
be done to the group at half yearly intervals. However, this facility is limited to the
loans upto `5 lakh only. The reimbursement is to be credited to groups savings bank
account, but not to the SHG loan account.
Mandal Mahila Samakhyas consists of maximum 500 SHGs as members covering
20 to 30 Village Organisations (VOs) operating in a mandal. Vos/SHG
Federation/MMS are to be registered under AP Mutually Aided Cooperative Societies
Act 1995 to avail finance from Banks subject to Minimum two years of existence with
audited balance sheet; A rating by External Agency i.e. Chartered Accountant; The
maximum eligible amount is 10 times of the Networth of VOs (savings contributed by
each SHG to VOs on monthly basis, interest earned on savings and internal lending,
revolving fund if any) or 80% of Micro Credit Plan (MCP) whichever is lower subject
to borrowing clause incorporated in the byelaws.
Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP): The introduction of SERP is
aimed at strengthening of SHG Bank Linkage program and to augment credit flow in
orderly manner in the State of Andhra Pradesh. Our Bank entered MOU with SERP to
undertake initiatives such as capacity building, rating of SHGs, preparation of Micro
Credit Plan, activating community based recovery mechanism, imparting training to
improve book keeping etc. (Cir.no.268 Ref 19/15 dated 25.10.2010)
44
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME)

The Small enterprises contribute nearly 40% of the countrys industrial output and
offer the largest employment after agriculture. Therefore, this sector presents an
opportunity to the country to harness its local competitive advantages for achieving
global dominance. In recognition of these aspects, Government of India enacted the
MSMED Act in the year 2006. The activities of MSME are broadly classified into
Manufacturing Enterprises and Service Enterprises.
Manufacturing Enterprises are those which are engaged in manufacturing or
production of goods. These are defined in terms of investment in Plant &
Machinery. Recently, activities such as Seed Processing (for genetic enhancement)
involving collection of germplasm, cleaning, gravity separation, chemical treatment
etc., and Composite unit in Poultry with Chicken (Meat) Processing are treated as
Manufacturing units under MSME.
Service Enterprises are the enterprises engaged in providing or rendering of
services. These are defined in terms of investment in Equipment. Recently activities
such as Medical Transcription Service, Production of TV serials / program, Ripening of
Raw Fruits under controlled conditions and Service Rating Agency are treated as
Service Enterprises under MSME. The modified definitions of Micro, Small and
Medium Enterprises are as under:
No
1
2
3
Category
Micro Enterprise
Small Enterprise
Medium Enterprise
Investment in Plant & Machinery/Equipment (`lakh)

Manufacturing
Service
Up to 25
Up to 10
above 25 & up to 500
Small Enterprises: It includes all loans given to micro and small (manufacturing)
enterprises engaged in manufacture / production / processing / preservation of
goods, and micro and small (service) enterprises engaged in providing or rendering
of services which include small road & water transport operators, small business,
Professional & Self-employed persons and other service enterprises. Indirect finance
to small enterprises shall include finance to any person providing inputs to or
marketing the output of artisans, village and cottage industries, handlooms and cooperatives of producers in this sector. As per recent RBI guidelines Loans granted
to private retail traders with credit limits not exceeding `20 lakh and loans to retail
traders dealing in essential commodities (fair price shops) and consumer cooperative stores without any ceiling in credit limit are eligible for classification under
Micro (service) or small (service) depending on investment in equipment criteria as
mentioned above.
Medium Enterprises: Enterprises engaged in manufacture/production/ preservation
of goods and whose investment in plant and machinery should be as per above said
guidelines. Bank`s lending to medium enterprises will not be included for the
purpose of reckoning under priority sector. Interest rates are charged as per rates
prevailing at the time and are subject to change from time to Time. Rate of Interest
is determined as per credit rating system for loans above `10 lakhs as per Internal
Credit Risk Assessment Model. No collateral security or third party guarantee is
insisted for loan up to `5 lakh and for Tiny Sector up to `25 lakh based on the good
track record and financial position of the borrowing unit.
Book Debts: Out of the regular OCC limit, a sub-limit, maximum of 60%, can be
allowed with 50% margin provided the book debts are not older than 180 days.
45
Standby Term Loan: Banks are allowed to sanction standby term loan to A and
above rated borrowers subject to a cap of 20 lakh for acquiring additional machinery
with 25% margin.
Composite loan (Term Loan and Working Capital) up to `100 lakhs should be
processed under single window concept.
Interest Rate: Normally, the interest rates charged to MSME borrowers are lesser
than those being charged other borrowers. Further reduction of interest rate is
available to special category of Rice Mills, Dall Mills and Cotton Ginning Mills. A
concession of 0.50% is offered to women MSME borrowers.
Collateral security: Banks are mandated not to accept collateral security in case of
loans up to `10 lakhs extended to units in the Micro and Small Enterprises sector and
all such loans are to be covered under Credit Guarantee Scheme. Banks may, on the
basis of good track record and the financial position of the MSE units, increase the
limit of dispensation of collateral requirement for loans up to 25 lakh (with the
approval of the appropriate authority). Women entrepreneurs will be given further
interest rebate of 0.50% irrespective of credit rating and size of the unit.
Subsidy: Units undergoing technology up-gradation are eligible for 15% Credit
Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme (CLCSS). Units engaged in food processing are
eligible for subsidy 25% of unit cost with maximum of `50 lakhs and units are
located at difficult areas (J&K, HP, Sikkim, Andaman, NE States and tribal
development project areas) are eligible for 33.33% with maximum of `75 lakhs.
Assessment: 25% of assessed turnover shall be fixed as working capital limit for
the MSME units availing credit limits up to 600 lakh.
Targets: Banks may fix self set target for growth in advances to SME Sector in order
to achieve a minimum 20% year on year growth in credit to SMEs with the objective
to double the flow of credit to the SME sector within a period of 5 years. Further,
banks should ensure that
i)40% of the total advances to micro and small enterprises sector should go to micro
(manufacturing) enterprises having investment in plant and machinery up to `10
Lakh and micro (service) enterprises having investment in equipment up to `4 Lakh.
ii) 20% of the total advances to micro and small enterprises sector should go to
micro (manufacturing) enterprises with investment in plant and machinery above `10
Lakh & up to `25 lakh, and micro (service) enterprises with investment in equipment
above `4 Lakh & up to `10 Lakh. Thus 60% of MSE advances should go to the Micro
Enterprises. Further, banks are advised to

Achieve a 20 percent year-on-year growth in credit to Micro and Small

enterprises to ensure enhanced credit flow.
Allocate 60% of MSE advances to the Micro Enterprises.
Achieve minimum 10% growth in number of Micro Enterprise accounts.
Pay focused attention in opening of more MSE branch offices at different MSE
clusters and each lead bank of a district may adopt atleast one MSE cluster.
Communication of the banks decision regarding the credit assistance is done

promptly. As per Ministry of Finance, Government of India, all credit proposals for
additional limit, rescheduling for loan or any other facility should be disposed in 15
days from the date of receipt of application at the branch. With regard to new cases
for sanction, the time norm stipulated is 30 days from the date of receipt of
application at the branch. No loan application is rejected without approval of the next
higher authority.
46
Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Micro and Small Enterprises

Salient features: It provides guarantee coverage in respect of credit facilities
sanctioned to the accounts up to `100 lakhs to new/existing MSE units without any
collateral security and/or third party guarantees. All Micro enterprises up to ` 10 lakh
except Retail Trade and SHGs are to be covered under this scheme.
Eligible Accounts: All MSE units classified under Manufacturing, RTO, Business
Enterprises, and Professional & Self Employed are eligible for coverage.
i)Micro Enterprises: Manufacturing units with investment in Plant & machinery up
to `25 lakh and servicing units with investment in equipment up to `10 lakh are
eligible for the coverage.
ii) Small Enterprises: Manufacturing units with investment in Plant & machinery
above `25 lakhs and up to `5 crore and servicing units with investment in equipment
above `10 lakhs and up to `2 crore are covered under this scheme.
The trust shall provide guarantee as under (Cir.no. 405 Ref 52/16 dt. 7.1.14):
Category
MSME
Women Entrepreneurs
/ Units located in NE
region (Other than
credit facility up to `5
lakh
to
micro
enterprises)
Others
Maximum extent of guarantee where credit facility

is to `5 lakhs
Up
Above `5 & up to `50 Above `50
lakhs
to `100
lakhs
85% of amount
default or
75% of amount default 50% of loan
subject to
or subject to maximum irrespective
maximum of
of `37.50 lakhs
of
the
`4.25 lakhs
borrower,
location
of
the
unit
/
80% of the amount in default subject to credit facility
maximum of `40 lakhs
w.e.f
16th
December
2013
75% of the amount in default subject to
maximum of `37.50 lakhs
Any credit facility which has been sanctioned by Banks, under CGS, to an eligible
borrower with interest rate more than 4% over its Base Rate will not be eligible for
coverage under CGS.
Composite all-in Guarantee Fee
Annual Guarantee fee (% p.a.)
Credit Facility
Women, Micro Enterprises
Others
and units in NE region
Up to `5 lakh
0.75%
1.00%
Above `5 lakh & up to `100 lakh
0.85%
The lending institution may invoke the guarantee in respect of credit facility within a
maximum period of two years from the date of NPA. The initiation of legal
proceedings as a pre-condition for invoking of guarantees shall be waived for credit
facilities upto `50000/-. The trust shall pay 75% of the guaranteed amount on
preferring of eligible claim within 30 days. The trust shall pay interest at prevailing
Bank Rate to lending institute for the period of delay beyond 30 days.
47
Model Educational Loan Scheme (IBA)

Education is central to the human resources development and empowerment in any
country. Knowledge and information would be the driving force for economic growth
in the coming years. The current rate of economic growth of the country demands
technically and professionally trained man power in large numbers. Though
government intends to provide education to all through public funding, it is not
feasible in view budgetary constraints. At the same time the cost of education has
been going up in recent times and it has become financial burden to the parents of
the students. Hence, there is a clear case for institutional funding in this area. As the
focus is on development of human capital, repayment of the loan is expected to
come from future earnings of the student after completion of education. Hence the
assessment of the loan will be based on employability and earning potential of the
student upon completion of the course and not the parental income/family wealth.
Eligibility Criteria: The student should be an Indian National and should have
secured admission to a higher education course in recognized institutions in India or
Abroad through Entrance Test/Merit Based Selection process. However, entrance test
or selection purely based on marks obtained in qualifying examination may not be
the criterion for admission to some of the post graduate courses or research
programs. In such cases, banks will have to adopt appropriate criteria based on
employability and reputation of the institution concerned.
Minimum Age: There is no specific restriction with regard to the age of the student
to be eligible for education loan. However, if the student was a minor while the
parent executed documents for the loan, the bank will obtain a letter of ratification
from him/her upon attaining majority.
Courses Eligible: Approved courses leading to graduate/post graduate degree and
PG diplomas conducted by recognized colleges/universities recognized by UGC/Govt./
AICTE / AIBMS / ICMR etc; Courses like ICWA, CA, CFA etc; Courses conducted by
IIMs, IITs, IISc, XLRI. NIFT, NID etc; Regular Degree/Diploma courses like
Aeronautical, pilot training, shipping etc., approved by Director General of Civil
Aviation/Shipping, if the course is pursued in India. Approved courses offered in
India by reputed foreign universities. However, banks may approve other job
oriented courses leading to technical/professional degrees, post graduate degrees /
diplomas offered by recognized institutions under this scheme. Courses other than
the above offered by reputed institutions may also be considered on the basis of
employability.
Expenses considered for loan: Tuition, Hostel, Library, Laboratory and
Examination fee; Caution deposit, Building fund/refundable deposit; Purchase of
books, uniforms, equipments & instruments including computer/Laptop and study
tour & project work costs etc., are to be considered as cost of education for the
purpose of loan. It is to be noted that reasonable lodging and boarding charges will
be considered in case the student chooses/is required to opt for outside
accommodation. In case of studies abroad, Travel expenses/passage money and
Insurance charges should also be considered as cost of education. However, the
maximum expenses other than Tuition fee may be capped at 20% of the total tuition
fees payable for completion of the course. The scholarship / assistantship, if any, is
to be excluded from the total cost while arriving eligible loan amount.
Quantum of finance: Banks may consider sanction of maximum up to `10 lakh for
studies in India and `20 lakh for studies abroad. It may also be noted that even
loans in excess of `10 lakh qualify for interest subsidy under Central Sector Interest
Subsidy Scheme for loans up to `10 lakh.
48
Top up loans: Banks may consider top up loans to students pursuing further studies
within the overall eligibility limit, if such further studies are commenced during the
moratorium period of the first loan. The repayment of the loan will commence after
the completion of the second course and further moratorium period, as provided
under the scheme.
Margin: No margin is required to bring in by the borrower for the loans up to 4 lakh
and for loans above 4 lakh, 5% margin is stipulated. In case of studies abroad the
margin stipulated is 15%. Margin may be brought-in on year-to-year basis as and
when disbursements are made on a pro-rata basis.
Security: The loan documents should be executed by the student and the parent /
guardian as joint-borrower.
Loan
Up to `4 lakhs
Above `4 lakh & up to
`7.5 lakh
Security / Co-obligation
Parent as Joint borrower. In case of a married person, joint
borrower can be spouse or the parent(s)/parents-in-law.
Beside the parent as joint borrower, suitable third part

guarantee.
Parent/spouse as joint borrower and suitable tangible
Above `7.5 lakh
collateral security
The security can be in the form of land/ building/ Govt. securities/ Public Sector
Bonds/Units of UTI, NSC, KVP, life policy, gold, and shares/mutual fund
units/debentures, bank deposit in the name of student / parent / guardian / any
other third party or any other tangible security acceptable to the bank with suitable
margin. Wherever the land/ building is already mortgaged, the unencumbered
portion can be
taken as security on second charge basis provided it covers the
required loan amount.
Rate of Interest: Interest to be charged at rates linked to the Base rate as decided
by individual banks. The loan attracts simple interest during the study period.
Servicing of interest during study period and the moratorium period till
commencement of repayment is optional for students. Accrued interest will be added
to the principal amount borrowed while fixing EMI for repayment. 1% interest
concession may be provided by the bank, if interest is serviced during the study
period and
subsequent moratorium period prior to commencement of
repayment. No processing / upfront charges may be levied on loans sanctioned
under the scheme.
Repayment: Repayment of the loan starts after one year from the date of
completion of course or 6 months after getting the job whichever is earlier. The
repayment should be in Equated Monthly Installments (EMI) and maximum
repayment period allowed for loans up to `7.5 lakhs & above `7.5 lakhs 10 & 15
years respectively. If the student is not able to complete the course within the
scheduled time, extension of time for completion of course may be permitted for a
maximum period of 2 years.
Educational loans can be sanctioned either at the Bank branch near to the residents
of the parents or to the educational institution. Existence of an earlier education loan
to the brother(s) and/or sister(s) will not affect the eligibility of another meritorious
student from the same family obtaining education loan as per this scheme from the
bank. Loan applications have to be disposed of in the normal course within a period
of 15 days to one month, but not exceeding the time norms stipulated for disposing
of loan applications under priority sector lending. Branches should not reject any
eligible loan proposal for the reason that the applicants residence does not fall under
service area of the Bank/Branch.
49
Housing Loans
In pursuance of National Housing Policy of Central Government, Reserve Bank of
India has been facilitating the flow of credit to housing sector. Since housing has
emerged as one of the sectors attracting a large quantum of bank finance, the
current focus of RBIs regulation is to ensure orderly growth of housing loan
portfolios of banks. Banks with their vast branch network throughout the length and
breadth of the country occupy a very strategic position in the financial system and
were required to play an important role in providing credit to the housing sector in
consonance with the National Housing Policy.
Eligibility Criteria: The following are the eligible categories to avail housing loans
under Direct Housing Finance:

Bank finance extended to a person who already owns a house in town/village

where he resides, for buying/constructing a second house in the same or
other town/village for the purpose of self occupation.
Bank finance extended for purchase of a house by a borrower who proposes
to let it out on rental basis on account of his posting outside the headquarters
or because he has been provided accommodation by his employer.
Bank finance extended to a person who proposes to buy an old house where
he is presently residing as a tenant.
Bank finance granted only for purchase of a plot, provided a declaration is
obtained from the borrower that he intends to construct a house on the said
plot, with the help of bank finance or otherwise, within such period as may be
laid down by the banks themselves.
Banks may consider requests for additional finance within the overall ceiling
for carrying out alterations/additions/repairs to the house/flat already
financed by them.
In the case of individuals who might have raised funds for construction/
acquisition of accommodation from other sources and need supplementary
finance, banks may extend such finance after obtaining paripassu or second
mortgage charge over the property mortgaged in favour of other lenders
and/or against such other security, as they may deem appropriate.
Age Criteria The age of the borrower should be between 21 to 65 years at the
time sanction of the loan.
Assessment of Loan The quantum of loan will be arrived based on the gross &
net income of the borrower and other factors like spouse income, assets, liabilities,
stability of income etc. Further, the loan amount also depends on the tenure of the
loan and interest rate of the loan as these variables determine outflow which in turn
depends on disposal income of the borrower/spouse.
Loan To Value (LTV) Ratio In order to prevent excessive leveraging, the LTV
ratio in respect of housing loans should not exceed 80 per cent. However, for small
value housing loans i.e. housing loans up to `25 lakh (which get categorized as
priority sector advances), the LTV ratio should not exceed 90 per cent. In order to
ensure proper LTV, banks should not include charges such as stamp duty,
registration/document charges in the cost of the asset.
Interest Rate It is the discretion of the banks to levy their own interest rates.
Gestation Period Normally, the gestation period allowed is 12 to 18 months.
However, it can be extended maximum period of 30 months from the date of first
disbursement.
50
Repayment The maximum period allowed for repayment of home loan is 30 years
or up to the age of 75 years of the borrower whichever is earlier.
Equated Monthly Installment Normally, banks fix EMI which covers Principal as
well as Interest. Some banks offer Floating and Fixed Interest Rates and it is up to
the borrower to choose. Under Floating Interest, the interest rate is subject to
changes from time to time by the Bank with reference to Bench Mark rate (Base
Rate) where as Fixed Interest Rate is a rate which continues to be the same
during the entire tenor of the loan. Banks are also offering flexible repayment
options viz., Step-up and Step-down, depending on the future cash flows of the
borrower. Under Step-up option, the lower EMI in the initial years and EMI increases
as years roll by. It is convenient for borrowers who are in the beginning of their
careers. In case of Step-down option, EMI is high initially and decreases in the
subsequent years, which is useful who are close to their retirement.
Other conditions:
i)In cases where the applicant owns a plot/land and approaches the banks/Fis for a
credit facility to construct a house, a copy of the sanctioned plan by competent
authority in the name of a person applying for such credit facility must be obtained
by the Banks/Fis before sanctioning the home loan.
ii) An affidavit-cum-undertaking must be obtained from the person applying for such
credit facility that he shall not violate the sanctioned plan, construction shall be
strictly as per the sanctioned plan and it shall be the sole responsibility of the
executants to obtain completion certificate within 3 months of completion of
construction, failing which the bank shall have the power and the authority to recall
the entire loan with interest, costs and other usual bank charges.
iii) An Architect appointed by the bank must also certify at various stages of
construction of building that the construction of the building is strictly as per
sanctioned plan and shall also certify at a particular point of time that the completion
certificate of the building issued by the competent authority has been obtained.
iv) In cases where the applicant approaches the bank/Fis for a credit facility to
purchase the built up house/flat, it should be mandatory for him to declare by way of
an affidavit-cum-undertaking that the built up property has been constructed as per
the sanctioned plan and/or building bye-laws and as far as possible has a completion
certificate also.
v) An Architect appointed by the bank must also certify before disbursement of the
loan that the built up property is strictly as per sanctioned plan and/or building byelaws.
vi) No loan should be given in respect of those properties which fall in the category
of unauthorized colonies unless and until they have been regularized and
development and other charges paid.
vii) No loan should also be given in respect of properties meant for residential use
but which the applicant intends to use for commercial purposes and declares so while
applying for loan.
***
51
Interest Subvention Schemes

1. Short Term Agricultural Credit: In order to provide short term credit (Crop
Loans, PAGCC, Kisan Vikas Cards, Rythu Mitra Groups, Joint Liability Groups,
Agricultural Gold Loans and Working Capital Loans financed to Fisheries) to the
farmers at reasonable interest rate, Government of India announced a scheme of
Interest Subvention in the year 2006. Under this, farmer receives short term credit
at 7% p.a. from the date of disbursement to the end of the respective season with
an upper limit of `3 lakh on the amount. Now the benefit is extended to small and
marginal farmers availing Kisan Sampathi loans against negotiable warehouse
receipts and restructured (CCATL) loans disbursed during 2014-15. However,
Agricultural Medium Term Loans are not covered under this scheme. Government will
provide Interest Subvention to the banks (PSBs, RRBs, and Farmers Service Cooperative Societies) on the amounts financed to farmers (short term).
Banks lending to short term agricultural credit are eligible to claim 2% Interest
Subvention from Government of India. Further, farmers are eligible for another 3%
interest subvention who repays the loan promptly. This additional subvention is
available to Public Sector Banks on the condition that the effective rate of interest on
short term production credit up to `3 lakh for such farmers will be 4% p.a. Branches
are required to submit claim half-yearly (September & March) for reimbursement of
interest subvention amount from RBI. For crop loans up to one lakh disbursed in AP
State attracts zero interest rate as state government is reimbursing the entire
interest to the banks for prompt payment. Further, RBI has advised the Banks to
ensure that all crop loans against which they are claiming interest subvention should
satisfy, inter alia, the following criteria:

The borrower should be a farmer

The rate of interest charged should not exceed the rate stipulated by the Govt
of India
The amount of loan is fixed according to the prescribed scale of finance for
agricultural loans and the loan is used for stated purpose
Seasonality is observed in regard to both disbursement and recovery
2. Export Credit: Government is providing interest subvention at 3% p.a. to all

Scheduled Commercial Banks in respect of rupee export credit (Pre & Post shipment)
extended to employment oriented export sectors such as Handicrafts, Handlooms,
Carpets, Readymade garments, processed agriculture products, Sports goods, Toys,
Engineering items, ITC and Textile goods. However, the interest rate charged by the
banks on export credit should not fall below 7% p.a. after taking the said Interest
Subvention in to account. The above subvention is valid up to 31.03.2014. Branches
should submit the interest claim to Head Office every quarter along with External
Auditor Certificate.
3. Micro & Small Enterprises: Paavala Vaddi Scheme was introduced for the
benefit of Micro & Small Enterprises set up in AP State except in the Municipal
Corporation limits of Hyderabad, Vijayawada and Visakhapatnam. The scheme is
applicable to the term loans availed on fixed capital investment by the eligible new
Micro and Small Enterprises on or after 01.04.2008. More than 75% of the plant and
machinery should be new and not second hand. Under the scheme, interest charged
over and above 3% p.a. (i.e. 10% - 3% = 7%) will be reimbursed to the group at
half yearly intervals. However, the maximum reimbursement is restricted to 9% p.a.
The benefit is available for a period of 5 years i.e. up to the first half of 6th year or till
the closure of term loan, whichever is earlier. However, this benefit is available to
only those accounts, which in regular in payment of principal and interest. It is
applicable to one-time payment accounts also.
52
4. Housing Loans: The objective of the scheme is to provide interest subsidy on

housing loan as a measure to generate additional demand for credit and to improve
affordability of housing to eligible borrowers in the middle and lower income groups.
The scheme is expected to provide relief to prospective home owners and improve
home ownership in the specified target segment. Interest subvention of 1% will be
available on housing loans up to `15 lakh to individuals for construction/purchase of
a new house or extension of an existing house, provided the cost of construction /
price of the new house/extension does not exceed `25 lakh. All loans sanctioned and
disbursed on or after 01.10.2009 are eligible for the said interest subsidy. It will
applicable to the first 12 installments of all such loans sanctioned and disbursed
during the currency of the scheme and will be computed for 12 months on the
disbursed amount. The subsidy amount will be adjusted upfront in the principal
outstanding, irrespective whether the loan is on fixed or floating rate basis. The
interest subvention is applicable for the eligible borrowers for one housing unit only.
The scheme will be implemented through Scheduled Commercial Banks. However,
Non Resident Indians for construction of farm houses and staff members of the
banks are not eligible for interest subsidy under this scheme.
5. Educational Loans Interest Subsidy: India is one of the few countries having
large pool of young people, which is an opportunity to the country provided these
Human Assets are converted into Knowledge Assets. Providing proper education to
the students is a prerequisite to achieve the desired goal. The poor financial
background of the students is one of the major constraints for the students aspiring
for higher studies. In the recent budget, it is envisaged to ensure
technical/professional education to all the deserving students by providing required
financial support by way of Interest subsidy. In the above backdrop, Government of
India has launched a scheme Central Scheme to provide Interest Subsidy (CSIS) to
provide interest subsidy during the period of moratorium i.e. course period plus one
year or six months after getting job, whichever is earlier, on loans taken by students
belonging to Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) from scheduled banks under
Educational Loan scheme of the Indian Banks Association, for pursuing any of the
approved course of studies in technical and professional streams, from recognized
institution in India. The benefits of the scheme would be applicable to those students
belonging to EWS with annual gross parental/family income upper limit of `4.5 lakhs
per year from all sources. The interest subsidy shall be available to the eligible
students only once, either for the first graduate degree course or post graduate
degree/diplomas in India. Interest subsidy shall however be admissible for integrated
courses (graduation plus post graduate). The scheme shall be applicable from the
academic year 2009-10 starting 01.04.2009. However, in the budget-2014, the
benefit of interest subsidy is also extended to loans sanctioned/disbursed prior to
31st March 2009 and still outstanding are eligible for interest subsidy and need to
submit claims on a ONE TIME basis for all outstanding cases and the process of
interest claims should be completed on or before 30th April 2014. In order to claim
the interest subsidy from Nodal agency, bank branches are required to obtain income
proof certificate from appropriate authority as decided by state government and
agreement with borrower/parents.
Padho Pardesh - Government of India, Ministry of Minority Affairs has formulated a
scheme for interest subsidy on educational loans for overseas studies to promote
educational advancement of students from minority communities (Muslims,
Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains and Parsis) for adoption by all banks. The
objective of the scheme is to award interest subsidy to meritorious students
belonging to economically weaker sections of notified minority communities so as to
provide better opportunities for higher education abroad and enhance their
employability. The approved courses are Masters, M. Phil and Ph.D levels. Presently
the subsidy is restricted to the loans with limits specified under IBA model scheme
i.e. `20 lakhs only. The overall family income of the student should not more than `6
lakhs per annum. Certificate obtained at the time of availing loan, will be sufficient
53
for income proof. The scheme shall be applicable from the academic year 2013-14
starting from 1st April, 2013. Loans sanctioned and disbursed from 01.04.2013
onwards will only be eligible for interest subsidy under this scheme.(Cir.no.181 Ref
53/11 dated 25.08.2014)
6. SHG Loans: AP State Government introduced Vaddi Leni Runalu scheme with
effective from 01.01.2012 for all repayments made after that date for the
outstanding SHG Bank loans, including any fresh loans given thereafter. The interest
incentive will be available only to those accounts who repay the loans regularly. The
incentive will be released directly to the credit of SHG account once in Half-year.
***
54
Ratio Analysis
Financial statements: The statement which provides us the financial position of a
Balance Sheet are called Finance Statements, which includes Trading Account (in
case of Manufacturing concerns), Profit & Loss Account, Balance Sheet, Cash Flow
Statement and Funds Flow Statement. The analysis of Balance Sheet is a process of
bringing down the difficult matter into a simple and easily understandable one. To
have a clear understanding of the financial position of the Business concern, at least
three years financial statements are to be ascertained. They provide us treasure of
information. Balance Sheet of a business concern shows the strength of the concern
on a given date but not reveal the current state of affairs of the concerns. Balance
Sheet is having certain limitations, because it does not disclose the critical factors,
such as Managerial Efficiency, Technical competence, Marketing capabilities and
Competition in the market.
Ratio means a comparison of two items which are having cause and relationship.
Ratios can be expressed in percentage or in number of times. Depending upon the
nature, the ratios are broadly classified in to four categories viz., Liquidity Ratios,
Leverage Or Solvency Ratios, Activity Ratios and Profitability Ratios.
I. LIQUIDITY RATIOS: These Ratios helps to find out the ability of the business
concern to pay the short term liability of its liquidity. Any adverse position in liquidity
leads to sudden fall of the unit.
Current Ratio: Current Ratio denotes the capacity of the business concern to meet
its current obligation out of the 55ttest55ed55 value of the Current Assets. Current
Ratio = Current Assets / Current Liabilities. Term Loan installments falling due for
payment in next 12 months are to be taken as Term Liability for the purpose of
calculation of Current Ratio /MPBF. Inter-corporate deposits are to be treated as
Non-Current Assets. Ideal Current Ratio is 2:1. Acceptable Ratio as per our Loan
Policy guidelines is 1.33:1 for the limits enjoying above `6.00 crores and 1.15:1 for
the business concerns availing limits of below `6.00 crores. Any deviation below the
required ratio requires ratification of Higher Authority.
Quick Ratio Or Acid Test Ratio: This ratio is a comparison of Quick Assets to
Current Liabilities. Quick Assets mean the assets which have instant liquidity of the
business concern. Though the Inventory and Prepaid expenses are part of Current
Assets, it may be difficult to sell and realize the inventory. Hence, Inventory and
Prepaid expenses are to be excluded for arriving the Quick Asset Ratio.
Current Assets (Inventory+Prepaid Exp) Quick
Ratio or Acid Test Ratio = ---------------------------------------------Current Liabilities
Ideal Quick Ratio is 1:1. Current Ratio is always to be read along with Quick Ratio. A
fall in the Quick Ratio in comparison to the Current Ratio indicates high inventory
holdings.
II. LEVERAGE AND SOLVENCY RATIOS: These Ratios helps to find out the Long
Term Financial stability of the business concern
i)Debt Equity Ratio: Long Term Debt / Equity Here, Equity refers Tangible Net
worth. The Ideal ratio is 2:1 and the higher may also be considered as safe.
ii) Debt Service Coverage Ratio: It helps to know the capacity of the firm to
repay the Long Term Loan Instalment and Interest. Ideal DSCR is 2:1. The higher
55
the DSCR, we may fix the lower repayment period. However, banks may also
consider DSCR 1.20:1 where fixed income generation is assured, such as Rent
Receivables etc.
Net Profit After Tax + Depreciation +Int. on TL
DSCR = ------------------------------------------------------------Int. on TL + Instalment on TL
iii) Fixed Assets Coverage Ratio (FACR): This ratio indicates the extent of Fixed
assets met out of long term borrowed funds. Ideal Ratio is 2:1
Net Block
FACR = --------------------------- (Net Block means Total Assets Depreciation)
Long Term Debt
iv) Interest Coverage Ratio:
EBIDT
Interest Coverage Ratio = --------------Interest
Where EBIDT is Earning Before Interest, Depreciation and Tax. This ratio indicates
the interest servicing capacity of the unit. Higher the ratio has probability of nonservicing of interest and hence avoidance of slippage of asset.
III. ACTIVITY RATIOS:
Inventory Turnover Ratio: Inventory constitutes raw material, work in process,
finished goods etc. The ratio is arrived by dividing Inventory by average monthly Net
sales to arrive at inventory levels in number of months. Lower the ratio, the faster
the movement of inventories and Higher the ratio slower the movement of
inventories. It also indicates the time taken to replenish the inventories. Separate
parameters are laid down for fabrication units & seasonal industries (maintaining
peak level inventories as at March) where operating cycle is longer compared to
other businesses and others
Inventory x (RM+WIP+FG) x 12 (OR ) Cost of Goods Sold
Net Sales =
Average Stock ((Opening Stock+Closing stock)/2)
ii) Debtors Velocity Ratio:
Debtors
------------ x period
Credit sales
Lower the collection period indicates efficiency in realization of receivables and viceversa.
iii) Creditors Velocity Ratio:
Trade Creditors
---------------------- x period
Credit Purchase
Higher velocity denotes that the company is enjoying credit from its suppliers and it
has bearing on Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF)
iv) Assets Turnover Ratio:
Net Sales
ASSET TURNOVER RATIO=----------------------------Total Operating Assets
Total Operating Assets= Total Assets Intangible Assets. Higher the ratio indicates
favorable situation of optimum utilization of all the fixed assets.
IV. PROFITABILITY RATIOS:
a) Gross Profit Ratio -> Gross Profit/Net Sales*100 Gross Profit Ratio
indicates the manufacturing efficiency and Pricing policy of the concern. Higher
percentage indicates higher sales volume, better pricing of the product or lesser
cost of production.
56
ii) Net Profit Ratio:
Net Profit After Tax

----------------------------------- X 100
Net Sales
A decline trend is a pointer to some unhealthy development unless the company had
made usurious profits in the past and has consciously decided to reduce its profits by
lowering the prices of its product.
iii) Return on Equity:
Net Profit After Tax

----------------------------------Tangible Networth
Working Capital Assessment
X 100
i) Turnover Method: (for WC limits up to & inclusive of `6.00 Crore)

A. Accepted Projected Sales Turnover
B. 25% of Sales Turnover
C. Margin @ 5 % of Sales Turnover
D. Actual NWC available as per latest Audited Balance Sheet
E. B-C
F. B-D
G. M.P.B.F = E or F, whichever is less.
ii) Inventory Method For WC limits up to & inclusive of `6.00 Crore
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

Total Current Assets

Current Liabilities (other than Bank Borrowings)
Working Capital Gap
=AB
Margin @ 13% of Projected Current Assets
Actual NWC available as per latest Audited Balance Sheet
C-D
C-E
M.P.B.F = F or G, whichever is less.
Maximum Working Capital credit limit up to which Turn Over method can be
extended is `6 Crores. Where the limits of above `6.00 Crore, the margin is to be
taken as 25% projected current assets. If actual NWC is less than required
margin, the borrower has to bring in the short fall.
The minimum acceptable Current Ratio for working capital credit facility up to `6
crore & above `6 crore is 1.15 & 1.33 respectively.
Maximum acceptable level of Total Debt- Equity Ratio is 4.
Maximum permissible Gearing Ratio while assessing the eligibility for nonfunded limits is 10.
Standard average DSCR specified for all Term Loans is 1.50 to 2.00. However,
in case of assured source of income, it can be taken as 1.20. Lower DSCR can be
accepted for Rural Godowns.
***
57
Non Fund Business

Bank Guarantee: As a part of Banking Business, Bank Guarantee (BG) Limits are
sanctioned and guarantees are issued on behalf of our customers for various
purposes. Broadly, the BGs are classified into two categories:
i) Financial Guarantees are direct credit substitutes wherein a bank irrevocably
undertakes to guarantee the payment of a contractual financial obligation. These
guarantees essentially carry the same credit risk as a direct extension of credit i.e.
the risk of loss is directly linked to the creditworthiness of the counter-party against
whom a potential claim is acquired. Example Guarantees in lieu of repayment of
financial securities/margin requirements of exchanges, Mobilization advance,
Guarantees towards revenue dues, taxes, duties in favour of tax/customs/port/excise
authorities, liquidity facilities for securitization transactions and Deferred payment
guarantees.
ii) Performance Guarantees are essentially transaction-related contingencies that
involve an irrevocable undertaking to pay a third party in the event the counterparty
fails to fulfill or perform a contractual obligation. In such transactions, the risk of loss
depends on the event which need not necessarily be related to the creditworthiness
of the counterparty involved. Example Bid bonds, performance bonds, export
performance guarantees, Guarantees in lieu of security deposits/EMD for
participating in tenders, Warranties, indemnities and standby letters of credit related
to particular transaction.
Though, BG facility is a Non-fund Facility, it is a firm commitment on the part of the
Bank to meet the obligation in case of invocation of BG. Hence, monitoring of Bank
Guarantee portfolio has attained utmost importance. The purpose of the guarantee is
to be examined and it is to be spelt out clearly if it is Performance Guarantee or
Financial Guarantee. Due diligence of client shall be done, regarding their experience
in that line of activity, their rating/grading by the departments, where they are
registered. In case of Performance Guarantees, banks shall exercise due caution to
satisfy that the customer has the necessary experience, capacity and means to
perform the obligations under the contract and is not likely to commit default. The
position of receivables and delays if any, are to be examined critically, to understand
the payments position of that particular activity. The financial position of counter
party, type of Project, value of Project, likely date of completion of Project as per
agreement are also to be examined. The Maturity period, Security Position, Margin
etc. are also to be as per Policy prescriptions and are important to take a view on
charging BG Commissions.
Branches shall use Model Form of Bank Guarantee Bond, while issuing Bank
Guarantees in favour of Central Govt. Departments/Public Sector Undertakings. Any
deviation is to be approved by Zonal Office. It is essential to have the information
relating to each contract/project, for which BG has been issued, to know the present
stage of work/project and to assess the risk of invocation and to exercise proper
control on the performance of the Borrower. It is to be ensured that the operating
accounts of borrowers enjoying BG facilities route all operations through our Bank
accounts. To safeguard the interest of the bank, Branches need to follow up with the
Borrowers and obtain information and analyze the same to notice the present stage
of work/project, position of Receivables, Litigations/Problems if any leading to
temporary cessation of work etc.
The Financial Indicators/Ratios as per Banks Loan Policy guidelines are to be
satisfactory. Banks are required to arrive Gearing Ratio (Total Outside Liabilities /
Non Current Assets) of the client and ideally it should be below 10.
58
In case where the guarantees issued are not returned by the beneficiary even after
expiry of guarantee period, banks are required to reverse the entries by issuing
notice (if the beneficiary is Govt. Department 3 months and one month for others) to
avert additional provisioning. Banks should stop charging commission on expired
Bank Guarantees with effect from the date of expiry of the validity period even if the
original Bank Guarantee bond duly discharged is not received back.
Letter of Credit: A Letter of Credit is an arrangement by means of which a Bank
(Issuing Bank) acting at the request of a customer (Applicant), undertakes to pay to
a third party (Beneficiary) a predetermined amount by a given date according to
agreed stipulations and against presentation of stipulated documents. The
documentary Credit are akin to Bank Guarantees except that normally Bank
Guarantees are issued on behalf of Banks clients to cover situations of their non
performance whereas, documentary credits are issued on behalf of clients to cover
situation of performance. However, there are certain documentary credits like
standby Letter of Credit which are issued to cover the situations of non performance.
All documentary credits have to be issued by Banks subject to rules of Uniform
Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (UCPDC). It is a set of standard rules
governing LCs and their implications and practical effects on handling credits in
various capacities must be possessed by all bankers. A documentary credit has the
seven parties viz., Applicant (Opener), Issuing Bank (Opening of LC Bank),
Beneficiary, Advising Bank (advises the credit to beneficiary), Confirming Bank
Bank which adds guarantee to the credit opened by another Bank thereby
undertaking the responsibility of payment/negotiation/acceptance under the credit in
addition to Issuing Bank), Nominated Bank Bank which is nominated by Issuing
Bank to pay/to accept draft or to negotiate, Reimbursing Bank Bank which is
authorized by the Issuing Bank to pay to honour the reimbursement claim in
settlement of negotiation/acceptance/payment lodged with it by the paying /
negotiating or accepting Bank. The various types of LCs are as under:
i) Revocable Letter of Credit is a credit which can be revoked or cancelled or
amended by the Bank issuing the credit, without notice to the beneficiary. If a credit
does not indicate specifically it is a revocable credit the credit will be deemed as
irrevocable in terms of provisions of UCPDC terms.
ii) Irrevocable Letter of credit is a firm undertaking on the part of the Issuing
Bank and cannot be cancelled or amended without the consent of the parties to letter
of credit, particularly the beneficiary.
iii)Payment Credit is a sight credit which will be paid at sight basis against
presentation of requisite documents as per LC terms to the designated paying Bank.
iv) Deferred Payment Credit is a usance credit where payment will be made by
designated Bank on respective due dates determined in accordance with stipulations
of the credit without the drawing of drafts.
v) Acceptance Credit is similar to deferred credit except for the fact that in this
credit drawing of a usance draft is a must.
vi) Negotiation Credit can be a sight or a usance credit. A draft is usually drawn in
negotiation credit. Under this, the negotiation can be restricted to a specific Bank or
it may allow free negotiation whereby any Bank who is willing to negotiate can do so.
However, the responsibility of the issuing Bank is to pay and it cannot say that it is
of the negotiating Bank.
vii) Confirmed Letter of Credit is a letter of credit to which another Bank (Bank
other than Issuing Bank) has added its confirmation or guarantee. Under this, the
beneficiary will have the firm undertaking of not only the Bank issuing the LC, but
59
also of another Bank. Confirmation can be added only to irrevocable and not
revocable Credits.
viii) Revolving Credit is one where, under the terms and conditions of the credit,
the amount is revived or reinstated without requiring specific amendment to the
credit. The basic principle of a revolving credit is that after a drawing is made, the
credit reverts to its original amount for re-use by beneficiary. There are two types of
revolving credit viz., credit gets reinstated immediately after a drawing is made and
credit reverts to original amount only after it is confirmed by the Issuing Bank.
ix) Installment Credit calls for full value of goods to be shipped but stipulates that
the shipment be made in specific quantities at stated periods or intervals.
x) Transit Credit When the issuing Bank has no correspondent relations in
beneficiary country the services of a Bank in third country would be utilized. This
type of LC may also be opened by small countries where credits may not be readily
acceptable in another country.
xi) Reimbursement Credit Generally credits opened are denominated in the
currency of the applicant or beneficiary. But when a credit is opened in the currency
of a third country, it is referred to as reimbursement credit.
xii) Transferable Credit Credit which can be transferred by the original
beneficiary in favour of second or several second beneficiaries. The purpose of these
credits is that the first beneficiary who is a middleman can earn his commission and
can hide the name of supplier.
xiii) Back to Back Credit/Countervailing credit Under this the credit is opened
with security of another credit. Thus, it is basically a credit opened by middlemen in
favour of the actual manufacturer/supplier.
xiv) Red Clause Credit It contains a clause providing for payment in advance for
purchasing raw materials, etc.
xv) Anticipatory Credit Under this payment is made to beneficiary at preshipment stage in anticipation of his actual shipment and submission of bills at a
future date. But if no presentation is made the recovery will be made from the
opening Bank.
xvi) Green Clause Credit is an extended version of Red Clause Credit in the sense
that it not only provides for advance towards purchase, processing and packaging
but also for warehousing & insurance charges. Generally money under this credit is
advanced after the goods are put in bonded warehouses etc., up to the period of
shipment.
Other concepts
i)Bill of Lading: It should be in complete set and be clean and should generally be
to order and blank endorsed. It must also specify that the goods have been shipped
on board and whether the freight is prepaid or is payable at destination. The name of
the opening bank and applicant should be indicated in the B/L.
ii) Airway Bill: Airway bills/Air Consignment notes should always be made out to
the order of Issuing Bank duly mentioning the name of the applicant.
iii)Insurance Policy or Certificate: Where the terms of sale are CIF the insurance
is to be arranged by the supplier and they are required to submit insurance policy
along with the documents.
iv) Invoice: Detailed invoices duly signed by the supplier made out in the name of
the applicant should be called for and the invoice should contain full description of
goods, quantity, price, terms of shipment, licence number and LC number and date.
60
v) Certificate of Origin: Certificate of origin of the goods is to be called for. Method

of payment is determined basing on the country of origin.
vi) Inspection Certificate: Inspection certificate is to be called for from an
independent inspecting agency (name should be stipulated) to ensure quality and
quantity of goods. Inspection certificate from the supplier is not acceptable.
vii) Lloyds Certificate: Shipments should be made only by Conference Vessels,
which are in the approved list of Lloyds Register of Shipping and classified as Lloyds
100 A1 or its equivalent classification. Age of the vessel should not be more than 25
years and it should be seaworthy. Any other documents required by the applicant,
such as weight certificate, packing list, quality certificates should be mentioned in
the application.
LoC/LoU is issued for making payment of Import Bills received either under FLC or
on collection basis for imports made into India in favour of Overseas Bank or
Financial Institution outside India to the extent of US $ 20 million or its equivalent
per transaction. The period of such LoC / LoU / Guarantee has to be co-terminus with
the period of credit, reckoned from the date of shipment. No roll-over/extension will
be permitted beyond the permissible period. The precautions & Conditions for
issuance of LOC/LOU are:

The facility may be considered in cases where there is mismatch between cash
flows to meet the FLC commitment on the due date.
At any point of time the liability under FLC, FIBC and LoC/LoU/Guarantee put
together shall not exceed the sanctioned FLC limit.
The stocks procured under FLC/Letter of Comfort are to be deducted to ensure
Working Capital limits are fully secured by adequate Drawing Power.
Multi currency option is not available to the importer.
In case the import is made on collection basis, branch should ensure strict
compliance of KYC/AML regulations.
Commission to be collected upfront @ 0.50% per quarter or part thereof for the
specified period of liability i.e. actual validity period of LOC / LOU / Guarantee.
Importer is required to pay all-in-cost (with a ceiling over 6 months LIBOR
minus 200 basis points) to the Overseas Bank / FI outside India. All-in-cost
includes arranger fee, upfront fee and management fee.
General Guidelines: LC is to be opened for our own customers known to be

participating in the trade. The importer should have Import Export (IE) code number
allotted by Director General of Foreign Trade. The importer should have adequate
sanctioned limits and/or funds provision for clearance of goods. Exchange control
copy of license to be obtained in case of the item of import falls under negative list.
If the import is freely permissible obtain a declaration from the importer to that
effect. Import LCs is to be advised through our Foreign Correspondents. Date of
dispatch of goods should be after the date of opening of the LC. When the LC is
opened against third party licence, the applicant should hold a proper letter of
authority issued by the import licence holder along with the exchange control copy of
the licence. The description of goods, validity for shipment, country of shipment and
origin are as per the provisions of Policy/Licence etc. Branch is required to obtain
confidential report on the overseas seller at the time of opening of LC in case where
the value of LC is $25000 and above, however, in case of borrowers with credit
rating of A+ the limit is above USD 1 lac. Confidential report is a must in case where
the importer dealings with the branch are less than 1 year irrespective of the value.
LC should be opened only in favour of overseas supplier/manufacturer or shipper of
goods and not in favour of the applicant himself or his nominee. Terms of shipment
such as FOB/C&F/CIF etc are to be clearly mentioned. For C&F and FOB, applicant
should hold insurance cover note/policy in the joint names of the Bank and the
Opener. The policy should cover at least 110% of the CIF value, and is valid for
entire shipment period. Usance period should not exceed 180 days. LC should not be
opened for import of goods from banned countries. LC should be signed by two
officers, where the value of LC is `10000 and above, where it is not issued through
61
SWIFT. LC should invariably contain a clause that the credit is subject to the
provisions of UCPDC 600 and URR 725.
LC should stipulate a condition that the shipments should be made only by
conference vessels, which are on the approved list of Lloyds or any certificate to
show that the vessel is seaworthy & not more than 25 years old. LC should insist for
an inspection certificate issued by a well known international Inspection Agencies.
Last date of shipment should be within the validity of Licence. Goods are to be
consigned only in the name of LC opening bank and never directly to the buyer.
Similarly Documents of title to goods should be required to be sent only to the LC
opening Bank but not to the importer directly. The origin of the goods is to be
specifically mentioned in the application. No onerous clause is incorporated in the LC,
which is detrimental to the interest of the Bank. Payment to be claimed only against
presentation of full set of documents. Currency in which payment for import is to be
made is in accordance with the permitted methods of payment.
LC Operational Guidelines: LC covering letter should be addressed to the bank
to whom LC is being forwarded and signed by authorized officer of the branch duly
mentioning Full name of the signatory of the letter, His/her Designation, Signature
number/Power of Attorney number allotted by the bank, Authorized Email ID of the
branch and Clearly mentioning that the any information relating to the said Letter of
credit can be obtained by email id as provided in the letter by quoting the LC no and
date. On receipt of LC, advising bank to send e-mail through its authorized mail ID
seeking confirmation from LC opening bank in having issued the said LC. LC opening
bank is required to give confirmation by email on the same email id of the LC
advising bank, through its authorized e-mail ID only. The confirmation should
normally be under the signature of signatories other than those to LCs. Effort may be
made to verify the same through search engines such as google whether the firm
exists, if so its addresses and other information positive or negative against the firm.
Certain information is available on the internet in public domain such as sales tax
defaulter or whether registration with sales tax still valid or not. Information is
available state wise and within the state circle wise. The same may be confirmed by
LC opening and advising banks.
LC discounting/negotiating bank to send confirmation by an email on the authorized
email ID of the LC opening bank informing that the name of the courier, its docket
no and list of documents dispatched. It has been ascertained that all the necessary
details such as name of the beneficiary, date of last shipment, details of goods to be
purchased under LC, name of LC advising bank etc is captured in CBS system while
opening LC. Even all amendments such as amendment in last date of shipment, date
of expiry and even change in usance and the amount of LC are also captured in CBS.
Therefore LC confirmation work can also be centralized within the bank.
Confirmation needs to be sent though the authorized email of the LC opening bank to
the authorized email ID of LC negotiating bank.
Since transmission of LC messages through SFMS was introduced and stabilized, IBA
has advised all member banks not to negotiate LCs issued in physical form w.e.f. 1st
January 2015. While discounting bills drawn against LCs, the banks should ensure
that LC is received through SFMS only. It is aimed at establishing a safe and secure
environment in banking industry for conducting trade finance business and for
sending and receiving messages for LC instruments. This serves as the basic
platform for transmitting messages of Inland Letter of Credits by all banks in India.
62
Charges
Banks do business with depositors funds. The Banks have to honor their
commitment to return the deposits whenever demanded by the depositors. The
primary source of funds for repayment is the business itself; hence banks take
considerable care to evaluate the profitability and sustainability of the business
financed by them. Despite all care and due diligence some of the businesses could
fail. The cause of failure may be changes in the external environment or
mismanagement. Banks have to ensure that even if the business fails, their funds
are recoverable by invoking the Security offered by the borrowers. Security is an
asset like land, building and machinery, stocks (raw materials / finished goods),
receivables and other securities which are charged to the bank. Charge is the legal
right given by the borrower to the bank to take possession of dispose of the security
in the event of default. The types of charges are:
Pledge is a charge where the borrower hands over possession of asset to the bank.
For example loans against gold jewellery, warehouse receipts, key loan etc. The
relationship between borrower and the bank is Pledgor and Pledgee. Under this,
the ownership of the goods remains with the borrower but the possession of the
goods is in the hands of the bank. The bank enjoys Right of Sale in case the loan is
not repaid and the bank can sell the pledged goods after giving adequate notice of
sale to the borrower. It is the responsibility of the bank to take as much care of the
goods pledged as a man of ordinary prudence would under similar circumstances.
When the loan is fully paid, it is the responsibility of the bank to handover the
possession of the goods back to the borrower.
Hypothecation Normally banks lend funds to the borrowers to acquire raw
material / assets to undertake their business activities and these assets continues to
be in the possession of the borrower. It is as if the borrower holds the asset on
behalf of the Bank. Hypothecation gives the Bank right to take possession and sell
the asset, in case of default. However, bank need to initiate action either under
SARFEASI or Court/DRT to take possession of the asset.
Pledge Vs Hypothecation Thus, while under pledge the ownership remains with
the borrower but the possession passes on to the bank, under hypothecation, both
ownership and possession remains with the borrower. While under pledge the bank
can sell the asset without going to court, under hypothecation it can be done only
through the legal process. Hypothecation creates floating charge on assets created
out of bank funds. Though hypothecation is the most prevalent form of charge for
bank finance, it is inferior to pledge. To protect their assets, banks need to inspect
the hypothecated assets periodically.
Mortgage While movable assets can be pledged or hypothecated, immovable
assets (land and buildings) can only be mortgaged. It is similar to hypothecation
both ownership and possession remain with the borrower (mortgagor) and the bank
(mortgagee) gets the right to take possession and sell the mortgaged property by of
SARFEASI or legal action. During the subsistence of the mortgage, the borrower
cant sell the mortgaged property without the consent of the bank.
Simple Mortgage: A simple mortgage does not involve giving the possession of the
mortgagors property to the mortgagee. It is under mutual agreement that in case of
non-payment by the mortgagee to the mortgagor within the specified time, the
mortgagee can cause the mortgaged property to be sold in accordance with law and
have the sale proceeds adjusted towards the payment of the mortgage money.
ii) Mortgage by Conditional Sale: This type of mortgage entails the apparent sale
of property by the mortgagor to the mortgagee on a conditional basis, that on
63
default by mortgagor, the sale shall become absolute and complete. If the mortgagor
repays his loan, the sale shall become null and void.
Usufructuary Mortgage: It is a mortgage, by an express or implied term gives
possession to the lender and gives him rights to accrue the rents or income coming
from that property as repayment for interest and mortgage money till the time
repayment is complete. There is no time limit for payment of the mortgage money.
English Mortgage: The mortgagor transfers the mortgaged property to the
mortgagee in entirety. However there is a condition that on complete repayment of
the repayment money, he will re-transfer the property back to himself.
Anomalous Mortgage: A mortgage that does not fall under the purview of any of
the mortgage types is called an anomalous mortgage.
Conditions attached with mortgage: While mortgaging property, only legal rights
are transferred to the mortgagee but not the possession. An instrument of mortgage
deed is mandatory. On sale of a mortgaged property, the mortgage flows along with
the property.
Assignment of Debt While tangible assets are pledged or hypothecated or
mortgaged, actionable claims are charged to a lender by executing a deed of
assignment. Actionable claims cover debts, receivables, subsidy or duty drawback
receivable from Government, amount receivable under Insurance Policy, valid
contract like guarantee or indemnity. The person who assigns the debt is called the
assignor and the person in whose favor the debt is assigned is called assignee. It is
similar to hypothecation of a movable asset. The ownership and possession, in terms
of the right to recover the debt, remain with the borrower. There are two types of
assignments viz., Legal assignment and equitable assignment. Legal assignment is
done by the assignor executing a deed of assignment. For example Granting loan
against LIC policy. Under equitable assignment, the assignor executes an irrevocable
power of attorney in favor of the bank to collect payment. Advances against Supply
Bills falls under this category.
Lien It means the right to hold anothers property till his debt is repaid. Section
171 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 confers the right of general lien on bankers. In
the absence of any specific document or charge, Banks can exercise the right of lien
on any asset of the borrower which has come into their possession. Thus, bankers
line is considered as an implied pledge. Bank can recover the dues by selling the
asset only after giving the notice to the owner.
Negative Lien It is an undertaking by the borrower not to create any charge on
his assets without the consent of the bank. It does not confer any right on the bank.
Banker Customer Relationship
Relationship
Service
Bank
Customer
Deposit
Debtor
Creditor
Loan
Creditor
Debtor
Pledge
Pledgee
Pledgor
Cheque/Bill Collection
Agent
Principal
DD/NEFT/RTGS/ECS
Fiduciary Agent
Principal
Safe Deposit Locker
Lessor
Lessee
Advisory services
Advisor
Recipient
64
Joint Lending Agreement

Large banks do have the capability to meet the credit needs of most of their business
clients. However, when the amount involved is huge, the bank may ask the borrower
to approach other banks for the part of the credit requirements as they may not wish
to take up the risk of lending the entire amount. Multiple banks may finance the
borrower under two arrangements viz., Consortium arrangement and multiple
banking arrangements.
Consortium of Banks Under this the banks come together and collaborate with
each other in assessing the credit requirements of the borrower duly sharing the
credit facilities as well as sharing securities with Pari Pasu charge. Normally, the
bank which has larger exposure act as leader who conduct meetings, assess the
credit requirements of the borrower and share all the information with member
banks from time to time. However, the decisions taken at the consortium meetings
are not binding on the individual banks and the management of each bank has to
approve in its respective boards.
Multiple Banking Under this, the borrower approaches various banks and avails
credit facilities across banks. Each bank undertakes their own assessment of risk,
decide the mix of credit facilities and stipulate their own terms and conditions. Each
of the banks takes the security and gets the charges registered with the ROC in their
favour. Practically there is no co-ordination between the banks and they compete
with each other to protect their business and interests. This is giving scope to the
borrowers to take undue advantage from the banking system i.e. excess borrowings
and interest concessions. In order to ensure financial discipline RBI issued guidelines
on sharing of information between banks and making the lead bank responsible for
ensuring proper assessment of credit requirements of the borrower so that over
financing can be averted.
Joint Lending Arrangement (JLA) Under the existing system of Credit Delivery,
credit requirements of large borrowers are being met under Consortium or Multiple
Banking arrangement systems. It is observed that high value borrowers have been
availing credit limits through Multiple Banking over the years which has led to
dilution of asset quality as well as control on the borrowers. In order to address the
challenges associated with Multiple Lending, Govt. of India has introduced ground
rules governing Joint Lending Arrangements. The scheme shall be applicable to all
lending arrangements, with a single borrower with aggregate credit limits (both fund
and non-fund based) of `150 crore and above involving more than one Public Sector
Bank. Further, all borrowers with external rating of below BBB or equivalent to be
brought under JLA irrespective of the amount of exposure. Borrowers having multiple
banking arrangements below `150 crore may also be encouraged to come under
joint lending arrangement, so that the wholesome view of the assessment of credit
requirement as well as the entire operations of the customers can be taken by
banks.
New Borrowers Lending under joint arrangement shall be mandatory for Public
Sector Banks for borrowers seeking credit limits of `150 crore and above by way of
term loan, working capital and non-fund based facilities, from multiple banks. The
Bank from which the borrower has sought the maximum credit will be the designated
Lead Bank for the JLA.
Existing Borrowers In case of borrowers presently enjoying aggregate limits in
excess of `150 crore under multiple banking arrangement the Bank which has
extended the highest credit, or any other Bank as mutually agreed by Member
Banks, would become the leader of the JLA and take initiative for holding the
meeting of all financing banks. In case of borrowers enjoying aggregate credit limits
below `150 crore from more than one bank, where further enhancement would take
65
the aggregate limits to `150 crore or more, should be considered jointly by the
financing banks concerned and the bank, which takes up the largest share of the
limits, shall be deemed to be the leader of the formalized JLA.
For working capital exposure under `1000 crore, minimum share of 10% of the
aggregated working capital limits is stipulated. For above `1000 crore, minimum
share of 100 crore is stipulated. In the cases of existing JLA, if a member-bank is
unable to take up its enhanced share, such enhanced share in full or in part could be
reallocated among the other existing willing members. In case other existing
member-banks are also unable to take up such enhanced share of an existing
member-bank, a new bank willing to take up the enhanced share may be inducted
into the JLA. In case of any contentious issue, the decision will be taken by member
banks having more than 50% share in the exposure to the borrower.
An existing member-bank may be permitted to withdraw from the JLA after two
years provided other existing member-banks and/or a new bank is willing to take its
share by joining the JLA. In case, where the other existing member-banks or a new
bank are unwilling to take over the entire outstanding of an existing member
desirous of moving out of the JLA after the expiry of above-mentioned period of two
years, such bank may be permitted to leave the JLA by selling its debt.
It is necessary that lead bank and member bank(s)/institution(s) ensure that formal
joint lending arrangement does not result in delay in credit delivery. The Lead Lender
will make all efforts to tie up the Joint Lending Arrangement within 90 days of taking
a credit decision regarding the proposal. Lead bank will be responsible for
preparation of appraisal note, its circulation, and arrangements for convening
meetings, documentation, etc. In case of any contentious issue, the decision will be
taken by the member banks having more than 50% share in the exposure to the
borrower. (Cir.no.24 Ref 26/04 dated 15.04.2013)
66
Takeover of accounts from other Banks

Corporates seeking better facilities/higher credit from Banks often approach different
lenders for sanction of credit facilities. Central Vigilance Commissioner observed that
sometimes existing accounts with one bank already showing signs of sickness are
taken over by another bank and such accounts predictably turn NPA within a short
time. To arrest unethical/unjustified practice of takeover of accounts, Department of
Financial Services, Govt. of India has issued the following guidelines to all Banks.

For taking over of any accounts, Banks must put in place, a Board approved
Policy with regard to take over of accounts from another Bank and the same
should be incorporated in the credit policy of the Bank.
Normally, the accounts having ratings above the level approved by the Board
should only be taken over and the concessionary facilities should be extended
only in extremely deserving cases with specific reasons recorded in writing.
In all cases of takeover of accounts, it is necessary to do proper due diligence
including visit to the premises of the customer, if needed, before the account
is considered for takeover by the bank.
The guidelines of joint lending should be strictly applied in all cases where the
borrower seeks to have additional exposure from the bank after taking over
the account.
No cases should be taken over by a Bank from any Bank where any of its ED
or CMD had worked earlier. In case, any such cases need to be taken over,
the proposal will need to be put up to the Board with specific reasons
justifying the need for taking over the accounts.
The operational guidelines with regard to Take over of accounts are as under:

The account should be a Standard Asset with Positive Net Worth & profit
record. P & C Report is mandatory preferably before sanction, if not, at least
before disbursement.
Obtain credit information in prescribed format, which enables the transferee
bank to be fully aware of irregularities, if any, existing in the borrowers
account with the transferor bank.
Account Statement The account copies of all the borrowal accounts with
the present bankers/financial institution shall be obtained at least for the last
12 months and ensure that the conduct of the a/c is satisfactory and no
adverse features are noticed.
Existence & Previous profit track record - i) In existence for a minimum
of 3 years with Audited B/S ii) Profit making in preceding 2 years & iii)
Availing Credit facilities with the previous Banker at least for 3 years.
Enhancement on Existing Limits with the present Banker: i)
Enhancement not beyond 50% ii) No further Enhancement/Additional Limits
till one year or next ABS, whichever is earlier.
TOL/TNW should not exceed 4:1 in case of takeover accounts.
Group Accounts In case of having Sister / Associate concerns, Groups
consolidated position has to be examined.
Branches should ensure that Assessment is to be made independently as per our

Loan Policy guidelines. Administrative clearance is to be obtained from Zonal Office /
Head Office. To take all existing securities and to complete the documentation
expeditiously duly complying with our loan policy guidelines on takeover norms,
compliance, legal audit, permission for release of limit etc. While other bank is taking
over our borrowal account, Branches are advised to inform adverse features if any,
in the conduct of the accounts to the transferee bank duly obtaining permission from
competent authority for issuing P & C Report.
67
Credit Management/Delinquency Management

The success of a bank crucially depends how it manages its Asset Portfolio as it is the
major source of income to the Bank. Managing credit risk plays an important role
and its effectiveness lies in an efficient recovery and exit strategy. Timely follow up is
the key to keep the quality of assets intact and enables the banks to recover the
interest/installments in time. To have better control on the assets created out of
borrowings, banks need to watch the functioning of the units by paying frequent
visits and this is to be done to all the units irrespective whether the account is
performing or non-performing one. Thus, Banks should focus attention on:
Awareness Calling When the first payment is due, a call is initiated to make him
aware of the date of payment of installments/dues. This can be done either by the
branch or by call centre.
Reminder Call When the demand is not paid, a reminder call may be made with a
request to make payment of the dues and note the response or commitment. Repeat
calls are made if the borrower fails to honor his promises.
Demand Notice In case where there is n response to the calls, a written
communication is issued to the borrower informing him the status of the account and
advising him to pay the dues. Banks can also make use of technology and notice
may be sent through SMS or E-mail.
Field Visits It involves paying visits to borrowers office or residence either by
bank staff or its agents to appraise the position of the dues and need for repayment.
Continuous persuasion definitely yields positive results. These visits also enable the
banks to assess the functioning of the activity and quality of the assets. If they found
that the financial position of the borrower is deteriorated, bank may strike a
compromise deal to recover the dues.
Disposal of Assets In the event of failure of the borrower to repay the dues
despite the said initiatives, the bank need to proceed to take possession of the
assets including collateral duly invoking SARFEASI or through approaching Court /
DRT. Repossession and sale of assets can be done by issuing Recall Notice, Prepossession intimation, Letter of peaceful surrender of the asset, Record of inventory
and notarization, Pre-sale notice to borrower and Auction of the asset.
Outsourcing of Banking Services Of late, banks have been availing the third
party services for recovery of dues. RBI has issued code of conduct to ensure that
the customers are not harassed, their privacy is protected and the banks code of
commitment to customers is not violated. Outsourcing agencies should be appointed
only after proper due diligence with approved Board policy. Banks should publish the
names of outsourcing agencies and the details are to be kept on Banks website for
the benefit of the customers and general public. The agents appointed by the
outsourcing agency are to be provided with authorization letters / identify cards. All
agents should undergo a mandatory 100 hours training conducted by the Indian
Institute of Banking and Finance (IIBF) and get themselves certified before sending
them into field. Customers are to be contacted ordinarily at the place of his choice,
whether office or residence at appropriate time. In appropriate occasions such as
bereavement in the family or such other calamitous occasions are to be avoided for
making calls or visits. Professional and formal language is to be used in all
interactions with customers. Each bank should have a mechanism whereby the
borrowers grievances with regard to the recovery process can be addressed. The
details of the mechanism should also be furnished to the borrower while advising the
details of the recovery agency. The Fair Practices Code for Lenders and the Code of
Commitment to Customers must be adhered to strictly.
68
Non Performing Assets/Prudential Norms

A strong banking sector is important for flourishing economy. The failure of the
banking sector may have an adverse impact on other sectors. High level of Non
Performing Assets (NPA) suggests low credit quality and warrants high provisioning,
which has direct bearing on profitability and net-worth of banks and value of
shareholders. The increased incidence of NPA is one of the major concerns of Indian
Banks in the recent years. An asset is classified as NPA, if due in the form of
principal and interest are not paid by the borrower for a period of 90 days. If any
advance or credit facility granted by banks to a borrower becomes non-performing,
then the bank will have to treat all the advances/credit facilities granted to that
borrower as non-performing without having any regard to the fact that there may
still exists certain advances / credit facilities having performing status.
Category
Term Loan
Overdraft/
Cash Credit
(OD/CC)
accounts
Agricultural
Loans
Bills
Purchased /
Discounted
Other a/cs
Treated as NPA if:

Interest and/or installment of principal remain overdue for a period
of more than 90 days
1) The account remains out of order i.e., if the liability exceed
limit/DP continuously for 90 days. If liability is within limit/DP, but
there are no credits continuously for 90 days or credits are not
enough to cover interest debited during the same period.
2) Drawings are allowed on DP calculated on stock statement older
than three months continuously for a period of 90 days
3) Regular/adhoc credit limits have not been reviewed/renewed
within 180 days from due date/date of adhoc sanction.
A Loan is granted for short duration crops will be treated as NPA, if
the installment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for
two crop seasons. A loan granted for long duration crops will be
treated as NPA, if the installment of principal or interest thereon
remains overdue for one crop season. Long duration crops would
be crops with crop season longer than one year and crops which are
not long duration crops would be treated as short duration
crops. The crop season for each crop, which means the period up to
harvesting of the crops raised would be determined by the SLBC in
each state. In respect of agricultural loans which are not linked to
harvesting season, term loans given to non agriculturists,
identifications of NPAs would be done on the same basis as non
agricultural advances i.e. 90 days delinquency norm.
Bill remains overdue for a period of more than 90 days.
Any amount to be received remains overdue > 90 days.
Potential NPA (PNPA): are those accounts showing overdues and irregularities
persist beyond 30 days. These are also known as Border line Performing Assets.
Date of NPA: It is the date on which the overdues or the irregularities cross 90
days or the date on which the account comes under Income Recognition norms.
Overdue: Any amount due to the bank under any credit facility is overdue if it not
paid on the due date fixed by the bank.
Net NPA=Gross NPA (provisions held towards NPAs + Balances in Interest Sundry
Suspense A/c + part payments received in suit filed accounts and kept in Sundry
Suspense.+ claims received from ECGC/CGC and kept in Sundry Suspense a/c).
Income recognition: The policy of income recognition has to be objective and
based on the record of recovery. Income from nonperforming assets (NPA) is not
69
recognized on accrual basis but is booked as income only when it is actually

received. However, interest on advances against term deposits, NSCs, IVPs, KVPs
and Life policies may be taken to income account on the due date, provided
adequate margin is available in the accounts.
Reversal of Income: If an account becomes NPA for first time during the year the
unrealized interest that was taken to P&L account on accrual basis pertaining to the
current year as well as pertaining to the preceding year, if any, shall also be
reversed. This will apply to Government guaranteed accounts also.
Valuation of Security for provisioning purposes: In cases of NPAs with balance
of Rs.5 crore and above stock audit at annual intervals by external agencies and
collaterals such as immovable properties charged in favour of the bank should be
got valued once in two years by valuers approved by the Board.
Asset classification: Banks are required to classify non-performing assets further
into the following three categories based on the period for which the asset has
remained nonperforming and the reliability of the dues:
Substandard Assets: A substandard asset would be one, which has remained NPA
for a period less than or equal to 12 months. It indicates credit weakness and scope
for loss if deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful Assets: An asset would be classified as doubtful if it has remained in the
substandard category for a period of 12 months.
Loss Assets: A loss asset is one where loss has been identified by the bank or
internal or external auditors or the RBI inspection but the amount has not been
written off wholly. It is considered as uncollectible and it is not warranted to continue
as bankable asset since there is little scope for salvage or recovery value.
Multiple Limits/Branches: Facilities granted by a bank to a borrower will have to
be treated as NPA (except bills discounted under LC) if any one facility of the
borrower becomes NPA. Uniform lowest classification shall be accorded to all
facilities. In case of credit facilities for a borrower at more than branch, the principal
branch shall decide the NPA status.
Advances under consortium arrangements: Asset classification of accounts
under consortium should be based on the record of recovery of the individual
member banks.
Accounts where there is erosion in the value of security: Where there are
potential threats for recovery on account of erosion in the value of security or nonavailability of security, asset should be straightaway classified as doubtful or loss
asset as appropriate.
Advances against Term Deposits, NSCs, KVPs, IVPs and LIC policies need not
be treated as NPAs. Advances against gold ornaments, government securities and all
other securities are not covered by this exemption.
Loans with moratorium for payment of interest: In the case of bank finance
given for industrial projects or for agricultural plantations etc. where moratorium is
available for payment of interest, payment of interest becomes due only after the
moratorium or gestation period is over.
Agricultural Advances: In cases of conversion or reschedulement short term
production loan as a relief measure, the term loan as well as fresh short-term loan
may be treated as current dues and need not be classified as NPA.
70
Government guaranteed advances: Advances under this category, though

overdue may be treated as NPA only when the Government repudiates its guarantee
when invoked. However, interest can be recognized only on recovery basis not on
accrual basis. State Government guaranteed advances would attract asset
classification and provisioning norms if interest and/or principal or any other amount
due to the bank remains overdue for more than 90 days.
Availability of security/Net worth of borrower/Guarantor: The availability of
security or net worth of borrower/ guarantor should not be taken into account for the
purpose of treating an advance as NPA or otherwise, as income recognition is based
on record of recovery.
Post-shipment Suppliers Credit: To the extent Export Credit Guaranteed amount
is received from the EXIM Bank, the advance may not be treated as a nonperforming
asset for asset classification and provisioning purposes.
Ever greening: Rescheduling of a loan without assessing the viability of the activity
for the purpose of avoiding an account becoming NPA.
Provisioning Norms
Provision to be made
0.25% on Direct advances to agriculture and SME sectors.
Standard
1.00% on Commercial Real Estate
0.40% on all advances other than stated above
The provisioning norms in respect of new Restructured Standard Accounts
are increased from existing 2.75% to 5% in a phased manner i.e. 3.50% by 31st
March 2014; 4.25% by 31st March 2015 and 5% by 31st March 2016.
25% on unsecured exposures (20% in case of infra loans)
Sub-Standard
15% on other loans
Unsecured portion: 100%
Secured portion: if asset remained in doubtful <= 1 year 25%
Doubtful
If asset remained in doubtful - 1 to 3 years 40%
If asset remained in doubtful > 3 year 100%
Loss
At 100% on the outstanding
Status
Unsecured Exposure is one where realizable value of tangible security, as assessed

by the bank/approved valuers/RBI inspecting officers, is not more than 10 percent,
abinitio, of the outstanding exposure (funded and non-funded). However, the
following are the exempted categories from provisioning norms:

Advances against term deposits, NSCs eligible for surrender, IVPs, KVPs and
life policies.
Advances granted under rehabilitation packages approved by BIFR / Term
lending institutions.
Advances covered by CGTSI guarantee No provision need be made towards
the guaranteed portion. The outstanding in excess of the guaranteed portion
should be provided.
Advances covered by ECGC /DICGC guarantee provision should be made
only for the balance in excess of the amount guaranteed by the Corporation.
NPA Identification: RBI advised all banks to introduce system driven identification
of NPAs on quarterly basis from 30th September 2011. Now it is proposed to
switchover on monthly basis from 30th June 2014.
Special Mentioned Accounts (SMA): As per recent guidelines banks are required
to submit data on large borrowers having aggregate fund / non fund based exposure
of `5 crore and above to RBI. Before a loan account turns into NPA, banks are
71
required to identify the incipient stress in an account based on the operations in the
account under a new sub asset category called Special Mentioned Account (SMA) and
which are further categorized into three categories viz., SMA-0, SMA-1 and SMA-2
and the details are as under:
No
Category
SMA-0
2
3
SMA-1
SMA-2
Criteria
Principal or Interest payment not overdue for more than 30 days
but account showing signs of incipient stress like non submission
of mandatory information, frequent cheque returns, reduction of
drawing power, non repayment of devolved DPGs / BGs / LCs,
Sale of promoters stake (shares) etc.
Principal or Interest payment overdue between 31 to 60 days.
Principal or Interest payment overdue between 61 to 90 days.
Asset Quality RBI Initiatives:

Deteriorating asset quality in the banking system has prompted RBI to initiate the
various proactive steps to prevent slippages. Now, banks are required to carry out
independent and objective credit appraisal instead depending on credit appraisal
reports prepared by outside consultants. Further, it is the responsibility of the banks
to ascertain the source and quality of equity capital brought in by the promoters and
ensures that debt of the parent company is not infused as equity. If any of the
directors names appears in the list of defaulters / willful defaulters, they are to be
classified as Non-co-operative borrowers. RBI has set up a Central Repository of
Information on Large Credits (CRILC) in January 2014 and issued guidelines to all
lending institutions (Banks and non-banking companies) for management of stressed
assets. As per the guidelines, the lenders are directed to share information with
CRILC on quarterly basis regarding borrowers having aggregate exposure (fund ad
non-fund) of `5 crore and above, including information regarding written-off
accounts, balance of current account and information regarding non-coperative
borrowers. Banks will also have to furnish details of all Current accounts of their
customers with outstanding balances, both debit and credit, of `1 crore and above.
Banks will be required to submit SMA status of the borrowers to CRILC. If an account
is slipped in to SMA-2 at any time or SMA-1 for any two quarters or SMA-NF for
three quarters in a year, then the bank would be required to initiate corrective
action.
Accelerated Provisioning: As per RBI guidelines, the SMA accounts attract higher
provisioning norms where banks fail to report SMA status of the accounts to CRILC or
resort to methods with the intent to conceal the actual status of the accounts or
evergreen the account. The revised provisioning norms for sub-standard assets
secured and unsecured loans which are in the range of 6 months to 1 year are 25%
and 40% respectively. With regard to doubtful-1 & II (secured) loans, the
provisioning is 40% & 100% respectively. However, it is 100% for unsecured portion
of doubtful loans.
Wealth Tax Returns of chronic defaulters Governments of India, Ministry of
Finance has informed that Banks may obtain the information about the assets of the
loan defaulters from Income Tax Department to enable the banks to proceed against
the defaulters assets for recovery of dues from chronic defaulters.
72
Restructure of Advances
Restructuring would normally involve modification of terms of the advances /
securities, which would generally include, among others, alteration of repayment
period / repayable amount / the amount of installments / rate of interest (due to
reasons other than competitive reasons). It is applicable to all type of credit facilities
including working capital limits extended to Industrial Units, provided they are fully
covered by Tangible Securities. No account will be taken up for restructuring by
the banks unless the financial viability is established and there is a reasonable
certainty of repayment from the borrower, as per the terms of restructuring package.
The viability should be determined by the banks based on Return on Capital
Employed, Debt Service Coverage Ratio, Gap between the Internal Rate of Return
and Cost of Funds etc., on case-by-case depending merits of the account. Any
restructuring done without looking into cash flows of the borrower and assessing the
viability of the projects/activity financed by banks would be treated as an attempt at
ever greening a weak credit facility and would invite supervisory concerns/action.
The accounts not considered viable should not be restructured and banks should
accelerate the recovery measures in respect of such accounts.
Restructuring of advances could take place either before commencement of
commercial production/operation; or after commencement of commercial production
/ operation but before the asset has been classified as Sub-standard or Doubtful.
Accounts that are restructured for the second time or more on account of natural
calamities would retain in the same asset classification category on restructuring.
Hence, restructured accounts on account of natural calamities would not be treated
as second restructuring.
Corporate Debt Restructuring (CDR): The objective of the CDR framework is to
preserve viable units that are affected by certain internal and external factors and
minimize the losses to the creditors and other stakeholders through an orderly and
coordinated restructuring programme, outside the purview of BIFR/DRT and other
legal proceedings, for the benefit of all concerned. The scheme will not apply to
accounts involving only one financial institution or one bank. The CDR mechanism
will cover only multiple banking accounts/syndication/consortium accounts of
corporate borrowers with outstanding fund-based and non-fund based exposure of
`10 crore and above by banks/financial institutions. However, there is no
requirement of the account/company being sick, NPA or being in default for a specific
period before reference to the CDR system. CDR is a non-statutory mechanism which
is a voluntary system based on Debtor-Creditor Agreement (DCA) and Inter-Creditor
Agreement (ICA). Three-tier structure is in place for CDR system.
CDR Standing Forum provide an official platform for both the creditors and
borrowers (by consultation) to amicably and collectively evolve policies and
guidelines for working out debt restructuring plans in the interests of all concerned.
CDR Empowered Group considers the preliminary report of all cases of requests of
restructuring, submitted by the CDR Cell. After the Empowered Group decides that
restructuring of the company is prima-facie feasible and the enterprise is potentially
viable in terms of the policies and guidelines evolved by Standing Forum, the
detailed restructuring package will be worked out by the CDR Cell in conjunction with
the Lead Institution.
CDR Cell undertakes the initial scrutiny of the proposals received from borrowers /
creditors to decide whether rehabilitation is prima facie feasible. If found feasible,
proceed to prepare detailed Rehabilitation Plan with the help of creditors and, if
necessary, experts to be engaged from outside. If not found prima facie feasible, the
creditors may start action for recovery of their dues.
73
CDR-1 system is applicable only to accounts classified as standard and substandard. CDR-2 system is applicable to the accounts where the projects have been
found to be viable but classified under doubtful category provided minimum of 75%
of creditors (by value) and 60% creditors (by number) satisfy themselves of the
viability of the account and consent for such restructuring.
Reference to Corporate Debt Restructuring System could be triggered by any one or
more of the creditors who have minimum 20% share in either working capital or
term finance, or by the concerned corporate, if supported by a bank or financial
institution. However, in case of suit filed accounts at least 75% of the creditors (by
value) and 60% of creditors (by number) shall consent for the proposal. Under CDR,
banks extend the repayment period or moratorium on repayment or reduction of
interest rate on loans or combination of any of the above.
As per recent RBI guidelines, the promoters are required to bring minimum of 20%
of banks sacrifice or 2% of restructured debt, whichever is higher. The promoters
sacrifice should invariably bring upfront while extending the restructuring benefits to
the borrowers. It is mandatory to obtain promoters personal guarantee while
extending restructuring benefits to the borrowers.
Existing guidelines allow regulatory forbearance on asset classification of
restructured accounts subject to certain conditions i.e. standard accounts are allowed
to retain their asset classification and NPA accounts are allowed not to deteriorate
further in asset classification on restructuring. The asset classification benefit is also
available on change of date of commencement of operation for projects under
infrastructure sector as well for projects under non-infrastructure sector. The
accounts classified as NPA on restructuring should be upgraded only when all the
outstanding loans/facilities in the account perform satisfactorily during the specified
period i.e. one year.
Take-out Finance The scheme has been designed to enable lenders to address
the concern of the hitting the sectoral limit, asset-liability mismatch and liquidity
issues that may arise by the long-term debt financing to core projects. Under the
scheme, banks and lenders can enter in an arrangement with financial institutions for
transferring the loan outstanding in their books to those of the financial institution
which is taking out long-term debt. The tenor of the take-out finance is up to 15
years. The sectors eligible for Take-out finance are Road and bridges, Railways,
Seaports, Airports, Inland waterways and other transportation projects; Power,
Urban transport, water supply, sewage, solid waste management and other physical
infrastructure in urban areas; Gas pipelines Infrastructure projects in SEZs,
International convention centers and other tourism infrastructure projects. It is one
of the emerging products in the context of funding of long-term infrastructure
projects. Under this arrangement, the Banks financing infrastructure projects will
have an arrangement with other financial institutions for transferring to the latter the
outstanding in respect of such financing in their books on a pre-determined basis.
The norms of asset will have to be followed by the concerned banks in whose books
the account stands as balance sheet item as on the relevant date. The lending
institution should also make provisions against any asset turning into NPA pending
its takeover by the taking over institution. As and when the asset is taken over by
the taking over institution, the corresponding provision could be reversed. At present
IIFCL is providing a Take-out finance window to the banks in India.
***
74
Risk Management Basel-I, II & III

The growing sophistication in banking operations, online electronic banking,
improvements in information technology etc, have led to increased diversity and
complexity of risks being encountered by banks. These risks can be broadly grouped
into Credit Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk. These risks are
interdependent and events that affect one area of risk can have ramifications for a
range of other risk categories.
Basel-I Accord: It was introduced in the year 2002-03, which covered capital
requirements for Credit Risk. The Accord prescribed CRAR of 8%, however, RBI
stipulated 9% CRAR. Subsequently, Banks were advised to maintain capital charge
for Market Risk also.
Basel-II New Capital Accord: Under this, banks have to maintain capital for Credit
Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk w.e.f 31.03.2007. The New Capital Accord
rests on three pillars viz., Minimum Capital Requirements, Supervisory Review
Process & Market Discipline. The implementation of the capital charge for various risk
categories are Credit Risk, Market Risk and Operational Risk. Analysis of the banks
CRAR under should be reported to the Board at quarterly intervals.
Internal Ratings Based (IRB) Approach: Under this approach, banks must
categorise the exposures into broad classes of assets as Corporate, Sovereign, Bank,
Retail and Equity. The risk components include the measures of the Probability of
Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD), Exposure at Default (EAD) and Effective
Maturity (M). There are two variants i.e Foundation IRB (FIRB) and Advanced IRB.
Under FIRB, banks have to provide their own estimates of PD and to rely on
supervisory estimates for other risk components (like LGD, EAD) while under
Advanced IRB; banks have to provide their own estimates of all the risk components.
It is based on the measures of Expected Losses (EL) and Unexpected Losses (UL).
Expected Losses are to be taken care of by way of pricing and provisioning while the
risk weight function produces the capital requirements for Unexpected Losses.
Market Risk: It is a risk pertaining to the interest rate related instruments and
equities in the Trading Book i.e AFS (Available For Sale) and HFT (Held for Trading)
positions and Foreign Exchange Risk throughout the bank (both banking & trading
books). There are two approaches for measuring market risk viz., Standardized
Duration Approach & Internal Models Approach.
Operational Risk: Banks have to maintain capital charge for operational risk under
the new framework and the approaches suggested for calculation of the same are
Basic Indicator Approach and The Standardized Approach. Under the first approach,
banks must hold capital equal to 15% of the previous three years average positive
gross annual income as a point of entry for capital calculation. The second approach
suggests dividing the banks business into eight lines and separate weights are
assigned to each segment. The total capital charge is calculated as the three year
average of the simple summation of the regulatory capital charges across each of the
business lines in each year.
Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA): Under this, the regulatory capital
requirement will equal the risk measure generated by the banks internal operational
risk measurement system using certain quantitative and qualitative criteria. Tracking
of internal loss event data is essential for adopting this approach. When a bank first
moves to AMA, a three-year historical loss data window is acceptable.
Pillar 2 Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): Under this,
the regulator is cast with the responsibility of ensuring that banks maintain sufficient
capital to meet all the risks and operate above the minimum regulatory capital
75
ratios. RBI also has to ensure that the banks maintain adequate capital to withstand
the risks such as Interest Rate Risk in Banking Book, Business Cycles Risk, and
Credit Concentration Risk etc. For Interest Rate Risk in Banking Book, the regulator
may ensure that the banks are holding sufficient capital to withstand a standardized
Interest Rate shock of 2%. Banks whose capital funds would decline by 20% when
the shock is applied are treated as Outlier Banks. The assessment is reviewed at
quarterly intervals.
Pillar 3 Disclosure Requirements: It is aimed to encourage market discipline by
developing a set of disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to
assess the key pieces of information on the capital, risk exposures, risk assessment
processes and hence the capital adequacy of the institution. Banks may make their
annual disclosures both in their Annual Reports as well as their respective websites.
Banks with capital funds of `500 crore or more, and their significant bank
subsidiaries, must disclose their Tier-I Capital, Total Capital, total required capital
and Tier-I ratio and total capital adequacy ratio, on a quarterly basis on their
respective websites. The disclosures are broadly classified into Quantitative and
Qualitative disclosures and classified into the following areas:
Area
Capital
Risk Exposures &
Assessments
Credit Risk
Credit Risk Mitigation

Securitisation
Market Risk
Operational Risk
Equities
Interest Rate Risk in
the Banking Book
(IRRBB)
Coverage
Capital structure & Capital adequacy
Qualitative disclosures for Credit, Market, Operational,
Banking Book interest rate risk, equity risk etc.
General disclosures for all banks.
Disclosures for Standardised & IRB approaches.
Disclosures for Standardised and IRB approaches.
Disclosures for Standardised and IRB approaches.
Disclosures for the Standardised & Internal Models
Approaches.
The approach followed for capital assessment.
Disclosures for banking book positions
Nature of IRRBB with key assumptions. The increase /
decrease in earnings / economic value for upward /
downward rate shocks.
The Basel-II norms are much better than Basel-I since it covers operational risk.
However, risks such as Reputation Risk, Systemic Risk and Strategic Risk (the risk of
losses or reduced earnings due to failures in implementing strategy) are not covered
and exposing the banks to financial shocks. As per Basel all corporate loans attracts
8 percent capital allocation where as it is in the range of 1 to 30 percent in case of
individuals depending on the estimated risk. Further, group loans attract very low
internal capital charge and the bank has a strong incentive to undertake regulatory
capital arbitrage to structure the risk position to lower regulatory risk category.
Regulatory capital arbitrage acts as a safety valve for attenuating the adverse effects
of those regulatory capital requirements that activitys underlying economic risk.
Absence of such arbitrage, a regulatory capital requirement that is inappropriately
high for the economic risk of a particular activity could cause a bank to exit that
relatively low-risk business by preventing the bank from earning an acceptable rate
of return on its capital.
Nominally high regulatory capital ratios can be used to mask the true level of
insolvency probability. For example Bank maintains 12% capital as per the norms
risk analysis calls for 15% capital. In a regulatory sense the bank is well capitalized
but it is to be treated as undercapitalized from risk perspective.
Basel-III is a comprehensive set of reform measures developed to strengthen the
regulation, supervision and risk management of the banking sector. The new
76
standards will considerably strengthen the reserve requirements, both by increasing

the reserve ratios and by tightening the definition of what constitutes capital. The
new norms will be made effective in a phased manner from 1st July 2013 and
implemented fully by 31st March 2019 and banks should maintain minimum 5.5% in
common equity (as against 3.6% now) by 31st March 2015 and crate a Capital
Conservation Buffer of 2.5% by 31st March 2019. Further, banks should maintain a
minimum overall capital adequacy of 11.5% by 31st March 2019 and supplement
risk based capital ratios by maintaining a leverage ratio of 4.5%. These measures
will ensure well capitalization of banks to manage all kinds of risks besides to bring in
more clarity by clearly defining different kinds of capital.
Tier I & II capital consists of Paid up Equity Capital + Free Reserves + Balance in
Share Premium Account + Capital Reserves (surplus) arising out of sale proceeds of
assets but not created by revaluation of assets MINUS Accumulated loss + Book
value of Intangible Assets + Equity Investment in Subsidiaries+ Innovative Perpetual
Debt instruments. Tier II consists of Cumulative perpetual preferential shares &
other Hybrid debt capital instruments + Revaluation reserves + General Provisions +
Loss Reserves (up to maximum 1.25% of weighted risk assets) + Undisclosed
Reserves + Subordinated Debt + Upper Tier-II instruments. Subordinated Debts are
unsecured and subordinated to the claims of all the creditors. To be eligible for TierII capital the instruments should be fully paid, free from restrictive clauses and
should not be redeemable at the instance of holder or without the consent of the
Bank supervisory authorities. Subordinated debt usually carries a fixed maturity.
They will have to be limited to 50% of Tier-I capital.
Economic Capital (EC) is a measure of risk expressed in terms of capital. A bank
may, for instance, wonder what level of capital is needed in order to remain solvent
at a certain level of confidence and time horizon. In other words, EC may be
considered as the amount of risk capital from the banks perspective; therefore,
it differs from Regulatory Capital (RC) requirement measures. It primarily aims to
support business decisions, while RC aims to set minimum capital requirements
against all risks in a bank under a range of regulatory rules and guidance. So far,
since economic capital is rather a bank-specific or internal measure of available
capital, there is no common domestic or global definition of EC. Moreover, there are
some elements that many banks have in common when defining EC. EC estimates
can be covered by elements of Tier-1, 2 & 3, or definitions used by rating agencies
and/or other types of capital, such as planned earning, unrealized profit or implicit
government guarantee. EC is highly relevant because it can provide key answers to
specific business decisions or for evaluating the different business units of a bank.
Banks in India need substantial capital funds in the ensuing years mainly to fund the
credit growth which is likely to grow at around 15% to 20% p.a. and banks are
required to set aside a portion of capital for the said purpose. Banks also need
additional capital to write off bad loans as well as to meet the operational risks on
account of weaker implementation of systems and procedures. More importantly, the
implementation of Basel-III norms warrants pumping of substantial capital funds.
Raising these funds, though, will require several steps, apart from legislative
changes as Public Sector Banks can not dilute its equity below 51%. Attracting
private capital will need atleast some governance and structural reforms. It is also
proposed to create an independent bank holding company to invite private capital
without diluting the equity to address the issue.
***
77
Risk Weighted Assets

(Standardized approach under Basel-II)
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Category
Credit exposure to Central / State Government
Claims on RBI/DICGC/CGTSI
State Govt. guaranteed claims / ECGC
Corporates based on External Rating
a) Long Term
i) AAA rated
ii) AA rated
iii) A rated
iv) BBB rated
v) BB & below rated
vi) Unrated
b) Short Term
i) A1+
ii) A1
iii) A2
iv) A3
v) A4 & below
vi) Unrated
Retail Portfolio
Claims secured by Residential Property
i) Where LTV Ratio up to 75%
a) Loan up to 20 lakh
b) Above 20 lakh & up to 75 lakh
ii) Loan above 75 lakhs
iii) Restructured Housing Loans
iv) Loans above 75 lakh
Commercial Real Estate
Consumer Credit (Clean/Personal/Credit cards)
Venture Capital
Capital Market Exposure
Loans and advances to staff fully secured
Non Performing Assets based on % of provisions
a) Unsecured
i) Below 20%
ii) 20% to < 50%
iii) 50% & above
b) Secured by Residential Property
i) Provision is 20% to < 50%
ii) Provision 50% & above
Risk Weight
0%
0%
20%
20%
30%
50%
100%
150%
100%
20%
30%
50%
100%
150%
100%
75%
50%
50%
75%
(+25% RW)
125%
100%
125%
150%
125%
20%
150%
100%
50%
100%
75%
50%
78
SECURITISATION AND RECONSTRUCTION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST ACT 2002 (SARFAESI)
SARFAESI enables the banks to seize and sell the properties secured to the bank
without the intervention of courts resulting in realization of the amount due in NPA
accounts and reduction of NPAs. As per the act, officers with a rank of Chief Manager
and above are empowered to act as Authorized Officer to initiate proceedings which
includes issue of notices, taking possession of the property and sale of property
except the following:

Where the outstanding liability in the account does not exceed Rs 1.00 lakhs
Any security interest created in agriculture land
Pledge of movables / Lien on any goods
Amount due is less than 20% of the principal amount and interest
Creation of Security Interest in any Air Craft / Vessel
Any conditional sale, hire purchase or lease or any other contract in which no
security interest is created
Any right of unpaid seller / Any properties not liable for attachment /sale
under section 60 Civil Procedure Code.
The prerequisite should be that notice be issued one month after identification of
NPA advising the borrower/mortgagor to pay the entire amount due within 60 days
from the date of receipt of the notice. In case, more than one borrower, notice shall
be sent to each one of them. If the borrower avoids notice, the same may be served
by publishing in two leading Newspapers (English and Vernacular language). On
expiry of 60 days notice period and on default of the payment, possession shall be
taken of the property mentioned in Sec.13 (2) notice and the notice of the same
shall be give to the borrower and general public in two newspapers English and
vernacular Language. The time prescribed for considering the representation /
objections by the borrower on receipt of the notice is fixed as 15 days. The
Possession of moveable property may be taken by taking inventory in the presence
of two witnesses. Authorized Officer shall keep the property either in his own custody
or in the custody of any person authorized or appointed by him who shall take as
much care of the property in his custody as an owner of the property. Insurance of
secured assets and their valuations are to be done before sale of seizure of secured
assets. Security agents can be engaged while seizing the secured assets. Authorized
Officer may sell the secured assets of which the possession is taken by obtaining
quotations from the parties; by inviting tenders from the public; by holding public
auction; by private sale. Auction notice is to be kept on the banks website. If sale is
by inviting tenders from the public or public auction the same has to be published in
two news papers viz., English and another in Vernacular language. Sale can be
affected only after issuing 30 days notice to the borrower / mortgagor. If the
property is subject to speedy decay the Authorized Officer may sell it immediately.
The authorized Officer cannot sell the property less than the reserve price. If the
entire liability of the bank is not cleared after affecting the measures under the Act,
the bank is to file a suit or application before the court or DRT for recovery of the
balance amount of loan. In the accounts where the borrower failed to honour his
commitment under the compromise/OTS, then compromise/OTS permitted should be
withdrawn before initiating action under the Ordinance. In case of resistance from
the borrower to hand over the possession of assets, such resistance should be
recorded in the presence of two witnesses and application should be made under
Sec.14 of the act to Chief Metropolitan Magistrate/Dist. Magistrate seeking their
assistance for taking possession of secured assets.
Recent Developments: The Enforcement of Security Interest and Recovery of Debt
Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2011 was passed in the Lok sabha which allows the banks to
acquire immovable properties from the borrower so that they can sell the assets at a
later date. Sometimes there are no buyers for a property or there is a cartelization
79
from bidders, who deliberately quote lower price thus undervaluing it. The
amendment will ensure that banks do not get into the situation of distress sale and
get the right pricing for the assets on sale. The amendment states that banks will be
heard in Debt Recovery Tribunals before granting any stay on recovery of loans from
borrowers. This will ensure that the law is not misused by the borrowers to delay the
settlements and payment of dues. Further, the amendment allows Asset
Reconstruction Companies (ARC) to convert a part of the debt into equity. This could
be a win-win situation for the borrower as well as the ARC. The borrower stand to
gain because his outstanding liability decreases to the extent of equity conversion
and the ARC will also become part of the management so as to aid in the turnaround
of the stressed company.
Credit Information Bureau India Limited (CIBIL): It is a repository of
information, which contains credit history of commercial and consumer borrowers.
The members of CIBIL are banks, NBFCs and Housing Finance Companies who
provide borrower data to CIBIL. It collects and maintains records of an individuals
payments pertaining to borrowal accounts including credit cards from the member
institutions on a monthly basis. Members are provided access to CIBIL to generate
CIR. It provides the list of loans availed by the persons/entities with various Banks
and Financial institutions along with payment history as well as overdues, if any. The
CIBIL website also provides CIR along with CIBIL Trans Union Score2 (TU2) which is
arrived on the basis of credit history of the borrower in a nutshell and is useful in
taking credit decision. The possible score ranges 300 to 900. The minimum
acceptable score is fixed as 600 and proposals with TU score in the range of 550 to
599 are to be referred to next higher authority for sanction. Proposals with TU score
less than 550 should not be entertained. The payment history has a significant
impact on the score. Higher the score lower the risk. High utilization of credit limits
also play a vital role in arriving credit score of an individual. Credit Hungry
behavior many applications for loans, indicates that the debt burden is likely to, or
has increased and one is less capable of honoring any additional debt and is likely to
negatively impact the score. Bank branches are advised to collect Rs.100 & Rs.900/per borrower plus applicable service taxes for generating CIBIL consumer &
commercial reports respectively. Obtaining CIR from CIBIL is mandatory before
sanctioning of any loan or advance. With CIBILs help, banks have caught many
frauds like individuals trying to avail multiple loans on the same house, vehicle etc. It
is a powerful tool to protect the interest of the Banks.
Central Registry of Securitization Asset Reconstruction and Security
Interest of India (CERSAI): It is a government company licensed under section 25
of the Companies Act 1956, has been incorporated to operate and maintain the
Central Registry under the provisions of SARFAESI Act 2002. The objective of
CERSAI is to prevent frauds in loan cases involving multiple lending from different
banks on the same immovable property. The Central Registry is also an important for
the development of the home loan market as lenders can now be sure that the
property offered as a security has a clear title. Unlike CIBIL, where borrower
information is accessible only by lenders, the records maintained by the Central
Registry will be available for search by any lender or any other person. The scheme
is operational w.e.f. 31.03.2011 where central database will contain details of all
properties against which loans have been advanced by Banks/Financial Institutions.
The lending institutions are required to make a payment of `250/- & `500/- for
creation and modification of security interest to CERSAI for the loans up to `5 lakh &
above `5 lakh respectively. Under this, the lenders should file details of the charge
over any property with CERSAI within 30 days from the date of creation. However,
the delay up to 30 days can be condoned with a penalty of `2500/- and `5000/- for
loans upto `5 lakh and above `5 lakh respectively. If the delay is beyond 30 days,
the penalty will be `5000/- per day during which the default continues.
80
Cash Management Clean Note Policy

Clean Note Policy: The usage of stapling is causing mutilation of notes and
shortening the life of the currency. RBI prohibited the banks from stapling currency
notes under section 35A BR Act with an objective to provide clean notes to public. As
per policy, Banks should

Issue clean notes to the public and accept small denominations such as `1/,
`2/- & `5/-.
Not issue number cut notes to public. Any deviation in this regard attracts
penalty.
Desist from writing anything whatsoever on the Bank Notes.
Educate the customers and members of the public in this regard.
Ensure sorting all notes by branches and only Clean Notes/issuable notes are
put into circulation amongst general public.
Ensure that branches are not hoarding any Fresh Notes and coins and to be
distributed to the customers.
RBI has issued following plan of action with regard to withdrawal of all old series of
Banknotes issued prior to 2005:

All older series of bank notes issued prior to 2005 would be acceptable for all
kinds of monetary transactions till 30th June, 2015 only.
Thereafter, the public will be required to approach bank branches which would
provide them exchange facilities on an ongoing basis
These notes will continue to be legal tender
From 1st July 2015, to exchange more than 10 pieces of `500 and `1000
notes, branches should obtain proof of identity and residence from noncustomers.
All bank branches are advised to provide exchange facilities for pre-2005 series
notes and banknotes so accepted are to be deposited to Currency Chests. At the
same time, bank branches are advised to stop re-issue of pre-2005 series notes over
the counter or through ATMs.
Counterfeit Notes: In order to combat the menace, RBI has issued guidelines to all
Banks/Financial Institutions on detection and impounding of counterfeit notes. It is
necessary that

Currency notes received are carefully examined and impound counterfeit

notes wherever detected to curb circulation of such notes to public.
Counterfeit Notes detected shall be branded with a stamp (size of 5 cm x 5
cm) Counterfeit Bank Note with branch/office name, date and signature.
Branch/Office is required to issue acknowledgement to the tenderer of
counterfeit note and it should be signed by the tenderer of counterfeit notes
and counter cashier with details such as serial number, denomination and
number of pieces. FIR is required to be filed in case where the counterfeit
notes found are five pieces and above in a single transaction and
acknowledgement is to be obtained from the concerned police authorities.
However, in other cases, a consolidated report is to be sent to Police once in a
month.
RBI reimburses to the extent of 25% of the notional value of the counterfeit
notes of `100 denomination & above, detected and reported to RBI/Police.
All Counterfeit Notes received back from police authorities are to be preserved
in the safe custody of the branch / office for a period of 3 years. Thereafter,
these notes are to be sent to the concerned issue office of RBI with full
details.
81

In no case, the Counterfeit Notes should be returned to the tenderer or

destroyed by the bank branches / treasuries.
Banks should put in place adequate safeguards / checks before loading
currency notes in ATMs.
Cash Remittances: Cash movement takes place from one branch to another branch
and branch to currency chest and vice versa on a regular basis. Branches / Offices
are required to be adhered the following guidelines since it is an important and
sensitive one. The guidelines are as under:
Remittance
Staff / Security Personnel to be accompanied
One Clerk / Officer with 1 Sub-staff and 1 Security

Guard (if available at the branch)
> `50 lakh & < `100 lakh
One Officer, 1 Sub-staff and 2 Armed Guards
` 100 lakh & above
One Officer, 1 Sub-staff and Armed Police Escort
Security Escort for cash remittances by Cash Vans
Up to `200 lakh
To be escorted by 2 Bank Guards
> `200 lakh & up to `1000 lakh To be escorted by 3 Bank Guards
Below `50 lakh
General Precaution in Remittances:

Remittance is to be done in Cash Van or Four Wheeler Vehicles. Cash Van
must have Alarm system and Fire Extinguishers.
Avoid Three Wheeler Vehicles. Two Wheeler Vehicles should not be used.
Cash Remittance may be done on foot provided the distance is short (within
the complex) and the remittance must not be over `2 lakhs.
Cash must be carried in Steel Boxes only. Armed Guard must sit in front.
Remittance is to be done during Day time only.
Probationary Officers are not to be detailed for cash remittance.
In case of non availability staff, a clerk can be substituted for sub-staff and an
officer for a clerk.
Surprise Verification of Cash at Branches: All Branch Heads should carry out
verification of cash of their respective branches every month, at different dates of
the month with total confidentiality. The verification should also be rotated every
month i.e. once before commencement of office hours, another time at the middle of
the day and sometimes at the close of the office hours. Besides the above, branches
are subject to surprise verification of cash by controlling offices once in a quarter.
Surprise verification report shall cover the aspects such as maintenance of Cash
Movement / Key Movement / Cash Discrepancy Registers, maintenance of cash
beyond retention limit, maintenance of Bait Money and shortage/excess of cash, if
any. Wherever cash position is in excess of Cash Retention Limit, the entire cash on
hand should invariably be verified by the Branch Manager and necessary
endorsement should be recorded thereof.
Surprise Verification of Cash at Currency Chests: The balances of each currency
chest should be verified at least once in a month by an officer not connected with the
custody of the chest. A record of such verification should be maintained in a register
at each chest. Two percent of balances in each denomination of Rs. 100/-, Rs. 500/and Rs. 1000/- may be verified through Note Sorting Machines. The balances may be
verified once in six months by the officials from the Controlling Office of the bank by
packets and bundles and five percent of the balances in all denominations should be
verified through Note Sorting Machines. The officials from Controlling Office after
verifying the balances may send the original balance certificate to the Nodal Officer
for Currency Management at Head Office, Operations Department. Non-conformity to
the above would attract penalty.
82
Incentives & Penalties: RBI introduced scheme in the month of September 2008
for providing incentives to banks for extending enhanced services in the area of
mutilated/soiled notes & coin distribution and levying penalties for deficiency in
providing services to members of the public. (Cir no. 158 Ref 55/13 dt.19.07.12)
No
1
Activity
Adjudication of Mutilated Bank Notes
Distribution of Coins over the counter
2
4
Exchange of Soiled Notes
Establishment of coin vending

machines
Activity
Shortage in soiled note remittances and

currency chest balances
Counterfeit notes detected in soiled note

remittances and currency chest balances
Mutilated notes detected in soiled note
remittances and currency chest balances
Non compliance of operational guidelines
such as non-functioning of CCTV, non
utilization of NSMs and keeping branch
cash / documents in strong room.
Violation of norms during RBI inspection
viz.,
i) Non issue of coins over the counter to
any member of public, despite having
stock.
ii) Refusal to exchange soiled notes/
adjudicate mutilated notes tendered by
any member of public.
iii) Not conducting surprise verification of
chest balances, at least at bimonthly
intervals by officials unconnected with the
custody thereof.
iv) Denial of facilities/services to linked
branches of other banks.
v) Non acceptance of lower denomination
notes (`10/- `20/- and `50/-) tendered by
members of public and linked bank
branches.
vi) Detection of mutilated / counterfeit
notes in reissuable packers prepared by
the chest.
Incentives
`2/- per piece
One rupee per packet in `5/- `10/`20/- and `50/- denomination
`25/- per bag.
Capital
Cost-Urban/Metro
Centers
50% - Rural & SU centers 75%
Operational cost @ `25 per bag.
Penalties
`50/- per piece in addition to the loss
(shortage) in case of notes in denomination
up to `50/-. However, for notes in
denomination of `100/- and above, the
penalty is equal to the value of the
denomination per piece in addition to the
loss.
Equal to the value of the counterfeit note in
addition to the loss.
`50/- per piece irrespective of the
denomination.
`5000/- for each irregularity. Penalty will be
enhanced to `10000/- in case of repetition.
`10,000/- for any violation of agreement in

this regard/deficiency of service
`5.00 lakhs in case there are more than 5
instances of violation by the branch. The
same will be placed in public domain.
RBI during their Incognito visits to Branches may levy penalty with regard to non
adherence of above guidelines and the same will be recovered from the officials
responsible for such lapses. Hence all branches have to follow the laid down norms
scrupulously without any deviation.
83
Customer Service & BCSBI

The Government and the regulator (RBI) have been emphasizing the importance and
the need to extend speedy, efficient, fair and courteous customer service in banking
industry. In this direction, the following committees were set up:
1975
1990
2004
2006
Talwar Committee
Goiporia Committee
Tarapore Committee
Working group under chairmanship of Sri N Sadasivan
In addition to the guidelines framed based on the recommendations of the

committees, RBI had been giving instructions to banks as and when required. Over
the years, the customer service in banks has improved considerably with the
introduction of technology based products. Further, the Government of India
introduced the concept of Citizens Charter at all bank branches with an objective to
exercise in setting benchmarks for prompt delivery of banking services, including the
pricing thereof. In the year 2010, RBI constituted a committee under the
chairmanship of Sri.M.Damodaran to look into the customer service aspects in
Banks. The recommendations of the committee are as under:
Bank should offer a basic bank account with privileges such as certain number
of transactions, cheque facility, ATM/Debit Card etc., without any prescription
of minimum balance.
The Passbook/Statement of accounts should indicate the account number,

name, address and ID of the customer, MICR Code, IFSC Code, Toll free
customer care number, Ombudsman contract details, instrument number and
payee name on all debit entries and the full details of TDS (Gross Interest
credited and TDS debited).
Before marking the account as inoperative, the banks must intimate the
account holder by SMS. Banks should introduce Uniform Account Opening
forms and Account Number Portability across the banks.
Banks should take Unique Identification Number (issued under Aadhar

project) as KYC compliance for opening of accounts.
The term deposit renewal notices should be sent to customers preferably in

electronic form. A single Form 15G/H linked to a customer ID across the
branches in a bank should be issued.
Service charges should be reasonable. No charges are to be levied on NonHome Branch transactions.
The users of electronic bank platforms for making collections may offer small
discounts to their customers to favour electronic payments.
Cheque Drop Box should provide receipt/acknowledgement along with the

image of the cheque.
Reason for penal interest on loan accounts, rate of interest charged should be
mentioned in Passbook/Statement of Account.
Banks must ensure that loan statements are issued to the borrowers
periodically giving full details including demand, repayments, interest
component and charges.
84
The title deeds should be returned to the customers within a period of 15

days after the loan closure.
Bank should provide Most Important Terms and Conditions (MITC) of the
product explicitly in Arial font and size 12 for better readability.
All home loans should permit a switchover between fixed to floating or viceversa at least once during the loan tenure at an appropriate and reasonable
fee. Home loans backed by insurance products, the procedure should be
explained upfront to the customers.
Banks should provide prioritized service to the senior citizens/physically

handicapped persons.
Banks should put a system in a place for Automatic updation of the customers
to the senior citizen category based on the date of birth.
Pensioner may be allowed to submit the annual life certificate at any of the
branches of the bank. Bank should make arrangements to disburse pension to
sick and disabled pensioners at their door steps.
SHG members should not be forced to take insurance products.
Banks should ensure that at least one of the staff members in Tribal / NorthEast areas is conversant with local language.
The staff manning Customer Service Departments in banks should receive

specialized training so that customer complaints are professionally handled.
With regard to one-man branches Banks should place Proper systems for
safety of cash and also continuity of services in case of leave etc.
In case of frauds in the accounts of the customers, bank is required to credit

the amount to their accounts after obtaining due affidavit.
Banks should put in place secure systems like Multi-factor Authentication to

minimize the fraud instances.
Frauds involving cloned cards, unauthorized online transactions, ATM

transactions not done by the customers etc., cannot be valid transactions as
they are not authorized by the customers. The onus should be on the bank to
prove that the customer has done the transaction.
Banks to install CCTV at all ATMs. For Debit/Credit cards at POS, PIN based
authorization should be made mandatory.
Banks should ensure that ECS Mandate Management System is working

effectively to comply with the mandate given by the customer.
For transaction deficiencies, there should be in-built mechanism to pay

compensation to the customers.
Bank should provide for online registration of grievance in its website.
85
Banking Codes and Standards Board of India (BCSBI)

RBI has set up BCSBI with an objective of evolving standards for bank services to
depositors, borrowers and common persons at affordable and reasonable price and
monitoring the same in effective manner. It covers Deposit Accounts
(Current/Savings/Recurring/Term/PPF), Collection of cheques, Lockers, Safe custody
services, Remittances (DD/PO/TT/NEFT/RTGS), Government transactions and
Pension payments, Demat Accounts, Equity and Government Bonds, Loans and
Advances / Foreign Exchange / Money Changing and Card products (Credit / ATM /
Debit / Smart / Pre-paid / Travel). It is an independent and autonomous watchdog to
monitor and ensure that the services are delivered as promised. Banks are required
to register themselves with BCSBI as members and have the code of commitment to
customers adopted by their respective Boards. BCSBI has revised The Code of
Banks Commitment to Customers and the important changes are as under:

Advise the customer about change in minimum balance to be maintained in

Savings/Current accounts 30 days in advance during which period, no charges
will be levied for non-maintenance of the higher minimum balance prescribed.
Provide an option to customer for giving nomination at the time of account
opening itself with due acknowledgement. On request from the depositor name of
the nominee will also be indicated on the Passbook/Term Deposit Receipt.
Acknowledge receipt of loan applications and convey in writing the reasons for
rejection of loan. Return all documents/securities title deeds to mortgaged
property to the borrower within 15 days from the full payment of the dues,
without waiting for request from the borrower.
Compensate the customers for delayed collection of cheques without waiting for a
request from customer.
No charges will be levied for activation of inoperative account.
In case a credit facility/credit card is issued without customers consent and
charges levied for the same would be reversed along with compensation.
Banks are advised to disclose the commission/fee details to the customers while
selling third party products viz., Mutual Funds / Insurance policies.
Fair Practices code for Lenders liability: Loan application forms should be
comprehensive to include information about rate of interest, interest application
intervals, penal interest, processing charges, up-front fee, prepayment charges etc.
Loan applications are to be processed within reasonable time and communicate the
terms and conditions in writing to the borrowers. Banks should give notice to the
borrower about the subsequent changes in interest rate / charges, if any.
Credit Card Fair practices: All credit card issuers should provide Most Important
Terms and Conditions (MITC) to customers and prospective customers. MITC should
include information such as admission fee; cash advance charges, default charges,
annualized percentage rate and grace period. Further, card issuers should maintain
Do Not Call Registries and should not provide unsolicited calls/SMS/Cards/Credit
facilities unilaterally. Card issuing banks are responsible for any omission or
commissions of their agents (Sales/Marketing/Recovery agents).
As per revised code, banks are advised to introduce simplified process for opening of
Basic Savings bank accounts and extend Doorstep service to the disabled customers
and senior citizens. In case of electronic frauds, if the customer incurs any direct loss
due to a security breach of the internet banking system that is not contributed or
caused by the customer, the bank will bear the loss, unless it is able to establish that
the customer is guilty. However, the onus of responsibility lies on the bank that the
customer compromised the passwords, leading to the fraud.
The revised code is expected to come into force shortly.
86
Compensation Policy
Providing better and timely service to the customers is a prerequisite for banks to
remain stay in the competitive market. Despite best efforts, sometimes, omissions
and commissions may creep in which may lead to inconvenience to the customers. In
order to protect the interest of the customers, banks formulated compensation policy
based on the principles of transparency and fairness in the treatment of customers.
The expected action and compensation payable to the customers, in the event of
deficiency of service, are as under:
Category
Unauthorized /
Erroneous debits
ECS Debits
Execution failure
Stop payment
Payment of cheques
Unsolicited Credit
Cards Levy of
charges
Collection of foreign
cheques / currencies
Undue delay
Payment of interest on
delayed collection
Cheques/instruments
lost in transit / in
clearing or paying
bank branches
RTGS/NEFT/ECS
Delay in settlement of
wrong ATM Debits
Violation of the code

by Banks` Agent
Delay in payment of
Relief / Savings Bonds
Delay in credit of
pension payments
Compensation payable
Bank should reverse the amount immediately and
compensate the customer to the extent of financial loss
incurred such as interest or service charges. In case the
unauthorized debit is on account of third party, customer
should be compensated up to `50000/- or actual debit
amount whichever is less.
Bank should compensate the customer to the extent of
financial loss incurred along with service charges, if any.
Where the cheque is paid despite stop payment instructions,
bank should reverse cheque amount along with charges, if
any, with value date within 2 days of the intimation.
Bank should reverse the charges immediately and also pay a
penalty without demur amounting to twice the value of the
charges reversed.
Delay up to 14 days
SB Interest + 0.25% simple interest
Delay 15 to 45 days
Beyond 45 days
Outstation Cheques
Local Cheques
Delay < 14 days
SB Interest
Delay > 45 days
Applicable TD Rate SB Interest
Delay > 90 days
TD Rate + 2%
However, in case of loan/ODCC credits, the interest
payable is applicable interest rate on loan/ODCC plus 2%
Bank should provide the required assistance to obtain
duplicate instrument from the drawer of the instrument. The
compensation policy that is applicable to Collection of
outstation cheques is equally applicable to this category of
customers.
Applicable Repo Rate plus 2% to be paid for delayed period.
In case where the compliant is not resolved within 12
working days from the date of complaint made by the
cardholder, bank should pay `100/- per day.
Appropriate steps to investigate the complaint and to
compensate the customer for financial loss, if any.
SB Rate
8% p.a.
The above initiatives will definitely paves the way for better service and the instances
of referring the customer grievances to Ombudsman or any other forum will come
down to a greater extent.
87
Monetary Policy
Monetary Policy refers to the use of instruments under the control of the central bank
to regulate the availability, cost and use of money and credit. The main objectives of
monetary policy are Maintaining price stability, ensure adequate flow of credit to
the productive sectors to support economic growth and financial stability. However,
the relative emphasis among the objectives varies from time to time, depending on
evolving macroeconomic developments. The various instruments available to the
regulator are as under:
Direct Instruments:
Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR): The share of net demand and time liabilities that banks
must maintain as cash balance with the Reserve Bank. The Reserve Bank requires
banks to maintain a certain amount of cash in reserve as a percentage of their
deposits to ensure that banks have sufficient cash to cover customer withdrawals. At
present the stipulated CRR is 4%. Regulator uses CRR for dual purpose as liquidity
reserve and as a monetary policy tool. On weekly basis, Banks have to report their
daily deposit position and balances with RBI to enable them to monitor maintenance
of CRR. This is a mandatory reserve to be kept by the banks to meet the unexpected
withdrawals from customers. It is also an instrument used by RBI to control credit
flow in the economy.
Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR): This is a quantitative measure takes by RBI to
control the credit supply in the economy. The banks are required to maintain the
share of net demand and time liabilities in safe and liquid assets, such as
government securities, cash and gold. Banks are advised to invest in securities
issued and guaranteed by government known as Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR). At
present SLR requirement is 21.50% of demand and time liabilities of bank. It is
another liquidity cushion. The SLR securities are part of the investment portfolio of
the bank. The HTM book primarily consists of SLR investments which have to be held
permanently.
Refinance facilities: Sector-specific refinance facilities (e.g., against lending to
export sector) provided to banks.
Indirect Instruments:
Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF): It is a mechanism for liquidity management
through combination of repo operations, export credit refinance facilities and
collateralized lending facilities, supported by open market operations of the RBI at
set interest rates. RBI manages its liquidity in the market through the operation of
LAF as part of its monetary policy and money supply targets. It undertakes reverse
repo transactions to mop up liquidity and repos to supply liquidity in the market. The
LAF transactions are currently being conducted on overnight basis. Consists of daily
infusion or absorption of liquidity on a repurchase basis, through repo (liquidity
injection) and reverse repo (liquidity absorption) auction operations, using
government securities as collateral.
Repo/Reverse Repo Rate: These rates under the Liquidity Adjustment Facility
(LAF) determine the corridor for short-term money market interest rates. In turn,
this is expected to trigger movement in other segments of the financial market and
the real economy.
i) Repo is a money market instrument, which enables collateralized short term
borrowing through sale operations in debt instruments such as treasury bills and
dated securities. It is a rate at which RBI lends to banks for short periods. Generally,
repos are done for a period not exceeding 14 days. Repo rate helps the banks to get
88
funds at a cheaper rate and increase in Repo rate makes the borrowing more
expensive. The present rate is 7.75%.
ii) Reverse Repo is the mirror image of a repo. It is a rate at which RBI borrow
funds from banks by selling treasury bills at predetermined rate and dated
government securities. This is also a debt instrument used by RBI to control money
supply in the economy. An increase in Reverse Repo rate can cause the banks to
transfer more funds to RBI and similarly reduction of rate may dampen the interest
of the banks to lend to RBI. The present rate is 6.75%
Open Market Operations (OMO): Outright sales/purchases of government
securities, in addition to LAF, as a tool to determine the level of liquidity over the
medium term.
Marginal Standing Facility (MSF): was instituted under which scheduled
commercial banks can borrow over night at their discretion up to one per cent of
their respective NDTL at 100 basis points above the repo rate to provide a safety
valve against unanticipated liquidity shocks.
Bank Rate: It is the rate at which the Reserve Bank is ready to buy or rediscount
bills of exchange or other commercial papers. It also signals the medium-term
stance of monetary policy. The present rate is 8.75%.
Market Stabilization Scheme (MSS): This instrument for monetary management
was introduced in 2004. Liquidity of a more enduring nature arising from large
capital flows is absorbed through sale of short-dated government securities and
treasury bills.
In an expansionary monetary policy, money supply increases causing an expansion
in aggregate demand through lower interest rates. This stimulates interest sensitive
spending on investment for manufacture of goods, housing, export, business etc.
and in turn, acting through multiplier leads to a rise in gross domestic product. The
reverse process takes place when monetary policy is tightened. However, in a fully
employed economy monetary expansion would primarily raise prices and nominal
gross domestic product with little effect on real GDP as the higher stock of money
would be chasing the same amount of output.
Withdrawal of old series Bank Notes: In a move that is likely to hit currency
hoarders and counterfeiters, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has decided to
withdraw from circulation all currency notes issued prior to 2005. This move is a well
thought out exercise by RBI to capture the money flows into the system and also
help flush out counterfeit notes as well as black money. RBI Notes issued after 2005
have added security features that make counterfeiting difficult. Money has value as
long as it is a medium of exchange and store of value. It loses its value when it
ceases to be a medium of exchange. As per the guidelines, the holders of currency
notes prior to 2005 need approach banks for exchange from 1st April 2014 and they
continue to be legal tender. However, from 1st July 2014, those wanting to exchange
more than 10 pieces of 500 and 1000 rupee notes in a bank where they do not have
an account will have to provide proof of residence and identity. With the RBI setting
terms for exchange of these notes and income-tax authorities scrutinizing big
spends, it will now become that much simpler for the authorities to track these
transactions. Banks are advised to stop reissue of older series and these notes are to
be sorted and deposited in the Currency Chests under the Linkage scheme or
forwarded to the nearest Issue Office of RBI for disposal.
89
Hot Money: Money held in one currency that is liable to switch to another currency, in a
flash, in response to better returns or in apprehension of adverse circumstances. Such a
flight of money might cause the currencys exchange rate to plunge.
Reserve Money (M0): Currency in circulation + Bankers deposits with the RBI +
Other deposits with the RBI = Net RBI credit to the Government + RBI credit to the
commercial sector + RBIs claims on banks + RBIs net foreign assets + Governments
currency liabilities to the public RBIs net non-monetary liabilities. M1 Currency with
the public + Demand deposits with the banking system + Other deposits with the RBI.
M2 M1 + Savings deposits with Post offices. M3 M1+ Time deposits with the
banking system = Net bank credit to the Government + Bank credit to the commercial
sector + Net foreign exchange assets of the banking sector + Governments currency
liabilities to the public Net non-monetary liabilities of the banking sector. M4 M3 +
Deposits with post office (excluding NSCs).
Inflation: It is termed as the continual rise in the general level of prices. It is commonly
expressed as an annual percentage rate of change on an index number.
Hyper Inflation: An express growth in the rate of inflation whereby, money loses its
value to the extent where other mediums of exchange like barter or foreign currency
come into vogue.
Consumer Price Index (CPI) is an inflationary indicator that measures the change in
the cost of a fixed basket of products and services, including housing, electricity, food,
and transportation. The CPI is published monthly and it is also called cost-of-living
index.
Stagflation: A condition in the economy that is characterized by the twin economic
problems viz., slow economic growth and rising prices.
Deflation: A sustained fall in the general price level of goods and services, usually
accompanied by fall in output and jobs.
Recession: A phase of dismal economic activity, usually accompanied by rising
unemployment. It is defined by two successive quarters of negative GDP growth and is
considered to have a cyclic character. An imminent global recession is likely as signs of
dismal economic performance are being witnessed.
Stagnation: It is a period during which economy does not grow or grows very slowly.
As a result, unemployment increases and consumer spending slows down.
Devaluation: A fall in the fixed official rate at which one currency is exchanged for
another in a fixed exchange rate system. While it is mostly by a deliberate act of
government policy, in recent years, financial speculation has also been identified as a
responsible factor.
Demonetization: Withdrawal of currency from circulation with an aim to strike at
counterfeiting of currency and unaccounted money. In 1978, currency notes of
denomination of `1000/-, `5000/- and `10000/- were demonetized.
Arthakranthi is a suggestion which is being widely debated to address the important
issues such as rampant corruption and fiscal deficit that are being confronting the
country. It suggests abolition of taxes except for Customs and Import duties and
introduction of bank transaction tax on receipts. It also suggests currency compression
by ensuring that the highest currency denomination is `50/-, which paves the way to
adopt banking system extensively and also enables to phase-out fake currency from the
system which is the need of the hour. Though, the suggestion appears simple and
attractive but needs political will and revamping of entire eco system.
90
New Private Sector Banks

The guidelines for Licensing of New Banks in the Private Sector have now been
released by RBI and the salient features are:
Eligible Promoters: Entities/groups in the private sector, entities in public sector
and Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) shall be eligible to set up a bank
through a wholly-owned Non-Operative Financial Holding Company (NOFHC).
ii) Fit and Proper criteria: Entities/groups should have a past record of sound
credentials and integrity, be financially sound with a successful track record of 10
years. For this purpose, RBI may seek feedback from other regulators and
enforcement and investigative agencies.
Corporate structure of the NOFHC: The NOFHC shall be wholly owned by the
Promoter/Promoter Group. The NOFHC shall hold the bank as well as all the other
financial services entities of the group.
iv) Minimum Voting Equity capital requirements for banks and shareholding
by NOFHC: The initial minimum paid-up voting equity capital for a bank shall be `5
billion. The NOFHC shall initially hold a minimum of 40 per cent of the paid-up voting
equity capital of the bank which shall be locked in for a period of five years and
which shall be brought down to 15 per cent within 12 years. The bank shall get its
shares listed on the stock exchanges within 3 years of the commencement of
business by the bank.
v) Regulatory framework: The bank will be governed by the provisions of the
relevant Acts, Statutes, Directives, Prudential regulations and other Guidelines /
Instructions issued by RBI and other regulators. The NOFHC shall be registered as a
non-banking finance company (NBFC) with the RBI and will be governed by a
separate set of directions issued by RBI.
vi) Foreign shareholding in the bank: The aggregate non-resident shareholding
in the new bank shall not exceed 49% for the first 5 years after which it will be as
per the extant policy.
vii) Corporate governance of NOFHC: At least 50% of the Directors of the NOFHC
should be independent directors. The corporate structure should not impede effective
supervision of the bank and the NOFHC on a consolidated basis by RBI.
viii) Prudential norms for the NOFHC: The prudential norms will be applied to
NOFHC both on stand-alone as well as on a consolidated basis and the norms would
be on similar lines as that of the bank.
ix) Exposure norms: The NOFHC and the bank shall not have any exposure to the
Promoter Group. The bank shall not invest in the equity/debt capital instruments of
any financial entities held by the NOFHC.
x) Business Plan for the bank: The business plan should be realistic and viable
and should address how the bank proposes to achieve financial inclusion.
91
xi) Other conditions for the bank:
The bank shall open at least 25 per cent of its branches in unbanked rural
centres (population up to 9,999 as per the latest census)
The bank shall comply with the priority sector lending targets and sub-targets
as applicable to the existing domestic banks.
Banks promoted by groups having 40 per cent or more assets/income from
non-financial business will require RBIs prior approval for raising paid-up
voting equity capital beyond `10 billion for every block of `5 billion.
Any non-compliance of terms and conditions will attract penal measures
including cancellation of licence of the bank.
xii) Additional conditions for NBFCs promoting/converting into a bank:

Existing NBFCs, if considered eligible, may be permitted to promote a new bank or
convert themselves into banks.
Procedure for RBI decisions: At the first stage, the applications will be screened
by RBI and thereafter, the applications will be referred to a High Level Advisory
Committee. Based on committee recommendations RBI issues in-principle approvals.
The validity of the in-principle approval will be one year. In order to ensure
transparency, the names of the applicants will be placed on the Reserve Bank
website after the last date of receipt of applications.
Banking Laws (Amendment) Act 2012 has been passed in the Lok Sabha on 18th
December 2012 and the salient features of the bill are as under:
Forward Markets Contract: The passage of the bill was facilitated by the removal
of a controversial Forward Markets Contract clause that would have allowed banks to
enter into future trading of commodities. Very few banks were keen on trading in
commodities and some felt that the clause had been incorporated to provide banks a
level playing field with corporate giants.
Control: The amendments empower RBI to inspect books of conglomerates, make
board and top management appointments in banks and control transfer of large
chunks of shares.
Voting Rights: The bill also allows investors to have voting rights with a higher cap
of to 26% from the existing 10% in case of private sector banks and 10% from 1%
at present in case of public sector banks. Existing banks will gain as their strategic
shareholders will be encouraged by the move to increase voting rights.
Issuance of Rights/Bonus shares: The amendment will facilitate issuance of
Rights/Bonus shares making nationalized banks on par with private sector banks in
serving the shareholders.
Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A): The increased voting rights to investors,
commensurate with their shareholding in existing banks, would help both private and
public sector banks to get more foreign investors and help in expanding their capital
base. The bill also seeks to exempt certain M&As, such as peer group mergers, from
the purview of the Competition Commission of India (CCI). However, it was clarified
that the banking sector will not be outside the CCIs purview.
92
Payments Banks & Small Banks

In the liberalized financial world, every citizen need to have a bank account to meet
their financial needs may be savings, borrowings and remittances. This is more so
with the unbanked and under-banked population. However, the fact remains that the
transaction costs have become barriers for penetration of banking into rural and
unbanked areas. In the above backdrop, Reserve Bank of India has initiated steps to
introduce the concept of setting up of Payments Banks and Small Banks.
Payments Banks: The primary objective of setting up of Payments Banks will be to
further
financial
inclusion
by
providing
small
savings
accounts
and
payments/remittance services to migrant labour workforce, low income households,
small businesses, other unorganized sector entities and other users, by enabling high
volume-low value transactions in deposits and payments/remittance services in a
secured technology driven environment.
The eligible promoters will include existing non-bank prepaid payment issuers and
other entities such as individuals/professionals, NBFCs, Corporate Business
Correspondents, Mobile telephone operators and Super market chains. A
promoter/promoter group can have a joint venture with an existing scheduled
commercial bank to set up a payment bank subject to the stake holding complying
with Banking Regulation Act. RBI would assess the fit and proper status of the
applicants on the basis of their past record of sound credentials and integrity;
financial soundness and successful track record of at least 5 years in running their
businesses.
The Payments Bank will be set up as a differentiated bank and shall confine its
activities to further the objectives for which it is set up. Therefore, the Payments
Bank would be permitted to undertake only certain restricted activities such as
Acceptance of demand deposits (current and savings bank deposits).

Payments Banks will initially be restricted to holding a maximum balance of
`100,000 per customer. After the performance of the Payments Bank is
gauged by the RBI, the maximum balance can be raised. However, the
payments bank cannot undertake lending activities.
The Payments banks will provide small savings accounts and

payments/remittance facilities to migrant labour workforce, low income
households, small businesses, other unorganized sector entities and other
users through various channels including branches and BCs and payments of
cash at the other end, through branches, BCs, and Automated Teller Machines
(ATMs). Cash-out can also be permitted at Point-of-Sale terminal locations as
per extant instructions issued under the PSS Act. In the case of walk-in
customers, the bank should follow the extant KYC guidelines issued by the
RBI. However, these banks are not allowed to issue credit cards.
A Payments Bank may choose to become a BC of another bank for credit and
other services which it cannot offer. The Payments Bank cannot set up
subsidiaries to undertake non-banking financial services activities. The other
financial and non-financial services activities of the promoters, if any, should
be kept distinctly ring-fenced and not comingled with the banking and
financial services business of the Payments Bank.
The minimum paid up capital for Payments Bank shall be `100 crore. The
promoters minimum initial contribution to the paid up voting equity capital of
Payments Bank shall be at least 40 per cent which shall be locked in for a period of
five years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. Shareholding by
promoters in the bank in excess of 40 per cent shall be brought down to 40 per cent
93
within three years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. Further,
the promoters stake should be brought down to 30 per cent of the paid-up voting
equity capital of the bank within a period of 10 years, and to 26 per cent within 12
years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. Foreign Direct
Investors (FDIs) are allowed to invest up to 74 per cent of the paid up capital of the
bank.
The Payments Bank shall be required to maintain a minimum capital adequacy ratio
of 15 per cent of its risk weighted assets (RWA) on a continuous basis, subject to
any higher percentage as may be prescribed by RBI from time to time. However, as
Payments Banks are not expected to deal with sophisticated products, the capital
adequacy ratio will be computed under simplified Basel I standards.
RBI has mandated that these banks are required to invest a minimum of 75%
deposits collected from the public in government securities up to one year maturity.
They are allowed to hold a maximum of 25% in current / fixed deposits with other
scheduled commercial banks for operational and liquidity management purposes.
These banks are required to maintain CRR and SLR as applicable to the existing
commercial banks. The Payments Bank should have a leverage ratio of not less than
3.3 per cent, i.e., its outside liabilities should not exceed 33 times its net-worth /
paid-up capital and reserves.
The most obvious candidates for payments banks are Shriram Capital, Magma
Fincop, Muthoot Finance, Indian Post, Bharati Airtel, Vodafone India, Tata
Teleservices, Western Union and online digital payment players such as Paytm,
Oxigen, Mobikwik etc. The Payments Bank has plenty of business potential as the
command area (rural and semi-urban) is unbanked or under-banked. However, the
players need to adopt appropriate cost effective innovative viable business model.
Small Banks: Majority of residents of Rural areas are deprived of basic banking
services on account of non availability of bank branches due to high cost operations
and low volume. To address this issue RBI allowed permitted to set up Local Area
Banks (LAB) in the year 1996. At present four LABs are functioning satisfactorily and
playing an important role in the supply of credit to micro and small enterprises,
agriculture and banking services in the unbanked and under-banked regions. To
strengthen the existing system further, RBI issued fresh guidelines for licensing of
small banks in the private sector in the month of July 2014.
The objective of Small Banks will be for furthering financial inclusion by extending
basic banking services to underserved and unserved sections of the population and
also to extend credit facilities to small business units, small farmers, micro and
small industries and other unorganized sector entities in their limited areas of
operations through high technology & low cost operations.
Resident individuals/professionals with 10 years of experience in banking and
finance, Companies and Societies will be eligible as promoters to setup Small Banks.
Existing NBFCs, MFIs and LABs can also opt for conversion into Small Banks after
complying with all legal and regulatory requirements. Local focus and ability to serve
small customers will be a key criterion in licensing Small Banks. RBI would assess
the fit and proper status of the applicants on the basis of their past record of sound
credentials and integrity etc., for at least a period of 5 years. However, the proposals
from large public sector entities and industrial and business houses, including NBFCs
promoted by them, will not be entertained to setup small banks.
The area of operations of the Small Banks will normally be restricted to contiguous
districts in a homogeneous cluster of States/Union Territories. However, the bank will
be allowed to expand its area of operations beyond contiguous districts in one or
94
more States with reasonable geographical proximity. These banks must have at least
25% their branches in unbanked rural areas.
The minimum paid up capital for Payments Bank shall be `100 crore. The
promoters minimum initial contribution to the paid up voting equity capital of
Payments Bank shall be at least 40 per cent which shall be locked in for a period of
five years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. Shareholding by
promoters in the bank in excess of 40 per cent shall be brought down to 40 per cent
within three years from the date of commencement of business of the bank. Further,
the promoters stake should be brought down to 30 per cent of the paid-up voting
equity capital of the bank within a period of 10 years, and to 26 per cent within 12
years from the date of commencement of business of the bank.
These banks are subject to all prudential norms and regulations of RBI as applicable
to existing commercial banks including requirement of maintenance of CRR/SLR and
priority sector lending targets. The maximum loan size and investment limit
exposure to single/group borrowers/issuers will be restricted to 15% of its capital
funds. At least 50% of its loan portfolio should constitute loans and advances of size
up to `25 lakh in order to extend loans primarily to micro enterprises. These banks
are required to extend 75% of its Adjusted Net Bank Credit to priority sector which
include agriculture, micro loans, rural home loans, education loans etc. Small banks
are required to maintain a minimum capital adequacy ratio of 15% of the loans on a
continuous basis.
Both Payments Banks and Small Banks are niche or differentiated banks, with the
common objective of furthering financial inclusion. Technology plays a major role in
this regard. The Payments Banks definitely unlocks business potential and paves the
way to reach the bottom of pyramid, which is a long cherished desire of the nation.
***
95
Corporate Governance
It is the system by which companies are directed and controlled by the Management
in the best interest of all stakeholders with greater transparency and better and
timely financial reporting. It encompasses commitment to values / ethical business
conduct to maximize shareholder values on a sustainable basis, while ensuring
fairness to all stakeholders including customers, employees, investors, vendors,
Government and society at large. Sound corporate Governance is therefore critical to
enhance and retain investors` trust. Ethical leadership is need of the hour to conduct
the business on sound lines. What is ethical but not legal should not be done and at
the same time what is legal but not ethical should not be practiced. Corporate
Governance in the Public Sector cannot be avoided and for this reason it must be
embraced. Good Corporate Governance, Good Government and Good Business go
hand in hand. Openness, integrity and accountability are the key elements of
Corporate Governance for any corporate entity. Government of India constituted a
committee Ganguly Committee to look into the issues pertaining to Corporate
Governance in banks and the major recommendations are as under:
Composition Boards should be more contemporarily professional by inducting
technical and specially qualified personnel. There should be a blend of historical
skill set and new skill set, i.e. skills such as marketing, technology and systems,
risk management, strategic planning, treasury operations, credit recovery, etc.
ii) Fit and Proper Norms Directors should fulfill certain fit and proper norms
viz., formal qualification, experience and track record. To ensure this, companies
could call upon the candidates for directorship to furnish necessary information by
way of self- declaration, verification reports from market, etc. Certain criteria
adopted for public sector banks such as the age of director being between 35 to 65
years and that he/she should not be a Member of Parliament / State Legislatures,
etc. may be adopted for private sector banks also.
iii) Selection of Directors could be done by a nomination committee of the board.
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) also might compile a list of eligible candidates. The
banks may enter into a Deed of Covenant with every non-executive director,
delineating his/her responsibilities and making him/her abide by them.
iv) Training Need-based training should be imparted to the directors to equip
them govern the banks properly.
v) Board level committees It is suggested formation of five committees of the
board viz., Nomination Committee, Audit Committee, Shareholders Redressal
Committee, Supervisory Committee and Risk Management Committee.
96
Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission (FSLRC)

Financial sector being a catalyst for the real sector growth has to be dynamic enough
to support the growth aspirations. The institutional framework i.e. laws, policies and
organizations, governing the financial sector should enable its orderly growth in tune
with such aspirations. The existing framework governing the financial sector in the
country has been built up over 60 Acts and multiple rules and regulations and many
of the financial sector laws date back several decades, when the financial landscape
was very different from that of today.
At present, India has a legacy financial regulatory architecture viz., RBI, SEBI, IRDA,
PFRDA and FMC. While the objective of RBI is to manage the monetary and credit
system of the country, SEBI works towards promotion of orderly and healthy growth
of the securities market duly protecting the interests of the investors. Similarly, IRDA
promotes and regulates insurance industry and PFRDA deals with pensions and old
age income security among all citizens of the country. The Forward Markets
Commission (FMC) is the chief regulator of forwards and future markets in India. The
regulatory architecture evolved over the years, with a sequence of piecemeal
decisions responding to immediate pressures from time to time. The weaknesses in
the existing structure are:

The present arrangement has gaps where no regulator is in-charge.

Conflicts between regulators / laws.
An approach of multiple sectoral regulators that construct silos induces
economic inefficiency.
Fragmentation of financial firms, which responds to fragmentation of financial
regulation, leads to a reduced ability to understand risk.
Problems are likely to exacerbate.
The Commission was set up at a time when the global economy was recovering from
the 2008 financial crisis. At the time, lessons from what went wrong and the possible
options were being debated. The Commission could, therefore, assimilate the lessons
from the crisis, and at the same time, think and construct a model relevant to the
Indian context in a calm and detached manner supported by quality research,
extensive deliberations and detailed interaction with a host of experts and stakeholders. The FSLRCs report proposes a sweeping reorganization of the countrys
financial architecture. Indeed, the Act draws from some of the notable features of
the US Dodd-Frank Act, the UKs Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000,
financial liberalization in South Korea and recent Indian government committee
reports. The report is significant both for its composition and mandate. The FSLRC
proposes the following structure:
1.Reserve Bank of India: It is proposed that RBI will perform three functions viz.,
Monetary policy, Regulation and Supervision of banking in enforcing the proposed
consumer protection law and the proposed micro-prudential law, and regulation and
supervision of payment systems in enforcing these two laws. It is proposed to create
a separate agency to manage public debt, removing these functions from the RBI.
Central Government would promulgate rules governing inbound capital flows while
the RBI would promulgate regulations governing outbound flows.
2. Unified Financial Agency: Consolidation of regulation of securities, pensions and
insurance into a single, UK Financial Services Authority-style regulator. The current
work of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), the Pension Fund
Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) and the Forward Markets
Commission (FMC) would be rolled into a new Unified Financial Authority (UFA).
The unified financial regulatory agency would implement the consumer protection
law and micro-prudential law for all financial firms other than banking and payments.
97
This would yield benefits in terms of economies of scope and scale in the financial
system; it would reduce the identification of the regulatory agency with one sector; it
would help address the difficulties of finding the appropriate talent in Government
agencies. This proposed unified financial regulatory agency would also take over the
work on organized financial trading from RBI in the areas connected with the BondCurrency-Derivatives Nexus, and from FMC for commodity futures, thus giving a
unification of all organized financial trading including equities, government bonds,
currencies, commodity futures and corporate bonds. The unification of regulation and
supervision of financial firms such as mutual funds, insurance companies, and a
diverse array of firms which are not banks or payment providers, would yield
consistent treatment in consumer protection and micro-prudential regulation across
all of them.
3.Financial Sector Appellate Tribunal (FSAT): The present SAT will be subsumed
in FSAT, which will hear appeals against RBI for its regulatory functions, the unified
financial agency, decisions of the FRA and some elements of the work of the
resolution corporation.
4.Resolution Corporation: The present DICGC will be subsumed into the
Resolution Corporation which will work across the financial system.
5. Financial Redressal Agency (FRA): The FRA is a new agency which will have to
be created in implementing this financial regulatory architecture. It will setup a
nationwide machinery to become a one stop shop where consumers can carry
complaints against all financial firms.
6. Public Debt Management Agency: An independent debt management office is
envisioned.
7. Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC): The existing FSDC will
become a statutory agency, and have modified functions in the fields of systemic risk
and development.
Advantages of new structure:

Non-sectoral approach enables the entities to focus attention on the core

objectives i.e. Innovation and Consumer protection.
It envisages that there will not be any room for conflicts of interests.
One supervisor has a micro view of the risks in the system.
The Independent regulators have become an important part of the policy landscape
and the efficacy of the regulators depends on the following factors:

The regulator is able to setup a specialized workforce that has superior

technical knowledge.
This is assisted by modified human resource and other processes, when
compared with the functioning of mainstream Government departments.
With such knowledge, and close observation of the industry, an independent
regulator is able to move rapidly in modifying regulations, thus giving
malleability to laws.
The unification of regulation and supervision of financial firms would yield consistent
treatment in consumer protection and micro-prudential regulation.
98
Gold Deposit Scheme

With a view to bring privately held stock of gold into circulation, Govt. Of India / RBI
advised banks to introduce Gold Deposit Scheme (GDS). The operational guidelines
of the scheme are as under:
Purpose: Mobilization of Domestic idle Gold for more productive uses. Provide
customers an opportunity to earn interest on physical assets.
Types of Depositors: Individuals (single/joint); HUFs; Trusts (including Mutual
Funds/ Exchange Traded Funds registered under SEBI); Companies.
Minimum Quantity: 500 grams (No upper limit).
Period of Deposit: six months to 7 years (in multiples of three months).
Rate of Interest: 0.50% for deposit up to 3 years; 0.75% for deposit of more than
3 years up to 7 years. Interest is calculated in terms of Gold Currency (XAU) based
on principal quantity of deposit and applicable rate of interest. The customers can
opt for cumulative as well as non cumulative calculation if interest. The interest shall
be calculated in terms of Gold Currency (XAU) but paid in Rupees only.
Forms of Subscription: Gold Bars/Coins/Jewellery will be accepted in scrap form
only. Provisional receipt will be issued at the time of acceptance. A provisional
receipt will be issued by the branch on accepting gold from the customer.
Loss in weight of Gold: Gold deposited by the customer will be melted after
removing the base metal and non-gold elements, if any, to identify the pure gold
content of uniform fineness. The weight of gold after melting and refining to pure
fineness shall be different from the weight of gold tendered.
Gold Deposit Certificate (GDC): GDC will be issued by our Nodal Branch after the
Gold is melted, assayed and minted at India Government Mint (IGM). GDC will be
issued for pure gold content (995 fineness). Multiple certificates (up to 5) may be
issued. GDC will be sent to the depositor within 90 days from deposit.
Transferability: Transferable by Endorsement and Delivery. In case of certificates
issued in dematerialized form, the depository rules for transfer would apply. Transfer
to be noted with Nodal Branch.
Repayment: Repayment of Principal either in Gold or equivalent Rupee as on the
date of maturity. The gold deposited by the customer will be melted and converted
into bars, and it is not possible to return gold in the same form (e.g. jewellery) as at
the time of deposit.
Premature Payment: Permitted after a lock in period of six months with penalty of
0.25% on applicable interest rate.
Redemption Procedure: The customer will be required to submit the original
certificate, duly discharged on the reverse, to reach the Nodal Branch one month
before maturity (15 days in case of cash repayment). The principal quantity of
deposit will be paid in cash or gold (.995 fitness) as specified by the customer in the
Application Form. Any fraction quantity (below 10 grams) will be paid in equivalent
Rupees. The customer has option to renew the deposit at any time after maturity as
per the term and interest rate available on maturity.
Loan facility: Rupee Loan available at select Branches of our Bank for up to 75% of
notional value of Gold Deposited.
Tax Benefits: Exempt from Income Tax, Wealth Tax and Capital Gains available.
The customers would have to fulfil all KYC requirements as applicable to other
deposit products. In addition, customers will be required to submit Inventory Form
(giving description of gold, number of pieces and weight of gold after preliminary
checking of purity). The mobilised gold with the bank will constitute an eligible asset
under SLR if the banks hold such gold with themselves in physical form. Banks are
required to convert the liabilities and assets denominated in terms of gold into
rupees for the purpose of compliance with reserve requirements/capital prescription
requirements/balance sheet translation requirements.
99
Inflation Indexed National Saving Securities (IINSS)

In order to protect the investors from inflation and to provide Real Rate of Return,
Government of India introduced a novel scheme called IINSS. The issue was opened
for retail subscription on 23rd December 2013 and closed on 31st December 2013.
Selected Bank Branches were allowed to collect subscription on behalf of GoI. The
details of the scheme are as under:
No
Specification
1.
2.
Subscription Limit
Interest Compounded
3.
Eligible investors
4.
5.
Tradability
Transferability
6.
7.
Tenor
Lock in period
8.
Early redemption Penalty
9.
Base rate of Interest*
10.
Inflation rate*
11.
12.
Open / Close ended

Collateral
13.
Nomination
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Joint a/c allowed

Minors allowed
Undertaking to be obtained
TDS
Walk-in customers
Details
Minimum `5000 Maximum `500000

Half yearly
Individuals, Hindu Undivided Family (HUF),
Charitable institutions registered under section 25
of the Indian Companies Act, Universities
incorporated by Central, State or Provincial Act or
declared to be a university under section 3 of the
University Grants Commission Act, 1956 (3 of
1956).
No
To nominee(s) on death of holder (only
individuals)
10 years
1 year for senior citizens (above) 65 years & 3
years for others
Charges at the rate of 50% of the last coupon
payable.
1.5%
Based on final combined CPI with a lag of 3
months (final CPI for Sept 2013 would reference
CPI for all days in December 2013)
Close ended
Yes. Collateral for loans from banks, Fis.
May nominate one or more persons who shall be
entitled to the bonds and the payment thereon in
the event of his death and the nominee can be
NRI also.
Yes
Yes
Yes
As per extant taxation provision
Yes allowed provided KYC compliance
*Interest rate would comprise two parts viz., Fixed Rate (1.5%) and Inflation rate based
on CPI compounded in the principal on half-yearly basis and paid at the time of
maturity. Rate of Interest (per annum) = Real Interest Rate (fixed rate) + inflation
rate. Final combined CPI will be used as reference CPI with a lag of three months (i.e.
final combined CPI for September 2013 would be reference CPI for all days of December
2013). In case of change in the base year, the base splicing method will be used. For
the month of December, Rate of Interest would be (1.5%) + (Final Combined CPI for
Sep13 = 9.84%) = 11.34%
100
Retail Banking
Retail Banking is basically a mass banking with focus on Individual customer rather
than on large Corporate Houses/Groups, both on liabilities and assets side of the
balance sheet. While Savings, Current and Fixed deposits, with certain flavors,
remain the prominent products on the liability side; the assets side includes products
like Housing, Education, Vehicle, Clean and Personal loans. Besides the above, banks
are also extending ancillary services such as Credit/Debit cards, Depository services,
Bank assurance products, Mutual funds etc. It is appropriate to call Retail Banking as
a Life Cycle Product package for individuals to meet all their banking needs right
from childhood to silver-line age. While considerable growth rate is seen under PSBs
deposits, the share of low cost deposits has come down from 39.95% to 33.45%
during the last five years i.e. 2006 to 2012. Similarly, Yield on advances is under
strain on account of offering competitive interest rates to corporate clientele besides
rise of Non Performing Assets over the years. Today, the survival and the success of
the banks crucially depend on sustainability of Net Interest Margin (NIM), which is
possible only through judicious deposit mix (CASA) besides augmenting Interest
Income through expansion of credit portfolio with quality. In the above backdrop,
banks have been focusing attention on Retail banking.
The Retail Banking segment is of heterogeneous nature as it comprises of various
sets of people like Professionals, Employees, Entrepreneurs, Labour, Farmers, and
Students etc. While the basic banking requirement i.e. Bank Account, remain the
same for all the segments, they need specific services depending on their
demographic, economic and social background. To reach the target customers the
market can be segregated based on the geographic, demographic, psychographic
and behavioral aspects. In order to penetrate in to the untapped market, there is an
imminent need to map the banking requirements of the existing/prospective
customers to the available products and channels on a priority.
The sustained GDP growth has given a fillip to a consumer boom. The rise of the
Indian middle class coupled with more liberal attitude towards spending and personal
debt is one of the major reasons for increased retail lending in India. Further, the
increased proportion of young population (70%) provides greater demand for retail
banking services. Retail lending enables the banks to improve interest spread as the
lending rates are normally higher than other segments and the credit risk tends to be
well diversified. This segment generally loyal and tend not to shift accounts very
often and facilitates cross selling.
There are seven Ps viz., Product, Price, Promotion, Place, People, Process and
Physical evidence, play a vital role for the banks in developing and designing of retail
bank products. The appropriate mix will deliver the desired results. However,
Product and People are to be very much cared in marketing strategies of retail
products by the frontline staff. Today there are many players in the market to extend
retail banking services on one hand and increased discerning demands of the
customers on the other hand, which is making the banks to walk on the tight rope
with utmost care and caution. Providing uninterrupted cost effective value added
services to the customers is another major challenge for the banks. India is
experiencing a surge in retail banking and the market has decisively got transformed
from a Sellers market to a Buyers market in the light of evolving macro-economic
environment, increased profile of Gen-Y and rapid advancement in information
technology. Retail Banking is going to play significant role in Indian Banking
landscape and banks now need to use retail banking as a growth trigger.
101
Treasury Management Concepts

Banks not only lend money to customers but also invest in securities such as Bonds and
Debentures of Government as well as Corporates. These instruments are easily tradable
in the capital and money market. The tradability of securities makes investments an
attractive option for banks for deployment of their funds. Further, banks buy securities
not only to trade but also to hold them till maturity to take advantage of the attractive
returns with relatively lower risk. Banks are allowed to invest in shares of companies.
However, the volumes are low due to associated high risk besides regulatory
restrictions. The investment portfolio of the banks broadly divided into three groups viz.,
Trading Book Securities purchased with the intention of selling them within 90 days
are held in the trading book. Trading opportunities arise in the market on account of
fluctuation in interest rates and arbitrage opportunities.
Available for Sale (AFS) Securities which are bought with the intention of selling
them but not necessarily within 90 days is considered to be AFS securities. They are also
part of the trading portfolio of the bank but only the time frame is different. Both the
trading and AFS securities have to be Marked to Market every quarter while finalization
of quarterly results.
Held to Maturity (HTM) These securities are meant to be held till their date of
maturity and the purpose investing in them is to earn reasonable steady income. These
securities are carried in the books at cost or purchase price till maturity. Hence, HTM
securities need not be Marked to Market as the bank is certain of receiving the
maturity value on the specified date. Banks are not allowed to shift securities freely from
trading and AFS to the HTM book as this may lead to overstating of profit figures.
However, banks can opt for shifting only once in a year to adjust their overall portfolio.
Banks are permitted to exceed the limit of 25% of total investments under HTM category
provided (a) the excess comprises of only of SLR securities and (b) the total SLR
securities held in the HTM category is not more than 23% by March 2014.
Call Money Markets: Call and notice money market refers to the market for short term
funds ranging from overnight funds to funds for a maximum tenor of 14 days. Under Call
money market, funds are transacted on overnight basis where as in case of notice
money market; funds are transacted for the period of 2 days to 14 days.
Coupon Rate: It is a rate at which interest is paid, and is usually represented as a
percentage of the par value of a bond. It refers to the periodic interest payments that
are made by the borrower (who is also the issuer of the bond) to the lender (the
subscriber of the bond) and the coupons are stated upfront either directly specifying the
number (e.g.8%) or indirectly tying with a benchmark rate (e.g. MIBOR+0.5%).
Zero Coupon Bond / Deep Discount Bond: The bond is issued at a discount to its
face value, at which it will be redeemed. When such a bond is issued for a very long
tenor, the issue price is at a steep discount to the redemption value. The effective
interest earned by the buyer is the difference between the face value and the discounted
price at which the bond is bought. The essential feature of this type of bonds is the
absence of intermittent cash flows.
102
Commercial Paper (CP): It is a short-term instrument to enable non-banking

companies to borrow short-term funds through liquid money market instruments. CPs is
therefore part of the working capital limits as set by the maximum permissible bank
finance (MPBF). CP issues are regulated by RBI Guidelines issued from time to time
stipulating term, eligibility, limits and amount and method of issuance. CP can be issued
for maturities between a minimum of 7 days and a maximum up to one year from the
date of issue. The maturity date of the CP should not go beyond the date up to which
the credit rating of the issuer is valid. CP can be issued in denominations of `5 lakh and
multiples thereof. Amount invested by a single investor should not be less than `5 lakh
(face value). It is mandatory that CPs should be rated by credit rating agencies.
However, recently RBI diluted the minimum rating norm from A-2 to A-3 to enable more
companies to tap this route to meet their short term funding requirements for their
operations. In a bid to make CPs attractive, the RBI has allowed issuers to buyback
these instruments through the secondary market before maturity. It attracts stamp
duty.
Certificates of Deposits (CDs): It is a negotiable money market instrument and
issued in dematerialized form or as a Usance Promissory Note, for funds, deposited at a
bank or other eligible financial institutions to raise short-term resources within the
umbrella limit fixed by RBI. CDs may be issued at a discount on face value. CDs differ
from term deposit as they involve the creation of paper, and hence have the facility for
transfer and multiple ownerships before maturity. Banks use the CDs for borrowing
during a credit pickup, to the extent of shortage in incremental deposits. Minimum
amount of a CD should be one lakh and in multiples thereof. The maturity period of CDs
should be not less than 7 days and not more than one year. However FIs are allowed to
issue CDs not exceeding 3 years from the date of issue. Banks have to maintain the
appropriate reserve requirements (CRR/SLR) on the issue price of the CDs. It attracts
stamp duty. Banks/Fis cannot grant loans against CDs.
Securitization is an effective tool to reduce the mismatches in the maturities of assets
and liabilities. It is a financing technique that involves pooling and re-packing of illiquid
financial assets in to marketable securities. There are six players viz., Borrowers,
Lending Banker (who becomes an originator for the Securitization transaction), Special
Purpose Vehicle (SPV), Credit Rating Agency, Investors and Service Providers. The
process of securitization involves identification of financial assets, rating of these assets
by the rating agency, creation of a SPV for handling the securitization transaction,
assignment of future receivables in favour of the SPV, issuance of marketable securities
based on these underlying financial assets and selling the same to the investors. The
service providers recover the amount periodically and remit to the SPV and who in turn
pass the benefit to the investors.
Asset and Liability Management RBI Guidelines: Of late, it is observed that PSBs
have been accepting Bulk Deposits/Certificate of Deposits route to increase balance
sheet size at very high interest rates, adversely affecting the profitability besides
exposing the banks to ALM Risk. RBI directed banks not to accept Bulk Deposits beyond
10% of the total deposits and the total of Bulk Deposits & Certificates of Deposits should
not exceed 15% of total deposits of the bank at any given point of time. An appropriate
time-bound strategy for reduction of such existing bulk deposits should be put in place
to achieve the same by March 2013.
103
External Borrowings & Concepts

External Commercial Borrowings (ECB): It is the borrowings by the Corporates and
Financial Institutions from International markets. ECBs include Commercial Bank loans,
Buyers Credit, Suppliers Credit, Securitized Instruments such as Floating Rate Notes,
Fixed Rate Bonds etc. ECBs are usually available at interest rate of 100 to 400 basis
points above LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate).
American Depository Receipt (ADR): It is a negotiable certificate of ownership in the
shares of non-American Company that trades in an American Stock Exchange. ADRs
make it convenient for Americans to invest in foreign companies as ADRs carry prices
and dividends in dollars, and can be traded on the US stock exchanges like the shares of
US based companies.
Special Drawing Rights (SDR): It is the International Monetary Funds own currency.
The value of SDRs is set relative to a basket of major currencies. It is used only among
governments and IMF for balance of payments settlement.
Global Depository Receipt (GDR): These are the instruments through, which the
Indian companies raise their resources from international markets. It is a negotiable
certificate issued by a depositary company (normally an investment bank) representing
the beneficial interest in shares of another company whose shares are deposited with
the depository. It is a Dollar denominated instrument, traded on Stock Exchange in
Europe or USA or both and represents publicly traded specified number of local currency
equity shares of the issuing Company.
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI): An investment which is made directly on the
production facilities (either by buying a company or by establishing new operations of an
existing company) of a country by a foreign source, usually a foreign company. These
investments are more enduring than foreign investment in shares and bonds.
Derivatives: A credit derivative derives its value from the credit quality of the
underlying loan or bond or any other financial obligation of an underlying company. The
underlying asset can be equity, index, foreign exchange (forex), commodity or any other
asset. Derivative products initially emerged as hedging devices against fluctuations in
commodity prices and commodity-linked derivatives remained the sole form of such
products for almost three hundred years. The financial derivatives have become very
popular in the recent years. Credit Derivatives are financial instruments designed to
transfer credit risk from the person / entity exposed to that risk to a person / entity who
is willing to take on that risk.
SWAP refers to exchange of one asset or liability for a comparable asset or liability for
the purpose of lengthening or shortening maturities or raising or lowering coupon rates
to maximize revenue or minimize financing costs. This may entail selling one securities
issue and buying another in foreign currency; it may entail buying a currency on the
spot market and simultaneously selling it forward. There are various types of SWAPs
such as Equity swap, Currency swap, Credit swaps, Commodity swaps, Interest rate
swaps etc. These can be used to create unfunded exposures to an underlying asset since
counterparties can earn the profit or loss from actions in price without having to post the
notional amount in cash or collateral. Swaps can be used to hedge certain risks such as
interest rate risk or to wonder on changes in the expected direction of underlying prices.
Futures & Options: An agreement to buy or sell a fixed quantity of a particular
commodity, currency or security for delivery on a fixed date in the future at a fixed
price. Unlike an option, a futures contract involves a definite purchase or sale and not
an option to buy or sell. It may entail potential unlimited loss. However, Futures provide
an opportunity to those who must purchase goods regularly to hedge against changes in
prices. An arrangement where the rate is fixed in advance for the purchase or sale of
104
foreign currency at a future date is called forward contract. Option is a contract, which
gives the holder the right but not the obligation. A call and put option is a right to buy
and sell the underlying product respectively.
Liberalized Remittance Scheme: RBI introduced the scheme as a step towards
further simplification and liberalization of the foreign exchange facilities available to
resident individuals. As per the Scheme, resident individuals may remit up to USD
250000 per financial year (April to March) for any permitted capital and current account
transactions. This limit also includes remittances towards gift (USD 5000 per
remitter/donor per annum) and donation (USD 5000 per remitter/donor per annum) by
resident individual. Under the Scheme, resident individuals can acquire and hold
immovable property or shares or debt instruments or any other assets outside India,
without prior approval of the Reserve Bank. Individuals can also open, maintain and hold
foreign currency accounts with banks outside India. In addition, the existing facility of
release of exchange by Authorized Dealer up to USD 10000 or its equivalent in a
financial year for one or more private visits to any country will continue to be available
on a self declaration basis. It is mandatory to have PAN number to make remittances
under the Scheme. Further, Resident individuals are allowed to acquire equity shares of
a foreign entity by way of/under i) qualification shares ii) professional services rendered
and iii) ESOP scheme.
Factoring and Forfeiting: Factoring is a method where by the factor undertakes to
collect the debt assigned by exporter where as international forfeiting is a method
whereby the exporter sells the export bills to the forfeiter for cash. Forfeiting is resorted
to for export of capital goods on medium terms and long-term credit, whereas the
factoring is mainly short-term trade finance. In respect of forfeiting, the guarantee by
the importers banker is normally insisted upon whereas in factoring such guarantee by
the importers banker is usually not stipulated.
Forfeiting is without recourse to the
seller (exporter), while factoring is undertaken both with and without recourse to the
seller.
Fed Tapering The US central bank (Federal Reserve) has been spending $85bn a
month to boost the US economy as part of quantitative easing (QE), a policy that began
as a response to the financial crisis that struck in 2007. Under the plan, the Fed has
been buying assets a mixture of US government debt and mortgage bonds. This has
the effect of driving down US interest rates, including the cost of mortgages, car loans
and financing for business. Quantitative easing was never intended to last forever, since
each bond purchase expands the Feds balance sheet by increasing the amount of
bonds it owns. Tapering is a term that exploded into the financial lexicon when U.S.
Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke stated in testimony before Congress that that
Fed may taper or reduce the size of the bond-buying program known as quantitative
easing (QE). The Fed announced that it was scaling back or tapering that support to
$75bn a month. The program is designed to stimulate the economy. Tapering isnt an
immediate, dramatic event instead it is likely to take place in a phased manner so as to
create minimal market disruption. Tapering is going to remain dependent on economic
conditions Fed may pull back slightly if the economy continues to strengthen, but it
could also increase the program again if the economy slowed or the financial markets
were shocked by an unforeseen crisis. Fed tapering is not only necessity for reducing
long-term inflationary pressures but it is also important from a macro-economic
standpoint as US Fed balance sheet is becoming unsustainably huge. Tapering will
definitely reflect confidence on the sustainability of economic growth and will be a longterm positive rather than a negative.
Volcker Rule restricts deposit-taking banks from engaging in proprietary trading,
prohibiting them from engaging in more complex activities that are prone to conflicts of
interest, in order to safeguard the core of the banking system, i.e. commercial or
traditional banking (deposit taking and lending). The rule prohibits any banking entity
from engaging as principal in short-term trading in securities, derivatives, or commodity
105
futures, i.e. activities that may not be compatible with the risk profile of the banking
entities, but allows exemptions for market-making, hedging, trading in US government
securities, and other activities. There is a concern that it would be a challenging task to
separate proprietary trades from permissible trades. Under the Volcker Rule the
reporting and compliance regime is expected to assume greater significance. The rule
applies to all US banks and bank-holding companies and all foreign bank-holding
companies with US subsidiaries or branches. The Volcker Rule prescriptions can affect
the operations of the US banks operating in India as they are active players as market
makers in domestic foreign exchange market, Government securities market and
interest rate swap market. This will change the entire depth and breadth of the Indian
markets. An important fall-out of this rule could well be the decline in liquidity in these
markets and the resultant cost escalation for market participants.
Bitcoins: It is a virtual and digital version of cash emerging as a global payment
platform that can be used through smart phones, tablets, and other devices. Bitcoin was
introduced in 2009 by pseudonymous developer Satoshi Nakamoto, when the global
financial crisis led to distrust of Banks and Government was high. It is a peer-to-peer
payment network and digital currency based on an open source protocol, which makes
use of a public transaction log. When paying with Bitcoin, there will be no exchange of
digital notes or tokens between buyer and seller. Instead, the buyer requests an update
to a public transaction log which shows ownership of the coins and is maintained by a
decentralized network that verifies and timestamps payments. What makes Bitcoin
unique is that there is a record as to who possesses it, and there is a network that
records transactions and there is no way to increase the number of Bitcoins in existence.
It works on Cryptography proof that allows any two willing parties to transact directly
with each other without the need for a trusted third party whether it is State or Bank
or Regulator. It is used to pay for products and services and the merchants have an
incentive to accept the currency because transaction fees are lower than the 2-3%
typically imposed by credit card processors. Notable vendors accepting Bitcoin are
OkCupid, Reddit, WordPress, and Virgin Galactic.
Bitcoin is gaining popularity in countries with problem-plagued national currencies, as it
can be used to circumvent inflation, capital controls, and international sanctions besides
lower processing fees compared to credit cards or money transfers. It may be well
suited to facilitating cheap cross-border money transfers. However, these coins lack
intrinsic value as their value depends only on the willingness of users to accept them.
At present, the usage of virtual currency is not authorized by any central bank or
monetary authorities. Israeli is in forefront in creating tools to facilitate the Bitcoins to
be used in many ways such as buying of products, sending remittances and investments
in stock market. The United States is currently considered to be Bitcoin friendly
compared to other nations. On the flipside, there are concerns with regard to
maintenance of its value, KYC compliance, taking undue advantage of the system
(unlawful activities) by unscrupulous persons/agencies and lack of consumer protection.
Recently, the Central Banks of Europe, China and India expressed their concerns about
the usage of the unregulated currency i.e. Bitcoins.
It is estimated that around 12 million Bitcoins are in circulation at present and the worth
of Bitcoin is around $700 and the maximum potential number of Bitcoins is expected at
around 21 million with a market value of about $9 billion. Definitely, it is going to be a
game-changer in virtual currency arena provided it crosses regulatory hurdles.
106
RuPay Cards
RuPay is the Indian domestic card payment network set up by National Payments
Corporation of India (NPCI) at the behest of banks in India. RuPay cards can be used in
all the ATMs of NPCI network and POS terminals & e-com transactions (Internet)
enabled for RuPay acquiring. The various types of RuPay cards are as under:
Card Type
RuPay Kisan
RuPay Aadhaar
RuPay Debit
Meant for
Farmers availing Agriculture production loans (Crop Loans)
Beneficiaries of Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) scheme
Beneficiaries under Financial Inclusion schemes
Currently the merchant fee is significantly high ranging from 1 to 1.50% on account of
inbuilt charges of VISA/Master and Banks. The Rupay system lowers the cost of the
transactions for shops and enables them to adopt electronic mode of payments. In a
way it reduces the overall transaction costs for the banks, merchants and nation as a
whole. The other objective of Rupay is to develop appropriate products to meet the
financial inclusion needs and to provide card payment service option to many banks with
simplified norms. In the long run, it paves the way to migrate from cash transactions to
electronic payments system in the country which will improve the efficiency in the entire
eco system.
The Logo is a coinage which indicates coming together of Rupee and Payment to
announce the launch of a new world-class retail payment system in India. The orange
and green arrows indicate a nation on the move and a service that matches its pace.
The Indian colors connote that its deeply rooted in India. The color blue stands for
tranquility and peace which is precisely the sense that people must get from the brand
RuPay. The bold and unique typeface grants solidity and symbolizes a stable entity.
The Indian market offers huge potential for cards penetration despite the challenges.
RuPay Cards will address the needs of Indian consumers, merchants and banks. The
benefits of RuPay are as under:
1. Lower cost and affordability: Since the transaction processing will happen
domestically, it would lead to lower cost of clearing and settlement for each transaction.
This will make the transaction cost affordable and will drive usage of cards in the
industry.
2. Customized product offering: RuPay, being a domestic scheme is committed
towards development of customized product and service offerings for Indian consumers.
3. Protection of information related to Indian consumers: Transaction and
customer data related to RuPay card transactions will reside in India.
4. Provide electronic product options to untapped/unexplored consumer
segment: There are under-penetrated/untapped consumers segments in rural areas
that do not have access to banking and financial services. Right pricing of RuPay
products would make the RuPay cards more economically feasible for banks to offer to
their customers. In addition, relevant product variants would ensure that banks can
target the hitherto untapped consumer segments.
5. Inter-operability between payment channels and products: RuPay card is
uniquely positioned to offer complete inter-operability between various payments
channels and products. NPCI currently offers varied solutions across platforms including
ATMs, mobile technology, cheques etc and is extremely well placed in nurturing RuPay
cards across these platforms.
The recent initiative of the Government / RBI in introduction of RuPay cards has
immense benefit to card users, card issuing institutions and Merchant establishments
which is a win-win situation to all besides saving precious foreign currency to the nation.
107
Other important concepts

Base Rate: Banks are not allowed to lend below Base Rate w.e.f. 01.07.2010 except
certain categories such as Differential Rate of Interest (DRI) advances, Loans to banks
own employees, Loans to banks depositors against their own deposits, loans to
tribals/physically challenged persons, Interest Subvention Schemes viz., Crop loans,
Export credit and Restructured loans. The final lending rates include the Base Rate plus
variable or product specific operating expenses, credit risk premium and tenor premium.
However, Banks may charge interest at the rates prescribed under SHG schemes,
National Schedule Tribes Finance and Development Corporation (NSTFDC) and National
Handicapped Finance and Development Corporation (NHFDC) to the extent refinance is
available. Banks are required to fix Base Rate duly taking Cost of Deposits / Funds,
Negative carry in respect of CRR and SLR, Unallocated Overhead Costs and Average
Return on Net Worth in to consideration.
Deregulation of SB Interest Rates: As per RBI guidelines banks are free to determine
their savings bank deposit interest rate w.e.f 25.10.2011 subject to the following two
conditions viz., First, each bank will have to offer a uniform interest rate on savings
bank deposits up to `1 lakh, irrespective of the amount in the account within this limit.
Second, for savings bank deposits over 1 lakh, a bank may provide differential rates of
interest, if it so chooses. However, there should not be any discrimination from customer
to customer on interest rates for similar amount of deposit. Further, banks are free to
determine their interest rates on NRE/NRO deposits w.e.f. 16.12.11. However, interest
rates offered by banks on the said deposits should not be higher than those offered by
them on comparable domestic rupee deposits. Banks are paying interest on SB accounts
on Daily Products on half-yearly basis viz., September & March of every year. Though,
the deregulation of interest is in vogue, at present all most all Public Sector Banks are
paying 4% interest where as few Private Sector Banks are extending interest beyond 4%
p.a. RBI has given discretion to the banks with regard to frequency of payment of SB
interest. However, at present many banks are adopting interest credit to the depositor
accounts once in half-year i.e. April & October.
Dynamic Provisioning: At present, banks generally make two types of provisions viz.,
general provisions on standard assets and specific provisions on non-performing assets
(NPAs). The present provisioning framework does not have countercyclical or cycle
smoothening elements. Though the RBI has been following a policy of countercyclical
variation of standard asset provisioning rates, the methodology has been largely based
on current available data and judgment, rather than on an analysis of credit cycles and
loss history. Since the level of NPAs varies through the economic cycle, the resultant
level of specific provisions also behaves cyclically. Consequently, lower provisioning
during upturns, and higher provisioning during downturns have pro-cyclical effect on the
real economy. However, few banks have started making floating provisions without any
predetermined rules; many banks are away from the concept which has become difficult
for inter-bank comparison. In the above backdrop, RBI propose to introduce dynamic
provisioning framework for banks in India to address pro-cyclicality of capital and
provisioning, after the financial crisis, efforts at international level are being made to
introduce countercyclical capital and provisioning buffers.
Forensic Audit is defined as the application of accounting methods to the tracking and
collection of forensic evidence, usually for investigation and prosecution of criminal acts
such as embezzlement or fraud. It involves examination of legalities by blending the
techniques of propriety, regularity and investigative and financial audits. The objective is
to find out whether or not true business value has been reflected in the financial
statements and in the course of examination to find whether any fraud has taken place.
Forensic Auditors has a unique job because the responsibility involves the integration of
accounting, auditing, and investigation skills. It involves thinking beyond the numbers
and out of the box. It essentially presumes the existence of fake transactions. It
requires a more proactive, skeptical approach in examining the books of accounts.
108
Branch Authorization Policy: The opening of branches by domestic scheduled

commercial banks (other than RRBs) in Tier-1 centres (population of one lakh & above
as per Census 2001) will continue to require prior permission of the Reserve Bank. While
issuing such authorization, the Reserve Bank will continue to factor in, among others,
whether at least 25 per cent of the total number of branches to be opened during a year
is proposed to be opened in unbanked rural centres. However, domestic scheduled
commercial banks are permitted to open branches at all centres other than Tier-1
without permission from RBI, subject to reporting. Government desires to have bank
branches at all villags where the population is 10000 & above and also in the villages
having population is 5000 & above and where there is no bank branch within a radial
distance of 5 KMs by September 2012.
Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme (RGESS) is a tax saving scheme announced in
the Union Budget 2012-13 and the scheme is designed exclusively for the first time
retail individual investors in securities market, whose gross total income for the year is
less than or equal to `10 lakh. The investor would get under Section 80CCG of the
Income Tax Act, a 50% deduction of the amount so invested, up to a maximum
investment of `50000, from his/her taxable income for that year. The objective of the
Scheme is to encourage the flow of savings and to improve the depth of domestic capital
markets. This would help in promoting an equity culture in India. The Scheme aims at
widening the retail investor base in the Indian securities markets and also furthers the
goal of financial stability and financial inclusion.
Swavalamban Scheme: The New Pension System (NPS Lite) is aimed to inculcate the
saving habit and to provide pension benefit to the citizens through systematic savings
plan. Under this, the government has made a provision to pay an incentive of `1000 per
year (up to 2017) to every NPS account opened subject to the minimum contribution of
`1000 and maximum `12000 per annum. The age of the subscriber should be between
18 to 60 years. The subscriber is required to invest minimum 40% accumulated savings
to purchase a life annuity from any IRDA regulated insurance company, in case where
he opts for exit at the age of 60. If the subscriber prefers to exit before 60 years, he is
required to invest minimum 80% of accumulated savings in annuity policy. In an
unfortunate event, the nominee receives 100% of the NPS pension wealth in lump sum.
However, the exit would be subject to the overriding condition that the amount of
pension wealth to be annuitized should be sufficient to yield a minimum amount of
`1000 per month. If not, the percentage of pension wealth to be annuitized would be
increased so that the pension amount becomes `1000 per month, failing which the
entire pension wealth would be subject to annutisation.
New Pension Scheme is introduced for Bank Employees in the year 2010 under which
Bank employees are eligible for Defined Contributory Pension Scheme (DCPS). It is
mandatory that all employees who have joined the service of the Bank or after 1st April
2010 enroll themselves as members of this scheme which entails obtaining of Permanent
Retirement Account Number (PRAN) from NSDL who are the Central Record Keeping
Agency. Under this scheme, the members shall contribute 10% of the Basic pay and
Dearness Allowance towards the DCPS and the bank shall make a matching contribution
in respect of these employees. The scheme is governed by Pension Fund Regulatory and
Development Authority (PFDRA) and the funds are managed by approved fund
managers from public and private sector with proven track record. Employees would be
free to carry their PRANS to new employments or continue as individuals after change of
employment status.
Aadhaar Project: The Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI) was established
by Government of India with an objective to implement Multipurpose National Identity
Card (UID Card) in India. It is aimed to eliminate duplicate/fake identities and to put
hassle-free, cost effective verification/authentication system in place thereby to save
considerable resources of various User Departments as well as beneficiaries at large.
109
Central/State Governments and Public Sector Banks are acting as Registrars for
AADHAAR project. The Registrar or its agents collect details of Demographic information
and Biometric details such as Facial Image (Photo), Finger Prints (10) and iris scan of
the applicant to establish individuals uniqueness. De-duplication exercise ensures that
nobody gets more than one number and in case a person already enrolled approaches
the registrar, his biometric parameters will be run through the database and if matches
his application will be rejected right away. It is a 12 digit identity code and will remain
a permanent identifier. It gives a big push to the governments financial inclusion
agenda and provides strong foundation to deliver better services and improve the
operational efficiency of the system. It is aimed to cover 60 crore enrollments by 2014.
Money Mules: An individual with bank account is recruited to receive cheque deposits
or wire transfers and then transfer these funds to accounts held on behalf of another
person or to other individuals is called Money Mules. The fraudsters adopt variety of
methods including spam e-mails, advertisements on genuine recruitment web sites,
social networking sites, instant messaging and advertisements in newspapers. Many
times the address and contact details of such mules are found to be fake and making
difficult for enforcement agencies to locate the account holder. RBI advised the banks to
strictly adhere to the guidelines on KYC/AML/CFT to protect our customers from misuse
by such fraudsters.
Core Banking Services (CBS): It is an integrated solution where entire data of
branches is stored in a central server and all the transactions of the branches will be
done through this server. All back office activities such as Interest calculations, Levying
Service Charges, Parameter Setting/Updation, Generation of Reports/Returns, Providing
MIS, Start of Day and End of Day operations are undertaken by the central server. The
customers data can be accessed from various outlets at various geographical centers. It
enables the bank to provide triple A services (Any Branch, Any Time, Any Where) to
the customers through Multiple Delivery Channels viz., Branches, ATMs, Mobile, Lobby,
Corporate Terminals, Kiosks and Internet Banking. It enabled the banks to introduce
technology embedded value added products besides implementing Data Warehousing,
Data Mining and Customer Relationship Management concepts. CBS is an opportunity to
banks to improve customer service as well as operational efficiency of the banks.
However, it is an imperative for banks to have a re-look to the existing systems and
procedures to suit the changed environment.
Unique Customer Identification Code (UCIC): The increasing complexity and of
financial transactions necessitate that customers do not have multiple identities within a
bank, across the banking/financial system. Government of India has proposed the
introduction of UCIC for customers across different banks/financial institutions for
setting up a Centralized KYC Registry. RBI advised the banks to initiate steps for
allotting UCICs for their customers by providing them a relationship number. This
enables the banks to identify customers, track the facilities availed, monitor the financial
transactions in a holistic manner.
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): This is intended to
ensure that the capital held by the Bank is commensurate with the Banks overall risk
profile. The ICAAP takes into account effectiveness of Banks risk management system in
identifying, assessing, measuring, monitoring and managing various risks. ICAAP
comprises all of the Banks procedures and measures designed to ensure appropriate
definition and measurement of risks and appropriate level of internal capital in relation
to Banks risk profile.
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS): Convergence to IFRS will
require significant alterations to financial accounting and reporting processes and
systems. The potential benefits of an integrated global capital market regulated by a
single world-wide financial reporting language would be long lasting and it is a big step
towards improving the efficiency of international capital markets. Regulators will benefit
110
from greater consistency and quality of information. It also enhances the communication
of the Banks financial results and position together with other performance indicators to
analysts, investors, customers as well as other stakeholders. It also benchmarks the
entity against its global peer group gaining a broader and deeper understanding of its
relative strengths by looking beyond the country and regional bench marks. It is
proposed that the Corporates are to be moved to IFRS in a phased manner.
Banking Ombudsman (BO) Scheme It cover redressal of grievances against
deficiency in banking services viz., deposits, loans, debit/credit cards, remittances
(DD/PO/ECS/NEFT/RTGS) etc. BO undertakes the cases where the value of dispute does
not exceed `10 lakhs. The complaints can be made in any form including online (email)
and the same will be processed without any fee. The complainant is required to take up
the matter with the concerned branch for redressal of the grievance and wait for 30 days
and if not addressed he can approach the BO. He should not have filed a complaint
before any other forum or court or consumer forum or arbitrator on the same subject
matter and be pending when he approaches the B.O. On receipt of the complaint, notice
will be sent to the bank advising the bank to settle the grievance within fifteen days
from the date of receipt of the notice or else submit version and also attend a
conciliation meeting at the office of the BO. If the grievance is not settled by conciliation,
it will be taken up for passing an award. The complainant will have to accept award
within fifteen days of receipt of the award. The time limit for implementation of award is
30 days from the date of such receipt of acceptance letter. However, Bank can approach
Reviewing Authority (Deputy Governor RBI). Compensation for mental agony, reputation
loss etc., will not be considered as per the provisions of the Scheme.
Adjusted Net Bank Credit (ANBC) denotes Net Bank Credit plus investments made
by banks in non-SLR bonds held in HTM category. However, investments made by banks
in the Recapitalization Bonds and Inter-bank exposures will not be taken into account for
the purpose of priority sector lending targets/sub-targets.
Indian Rupee Symbol: After years of missing unique identity, India got a
distinct symbol to distinguish from Pakistan, Nepal, Srilanka and Indonesia countries
whose currencies are designated as Rupee or Rupiah which is similar to our currency i.e.
Rupee. Now Indian rupee joined the select club of currencies such as the US Dollar,
Euro, British Pound and Japanese Yen that have a clear distinguishing identity and it is
considered as a step towards internationalization of Indian Rupee. Though the symbol is
not be printed or embossed on currency notes or coins, it would be included in the
Unicode Standard and major scripts of the world to ensure that it is easily displayed
and printed in the electronic and print media. After incorporation in the global and
Indian codes, the symbol would be used by all individuals and entities within and outside
the country. The new symbol portrays the nations strength & stability, both politically
and economically and acts as Brand Ambassador.
Whistle Blower Policy: In compliance with listing agreement relating to Corporate
Governance, all banks are required to have a Whistle Blower Policy to enable the staff to
inform the unethical behavior, actual or suspected fraud or violation of law or improper
practice of the staff members of all cadres, direct to the Board of the Bank without
informing their superiors. The employee shall make a written disclosure to the Audit
Committee of the Bank in a closed/secured envelope along with supportive documents.
The identity of the complainant will not be revealed. In case where the complainant is
being victimized for filling a complaint, the complainant can approach CMD/ED for
redressal.
It
provides
protection
to
the
Whistle
Blowers
from
unfair
termination/harassment from the superiors. Audit Committee of the Bank reviews the
Whistle Blower mechanism at regular intervals.
Non Cooperative Borrowers: As per the definition given by RBI a non cooperative
borrower is broadly one who has any one or all of the under mentioned irregularities.
111

Does not provide necessary information required by a lender to assess his/ its
financial health even after 2 reminders.
Denies access to securities etc., as per terms of sanction or does not comply
with other terms of loan agreements within stipulated period.
Hostile/indifferent or in denial mode to negotiate with the bank on repayment
issues
Plays for time by giving false impression that some solution is on horizon.
Resorts to vexatious tactics such as litigation to thwart timely resolution of
the interest of the lender/s
Once a borrower is identified as Non Cooperative Borrower, the same has to be reported
to Central Repository of Information on Large Credits (CRILC), RBI. Any exposures to
such borrowers will attract higher/accelerated provisioning (5%) in case of slippage even
if it is a standard asset. In view of the above the field functionaries are not permitted to
consider sanction of enhancement / fresh limits to Non Cooperative Borrowers, even
though they fall under their limits. These have to be forwarded to HO with due
recommendation and proper justification has to be provided in the appraisal while
considering the renewal of credit facilities/enhancements/fresh sanctions. (Cir.127 Ref
26/17 dated 18.07.2014)
Wilful Defaulters: As per RBI guidelines, a Wilful Defaulter would be deemed to have
occurred, where the unit has defaulted in meeting its payment / repayment obligations
to the lender even when it has capacity to honour the said obligations or where the unit
has not utilized the finance for the specific purpose for which finance was availed of but
has diverted the funds for other purposes or disposed of or removed the movable fixed
assets or immovable property offered for the purpose of securing a term loan without
the knowledge of the Bank/Lender. It covers all non performing borrowal accounts with
aggregate outstanding balance (funded facilities and such non-funded facilities
converted into funded facilities) of 25 lakhs & above. The classification of the borrower
as Willful defaulter is vested with Committee at Head Office. However, the borrower will
be given reasonable time (15 days) for making submission to the committee. Bank is
required to submit the details of willful defaulters to RBI and CIBIL. RBI advised all
Banks/Financial Institutions not to extend any additional credit facilities to the Wilful
Defaulters and they are debarred from floating new ventures for a period of 5 years
from the date RBI publication and also liable for criminal proceedings for breach of trust,
cheating and wrong certification under IPC.
CRILIC: RBI has set up a Central Repository of Information on Large Credits (CRILC) in
January 2014 and issued guidelines to all lending institutions (Banks and non-banking
companies) for management of stressed assets. As per the guidelines, the lenders are
directed to share information with CRILC on quarterly basis regarding borrowers having
aggregate exposure (fund ad non-fund) of `5 crore and above, including information
regarding written-off accounts, balance of current account and information regarding
non-cooperative borrowers. Banks will also have to furnish details of all Current accounts
of their customers with outstanding balances, both debit and credit, of `1 crore and
above. Banks will be required to submit SMA status of the borrowers to CRILC. If an
account is slipped in to SMA-2 at any time or SMA-1 for any two quarters or SMA-NF for
three quarters in a year, then the bank would be required to initiate corrective action.
Right to Information Act 2005 The act has come into effect from October 12, 2005.
This Act is meant to give to the citizens of India access to information under control of
public authorities to promote transparency and accountability in these organizations.
However, this mechanism is meant for seeking information only and not for making
complaints. Under this Act, Citizens of India will have the right to make the request for
information in writing, clearly specifying the information sought. The application should
accompany a fee of `10/- either in cash or DD/PO. The application for request should
give the contact details (postal address, telephone number, fax number, email address)
so that the applicants can be contacted for clarifications or the information. All Public
112
Sector Banks are covered under this act and they are required to furnish the information
sought by the citizens of India. Branch Managers are designated as Central Assistant
Public Information Officers (CAIPO) and they have to forward the requests received to
the Zonal Managers concerned, who are designated as Central Public Information
Officers (CPIO). The ultimate responsibility lies with CPIO to get the matter expedited
within stipulated time of 30 days. While disposing off the request under RTI Act, CPIO is
required to mention clearly the time limit of 30 days and address of the Appellate
Authority to the complainant. The Appellate Authority is the Senior Central Public
Information Officer, who will be one of the General Managers at Head Office.
Reverse Mortgage: The genesis of Reverse mortgage can be traced to developed
countries where Silver Line segment (people above 65 years group) constitutes major
chunk of population on account of higher standards of living, better access to health care
and higher life expectancy. The ever-rising cost of living and health care has prompted
Banks/Financial Institutions to introduce the Reverse Mortgage in the US, UK and
Australia. It works like a traditional mortgage loan, but only in reverse direction. Under
this borrower does not make regular payments to a lender; instead he receives
payments from the lender. It supplements the income of the Senior Citizens, particularly
to those whose pension or income is low. Instead of being dependent on their
children/relatives for monetary support, this would be an ideal option for elderly people
to continue with a graceful lifestyle. The borrower need not repay the loan during their
life time and can also continue to live in their house during their life time. Thereafter,
the legal heirs have the option to repay the bank loan and redeem the property.
Otherwise, the bank will sell the property and liquidate the loan. The scheme is gaining
momentum slowly.
Permanent Account Number (PAN): As per section 139 (4A) of Income Tax Act
1961, all individuals whose income exceeds the tax free limit and in case where the
person carrying a business, the sales turnover or gross receipts exceeds 5 lakh in a year
are required to have PAN and the same is to be quoted in all returns and
correspondence with IT authorities. As per the extant guidelines, it is mandatory to
furnish PAN number for all transactions viz., purchase/sale of immovable property of `5
lakh and above, purchase/sale of motor vehicles (other than 2 wheeler), security
transactions of above `1 lakh, purchase/sale of shares/debentures/bonds of `50000/- &
more and bank transactions (cash) of `50000/- & above and payment to hotels
exceeding `25000/- at any one time.
Shadow Banking is relatively a new concept and it refers to the Non Banking Financial
Institutions that perform some banking functions. Shadow banking entities operate
outside the regular banking system and yet engage in bank-like activities such as
accepting funding with deposit-like characteristics, performing maturity and/or liquidity
transformation and using direct or indirect financial leverage. These typically include,
pension funds, investment banks, hedge funds, money market funds, finance, leasing
and factoring companies, asset management companies etc. Shadow banking
institutions are typically intermediaries between investors and borrowers. Shadow
banking activities are useful part of the financial system and they channel resources
towards specific needs more efficiently on account of increased specialization. These
activities are exposed to similar financial risks as banks. Some of these risks can be
systemic in nature due to the complexity of shadow banking entities and their crossjurisdictional reach and their links with the regular banking system. The regulators
across the globe are now working in tandem to look into and understand the activities of
the shadow banking system and bring them too under regulation so as to possibly
prevent another global financial crisis in future.
Doorstep Banking: Extending Banking services like pick up of cash, instruments and
delivery of cash etc., to Corporate Customers / Government Departments / PSUs /
Individual Customers at their place through Employees / Agents is called Doorstep
Banking. However, banks are not allowed to extend such services to Individual
113
Customers. Cash collected from the customer should be acknowledged by issuing a

receipt on behalf of the bank. Cash collected from the customer should be credited to
the customers account on the same day or next working day, depending on the time of
collection. Doorstep services should be offered only to KYC compliant customers and the
charges should be prominently indicated on brochures. It is a win-win situation for both
customers and banks.
One Person Company (OPC): In order to encourage unorganized proprietorship
business entities to enter into organized corporate world, Companies Bill 2012 was
passed. With introduction of OPC, a company can be started with one member and it is
treated as Private Limited Company. The minimum share capital required is Rupees One
Lakh. The promoter can appoint a nominee so that perpetual succession provision is
ensured. OPC can be formed in three types viz., Company limited by shares, Company
limited by guarantee and Unlimited company. OPCs are exempted from holding Annual
General Meeting. Provisions relating to minimum board meeting, quorum is not
applicable. In case OPC has more than one director, it shall conduct atleast one board
meeting in each half-year and time gap between two meetings should be minimum 90
days. Relaxations and exemptions granted and benefits available will definitely
encourage small and mid-size business to carryon business in corporate form.
Mutual Funds Vs Exchange Traded Funds - Both the funds provide investors with the
opportunity to diversify portfolios without having to pay the prohibitive trading costs that
would normally required, which particularly benefits retail investors, who tend to execute
smaller trades. By investing in either a mutual fund or ETF, the investor indirectly owns
the portfolio of securities in which the fund invests and receives its share of the income
generated by the fund based on ownership percentage. Mutual fund is the better choice
for the investors who adopt strategy wherein an equal amount of money is invested in
the fund each period, regardless of whether the funds price is up or down. Unlike ETFs,
the mutual fund transactions do not attract any commission and one can simply buy or
sell the mutual fund units at their Net Asset Value (NAV). However, more sophisticated
investors may want to place a bet that the portfolio in which an ETF is invested will
decrease in value by selling it short. ETFs tend to be more tax efficient than their
mutual funds. When we sell shares of an ETF, you are usually selling them to another
investor, so the fund itself is unaffected. In contrast, when we sell shares of a mutual
fund, we are selling them back to the fund itself, and the fund may need to sell some of
the securities in its portfolio to fulfill its redemption requests. This can trigger capital
gain income, which becomes taxable income for the other investors in the fund.
Holding Company: By definition, a holding company is a company organized with the
intention of acquiring equity ownership in other companies. A holding company can gain
control over its subsidiaries without investing the entire equity requirement. Thus, it
allows for structural leverage due to its ability to control the business of its subsidiaries
by holding majority (just over 50% shareholding), but at the same time allowing for
fresh external investment for the balance stake. Another key advantage of a holding
company structure is that while it allows investment in multiple businesses under one
parent company, it also ringfences each business from the risks of the other, by
preventing the business performance of one business from affecting the performance
and valuation of another. For investors, this offers the option to gain an exposure to any
preferred business along with the flexibility to structure the investment (as debt, equity
etc.) to meet their investment objectives. A holding company could also be an attractive
target for strategic acquisitions, wherein these companies could be sold individually or
collectively, thereby facilitating an exit for the investor. The holding company structure
has certain inefficiencies that need to be recognized viz., distribution of dividends is
accompanied by two layers of dividend distribution tax and limited liquidity for minority
shareholders. However, if the holding company structure is designed appropriately in
light of the objectives and scale of its businesses, it can lead to synergies and
efficiencies in the underlying businesses and the commercial benefits there from can
outweigh the tax and regulatory inefficiencies. Public Sector Banks (PSBs) need around
114
`40000 crore in 2014-15 to meet Basel-III norm requirements and expand business.
According to the Reserve Bank of India, banks will require additional capital of `5 lakh
crore over the years to meet the new global banking norms Basel III. However, the
Finance Ministry has clarified that since the Government has limitations in infusing
capital, banks will have to use various options to raise capital. To raise additional capital,
PSBs will soon be allowed to set up a holding company. However, he said in any
situation, the Governments holding in the bank will not go below 51 per cent. The State
Bank of India could be the first bank to set up such a holding company.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio: In order to promote short-term resilience of the liquidity
risk profile of banks, RBI is going to introduce Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) in a
phased manner, starting with a minimum requirement of 60% from 1st January 2015,
and reaching a maximum of 100% by 1st January 2019. The LCR will ensure that banks
have an adequate stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be
converted easily and immediately in private markets into cash to meet their liquidity
needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario.
Floating Rate Deposits Bank Term deposits are the most preferred among the
variety of investment options. However, of late the Bank depositors found unattractive
as the real rate of return is low and sometimes negative since they get interest at
contracted rate only while the interest rates are on the rise. Asset Liability management
is the greatest challenge for the Banks as majority of the banks liabilities are of short
term while the repayments of assets spread over relatively longer tenure i.e. beyond 36
months. Further, the present term deposit interest rate scenario is acting as disincentive
for long term investors since the interest rate on deposits of beyond 2/3 years is low
compared to short term deposits. Normally, the retail borrowing happens at floating
interest rates whereas their deposits with banks attract fixed rate exposing them to
interest rate risk. In the above backdrop, Banks have been examining the feasibility of
introduction of floating rate term deposits, wherein the rate of interest keeps changing
depending on the market rates. The interest rate is reset with reference to a
benchmark/anchor rates which are directly observable and transparent to the customer.
Floating rate term deposit looks ideally attractive for the retail investors. On the flip
side, since the interest rate is floating, the income from term deposits may be adversely
impacted when the rates fall. The floating deposit rate concept helps banks to manage
their assets and liabilities better. At present, the Floating Interest Rate Deposits are
being offered select banks only and the concept is yet to take momentum in India.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs): Real estate, particularly commercial real
estate as an asset class has traditionally been out of reach of an average Indian
investor. In order to provide access to common investor to this segment, it is proposed
to introduce REITs which can pool in resources from various investors and then
collectively invest in real estate to earn capital appreciation and dividends. REITs are
companies that buy and manage rent generating assets such as offices and retail
outlets. As per SEBI guidelines, REITs are close ended schemes and can only invest in
income generating real estate properties, prohibiting investments in vacant land. REIT
schemes have to be rated by a credit rating agency and shall not invest more than 15%
in a single real estate project. The companies raise money by issuing units minimum of
`100000/- each which are listed and traded. As per the document, the REITs distribute
the rental income earned, after taking out expenses, as dividends. These are investment
vehicles and provide hassle free and a convenient way to invest into real estate market
providing diversification benefits with low liquidity risk. The advantage is that REITs
provide diversification benefit since they invest in multiple properties this risk gets
diversified. However, investing in REITs is a risky affair and rising interest rates could be
a real dampener. Increasing rates will discourage borrowing and real estate prices may
correct resulting in a fall in the value of REITs. The recent sub-prime crisis in US was a
prime example on how predatory lending practices led to a boom and then a subsequent
bust in real estate market, also reflected in tumbling REIT prices. Further, REITs by the
virtue of standard setting bodies are required to distribute majority of their income
115
(90%) as dividends. Additionally, returns from REITs could be quite volatile due to their
nature of investment in real estate. REITs provide a suitable investment option to
foreign capital through PE investors and FDI route. Large developers in India such
continue to be burdened with debt in their balance sheet and a weak cash flow
generation profile, which is likely to make them pursue equity options. As residential
markets remain sluggish due to inventory overhang, and weak sales, REIT listings can
offer a potentially attractive exit option to such developers to improve their balance
sheets. Considering the recent revival in demand across key cities, the launch of REITs
in India could just be around the corner.
Nachiket Mor Committee: RBI appointed Nachiket Mor committee on Comprehensive
Financial Services for Small Businesses and Low Income Households. The major
recommendations of the committee are:

Every Indian resident above the age of 18 should be issued a Universal Electronic
Bank Account automatically at the time of receiving their Aadhar number. Access
to Electronic payment points should be made available to all residents within a 15
minute walking distance by 1st January 2016.
All low income households and small businesses should be provided with
convenient access to formally regulated lenders to meet their credit needs at
affordable price.
Universal access to a range of insurance and risk management products (crop
failure, live stock, fire, human loss etc.,) with reasonable charges.
To set up specialized banks Payments Bank with a minimum capital of `50 crore
to provide payment services and deposit products to small businesses and lowincome households. These banks are allowed to accept a maximum deposit of not
more than `50000/-.
The existing banks are also permitted to create a Payments Bank as a subsidiary.
Bharatitya Mahila Bank: With the evolution of self-help groups (SHG) in the rural
areas and the financial independence of urban women, the participation of women in
economic activities has taken off in a big way. Their interaction with formal and informal
financial agencies has also increased considerably. Despite of considerable improvement,
only 26% of women have an account with formal financial institutions, compared with
46% of men. That means an account in either a bank, a credit union, a co-operative,
post office or a microfinance institution. In the above backdrop, Government of India
established first Womens Bank on 19th November 2013 with capital of `1000 crore on
the occasion of the 94th birth anniversary of former Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi.
Bank exclusively focuses on the banking needs of women and to promote women
economic empowerment. Bank pays special emphasis on funding for skills developments
to help in economic activity. Further, Bank promotes asset ownership amongst women
customers this in turn reduces their risk of suffering from domestic violence. Smt. Usha
Ananthasubramanian is the first CMD of the Bank.
Prime Minister Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY): Though, India has been moving forward
rapidly with modern banking and financial systems, it is untenable that a large majority
of our population is deprived of basic banking facilities on account of trapping in a
perpetual cycle of exclusion and deprivation. There are around 7 crore households
remain uncovered. Thus, Banks need to enroll uncovered households and open their
accounts. This is a national priority and there is urgency to this exercise as all other
development activities are hindered by this single disability. Thus, there is a need to
break that cycle. In the above backdrop, Government of India has launched a new
scheme PMJDY on 28th August 2014. It is a National Mission on Financial Inclusion
with an ambitious objective of covering 10 crore identified unbanked households by
opening two bank accounts to each household. With this, every household gains access
116
to banking and credit facilities and will enable them to come out of the grip of
moneylenders, manage to keep away from financial crises caused by emergent needs,
and most importantly, benefit from a range of financial products. In the above backdrop,
banks are advised to open Savings Bank accounts with simplified procedure by obtaining
Aadhaar card as proof of identity as well as address proof. Further, Banks are allowed to
open zero balance accounts and ensure that operations take place in all such accounts at
subsequent dates. The other benefits of the scheme are as under:

Each account opened (18 to 70 years) under the mission will get RuPay debit
card with an inbuilt accident insurance of `1 lakh at free of cost.
Bank accounts opened between 28th August 2014 and 26th January 2015 will
also get life insurance cover of `30000/-. However, the account holder should
normally be head of the family or an earning member of the family and
should be in the age group of 18 to 59. In case the head of family is 60 years
are more of age, the second earning person of the family will be covered
subject to eligibility. Central/State/PSU employees (in service or retired),
income tax payees and Aam Admi Bhima Yojana beneficiaries are not covered
under this scheme.
The account holders will get overdraft facility of `5000/- based on the
performance during the first six months.
Govt. intends to route all subsidies through these accounts.
It is proposed to provide Micro insurance / Micro Pension products to the
account holders in the second phase.
It is first of its kind in the Indian Banking history that 1000 million Basic Savings Bank
accounts are opened within 5 months.
Gyan Sangam: Banks and financial institutions are the backbone of the economy - the
stronger the financial system, stronger would be the growth of the economy. However,
of late, it is observed that the Public Sector Banks (PSBs) are lagging behind in key
indicators compared to private banks. In this direction, the government has embarked
on a mission to overhaul PSBs, beginning with a two day high-profile retreat Gyan
Sangam on 2nd & 3rd January 2015 in Pune to search for out-of-the-box ideas to
reorient them to support the country's bid to move back to a high-growth trajectory.
The objective of this retreat was to find solutions to problems, and this was the
first step towards catalyzing transformation. A framework is drawn to achieve
universal financial inclusion, leveraging technology to improve efficiency, rethinking
priority sector lending, improving risk management, asset quality and recovery,
consolidation and restructuring state-run banks besides building a robust people
strategy. P. J. Nayak Committee report on governance in banks was also discussed in
the meeting. The report has a number of useful suggestions relating to the composition
of bank boards, appointment of chief executives and their tenure. PSBs are subject to
dual regulation - from the Ministry and the RBI. By far the most discussed proposal is to
have a separate holding company in which the governments shares in these banks will
be vested. The holding company will monitor the performance of PSBs, make
suggestions to improve governance and act as a buffer between them and the
government and help in raising additional capital. It confers greater autonomy for the
PSBs to enable them to function on commercial lines. While addressing the retreat,
Prime Minister reiterated the importance of professional management in banks
and assured that there would be no interference by the Government in the
functioning of the Banks. Further, the issue of financial literacy has highlighted
and called upon banks to take the lead in encouraging financial literacy campaigns
in schools, villages and unbanked areas. The deliberations of the retreat can be
summed up in three words viz., recapitalization, consolidation and professionalization of
banks boards and their management. With this we envisage that Indian Banking system
should attain the status of top banks of the world.
117
Banking at Glance
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Major Indicators
No. of Schedule Commercial Banks
No. of Bank Branches (lakh)
No. of ATMs (lakh)
Aggregate Deposits (Lakh Crore)
Bank Credit (Lakh Crore)
Credit Deposit Ratio (%)
Number
151
1.12
1.60
83.36
63.47
76.14
As on
31.12.13
31.12.13
31.03.14
26.12.14
26.12.14
26.12.14
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Macro Rates
Bank Rate (w.e.f.15.01.15)
Cash Reserve Ratio (w.e.f.09.02.13)
Statutory Liquidity Ratio (w.e.f.07.02.15)
Repo Rate (w.e.f.15.01.15)
Reverse Repo Rate (w.e.f 15.01.15)
Marginal Standing Facility (w.e.f.15.01.15)
%
8.75
4.00
21.50
7.75
6.75
8.75
No
1
2
3
4
Andhra Bank Interest Rates

Deposit Rate (1 year to 3 years)
Base Rate (w.e.f. 19.08.2013)
BMPLR (w.e.f. 19.08.2013)
Saving Bank Rate (w.e.f.03.05.11)
%
8.75
10.25
14.50
4.00
118
Question Bank
1. No Frills account is also known as
a) Savings Bank Account b) Simple Recurring Deposit Account c) Basic Savings Bank
Account d) None
2. PIN stands for
a) Personal Index Number b) Permanent Index Number c) Personal Identification
Number d) Permanent Index Number e) None
3. EEFC Account can be opened by
a) Non Resident Indian (NRI) b) NRI who returned to India permanently c) Any
Resident with local source of income d) Residents who have forex earnings e) None
4. Failure of internal systems, processes and people lead to
a) Credit Risk b) Market Risk c) Liquidity Risk d) Operational Risk e) Technology Risk
5. As per IBA Model Education Loan Scheme, the minimum & maximum age criteria
for the borrower (student) are
a) 10 & 35 years b) 18 & 35 years c) 18 & 45 years d) All majors e) None
6. As per extant guidelines, advance against book debts should not exceed . % of
working capital limits.
a) 10%
b) 50%
c) 25%
d) 100%
e) no such ceiling
7. Government pays agency commission to the banks @ . for Pension payments

a) `50 per credit b) `12 per credit c) `65 per credit d) `60 per credit e) None
8. PCFC advance generally allowed for a maximum period of
a) 360 days b) 270 days
c) 180 days
d) 90 days
e) no such limit
9. TDS deducted by bank, is to be remitted to Income Tax authorities within..

a) 15 days from the date of deduction b) 7 days from the date of deduction c) 15
days in the succeeding month d) 10 days in the succeeding month e) 7 days in the
succeeding month
10. What is the rate charged by banks for the discounting of approved bill of
exchange?
a) Repo Rate
above
b) Bank Rate
c) Reverse Repo Rate
d) Base Rate
e) None of the
11. Companies look for Commercial Paper since they need

a) Long Term Low Cost funds b) Short Term High Cost funds c) Long Term High
Cost funds d) Short Term Low Cost funds e) None
12. X aged above 65 years placed a term deposit and requests TDS exemption as his
total income including interest income falls below the taxable income, which form he
need to submit to the branch?
119
a) Form G
b) Form H
c) a or b
d) No form is required
e) None
13. Borrowers availing crop loans up to 3 lakh in the current year are eligible for
interest subvention at .. besides prompt payment incentive of .
a) 1% & 3%
b) 2% & 1%
c) 3% & 1%
d) 2% & 3%
e) None
14. CIBIL TU score should be minimum of .. to entertain credit proposals by the

Banks / Financial Institutions.
a) 300
b) 400
c) 500 d) 550 e) None of the above
15. To consider housing loan, the age of building shall not be more than
a) 15 years
b) 20 years
c) 15 years in Rural/Semi Urban & 20 years in
Urban/Metro areas d) Residual life of the building should be at least 10 years over
and above repayment tenor e) Residual life of the building should be at least 15
years over and above repayment tenor
16. Bank is required to submit XOS statement to RBI, in respect of
a) Foreign exchange transactions b) Import transactions c) Overdue export bills
d) Overdue import bills e) FCNR accounts
17. Zero Coupon Bonds refers to
a) Bond issued at face value b) Bond issued with face value & interest c) Bond issued
at discount from its face value with interest d) Bond issued at discount from its face
value without interest e) None
18. ATMs that are owned and managed by non-banking entities are called as..
a) Onsite ATM
ATM
b) Offsite ATM
c) Third Party ATM d) Red label ATM
e) White label
19. CDR-1 system is applicable only to accounts which are under

a) Standard
b) Sub-standard
c) Doubtful
d) a & b
e) All
20. As per recent guidelines, 40% of the total advances to micro and small
enterprises sector should go to micro (manufacturing) enterprises having investment
in plant and machinery up to .. Lakh and micro (service) enterprises having
investment in equipment up to .. Lakh.
a) `10 & `4
b) `5 & `2
c) `10 & `5
d) `2 & `5
e) `15 & `10
21. For transfer of funds through NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer) and
minimum and maximum amount that can be transferred are
a) `1,000 and maximum `5 lacs b) `1,000 and maximum no limit c) `5,000 and
maximum `1 lacs d) No minimum & maximum amount e) None of the above.
22. One Rupee currency note bears the signature of
a) President of India b) Prime Minister of India
Minister of India e) Finance Secretary of India
c) Governor RBI
d) Finance
120
23. In case of restructured loans, the payment of installments should commence

within months from the date of restructure of loan.
a) one month
b) 3 months
c) 6 months
d) 9 months
e) 12 months
24. It is mandatory for banks to obtain Joint Lending Agreement where the
aggregate credit limits availed by the borrower from multiple banks exceeds.
a) `100 crore b) `150 crore c) `300 crore
d) `500 crore
e) None
25. USB means

a) Urban Savings Bank account b) Ultra Small Branch c) Uniform Savings Bank
account d) Unique Small Bank e) None
26. Whether borrower has any option to go forduring the currency of the loan?
a) Fixed Interest Rate to Floating Interest Rate b) Floating Interest Rate to Fixed
Interest Rate c) a & b d) Continue with sanctioned terms & conditions only e) None
27. Cash kept in the currency chest is owned by
a) Currency Chest Branch Bank b) Central Government c) Reserve Bank of India
d) State Bank of India e) None of the above
28. Bank cant proceed against the borrower under SARFAESI Act where
a) Security is agril land b) Liability is less than `1 lac c) Liability is less than 20%
of the principal d) Pledge of movables
e) All of the above
29. State which one of the following statement not true with regard to disclosure
norms to be made at the footnote of Balance sheet as per RBI guidelines.
a) Movement of NPAs b) Large exposure Deposit & advances c) Capital structure &
Capital adequacy d) Industry wise exposure e) Market Risk in Trading Book
30. Savings Bank account can be opened by
a) Individuals
b) Trusts
c) Business entities
d) a & b
e) All
31. A cheque is received by the branch for payment issued by one of the customers.
Meanwhile a request is received by a public prosecutor informing that the person
issued the cheque is imprisoned for criminal activity and directs the branch not to
make payment of the said cheque. What is expected by the branch?
a) Branch should not make the payment b) Branch should ask for court order
regarding imprisonment of the customer c) Branch should insist written request from
the public prosecutor d) Branch can make the payment.
32. With regard to lockers, which of the following guideline is not issued by the RBI?
a) Branches are to link the allotment of lockers to placement of fixed deposits
b) To ensure prompt payment of locker rent, branch are to obtain a Fixed Deposit
which would cover 3 years rent and charges for breaking open the locker
c) Branch Manager can allot the 1/3rd of vacant lockers
d) Wait list of lockers need not be maintained.
121
33. Within the bank's aggregate capital market exposure of of its net worth the
bank's direct investment in shares/convertible bonds/debentures, units of equity
oriented mutual funds/Venture Capital funds should not exceed ..of its net worth.
a) 40% & 15%
b) 30% & 15%
c) 40% & 20%
d) 80% & 50% e) No ceiling
34. As per the compensation policy of the bank with regard to collection of foreign
cheques, bank shall pay compensation @ .. to the customer if the delay is beyond
45 days.
a) SB Interest b) Term Deposit Rate c) Base Rate d) SB Interest + 0.75%
e) None
35. Official Language Implementation Committee meetings are to be held once in.
a) Two months
b) Three months
c) Six months
d) Twelve months
e) None
36. In terms of direction of RBI & IBA on simplified procedure for settlement of
claims preferred by the legal heirs of the deceased constituents, bank has to settle
the death claims involving amount up to Rs
a) `10000
b) `50000
c) `100000
d) `25000 e) None
37. The minimum capital required to start a new private sector bank is
a) `100 crore b) `200 crore c) `300 crore d) `400 crore e) `500 crore
38. CDR mechanism, which of the following is not correct.
a) Multiple Bank Accounts b) `10 crores & above c) Fund & Non-fund based
d) Preserving viable corporates e) Account should be NPA
39. Branches can negotiate bills drawn under LC for non-constituents, if
a) LC is restricted to our bank only, subject to the condition that the Proceeds will be
remitted to the regular banker of the beneficiary b) LC is not restricted and proceeds
will be remitted to the beneficiary c) LC bearing the clause without recourse d) None
40. X depositor approached the branch with term deposit receipt of `2 lakhs which
was due in the year 2008 and not interested for renewal of the matured deposit and
requesting for payment of interest for overdue period. How do you act?
a) No interest will be paid since the deposit is not renewed b) Term Deposit
applicable interest at the time of maturity will be paid for the overdue period
c) Interest rate at the time of maturity or at the time of renewal whichever is lower
will be paid for overdue period d) SB interest will be paid for the overdue period
41. Which of the following Interest rates are still regulated by RBI?
a) SB Deposits b) Commercial Loans c) DRI Loans d) b & c
e) all
42. Which of the following scheme is launched to provide pension to the members of
unorganized sectors in India?
a) Swabhiman b) Swavalamban c) Jeevan Dhara d) Jeevan Kalyan e) Asha
43. To be eligible for classification under priority sector, the ceiling prescribed for
dealers in irrigation equipment is.
a) `10 lakhs b) `20 lakhs c) `30 lakhs d) `40 lakhs e) `100 lakhs
122
44. Right of Set-off refers to

a) Marking of lien in deposit account of the borrower b) Transfer of term deposit
balance, which is due for maturity in the next year to borrower account for
adjustment of overdues c) Transfer of Savings Bank balances to borrower account
for adjustment of overdues in loan account of the depositor d) b & c e) None
45. A term deposit of `500000/- in the name of individual with one year tenor is
cancelled prematurely. The penalty for premature closure is.
a) 0.50%
b) 1.00%
c) 1.50%
d) 2.00%
e) No charges
46. For the benefit of Senior Citizens, recently GOI introduced Jeevan Pramaan
which relates
a) Life Insurance b) Health Insurance c) Housing facility d) Life Certificate e) None
47. The Banking Laws (Amendment) 2012 has facilitated the Public Sector Banks in
increase of voting rights from.to..
a) 10% to 26%
b) 5% to 26%
c) 1% to 5%
d) 1% to 10%
e) None
48. Maximum Project cost under USEP of SJSRY for individual borrower
a) 1 lakh
b) 2 lakh
c) 5 lakh
d) 10 lakh
e) 50000
49. A bank can prefer appeal on the award passed by Banking Ombudsman within
30 days from the date on which the bank receives
a) Passing Award b) letter of acceptance of Award by complainant c) the copy of the
Award d) None of the above
50. Current Account is treated Inoperative/Dormant where there are no transactions
in the account for the last
a) 6 months
b) 12 months
c) 18 months
d) 24 months
e) 36 months
51. Which of the following is treated as indirect finance to agriculture?

a) Purchase and distribution of inputs for the allied activities such as cattle feed,
poultry feed etc., with loan amount up to `100 lakh per borrower
b) Loans for
setting up of Agriclinics and Agri business centres
c) Loans for construction and
running of storage facilities
d) a & b
e) all
52. What is the standard provision on the assets other than SME, Agriculture and
Commercial loans?
a) 0.40%
b) 0.25%
c) 0.50%
d) 1.00%
e) Nil
53. A customer's cheque realized for `2 lakh is credited to his account by mistake as
`2000. Subsequently cheque presented for `20000 returned unpaid by the bank.
What is the responsibility of the banker?
a) Bank to pay damages to the customer b) Not responsible
balance before issuing the cheque d) None of the above
c) Customer to ensure
54. Which of the following statement is not correct with regard to RTGS?
123
a) Meant for Two lakh & above remittances only b) Remittance should be through
account transfer only c) Maximum charges should not be more than `50 per
remittance d) Charges to be collected from the Beneficiary only
55. Power of Attorney was granted by a customer for a period of 12 months to X.
The customer wants to revoke it after 6 months. What are the options available to
the Branch?
a) It should be revoked only after 12 months b) Yes he can revoke at any time
c) Revoked with the consent of the power of attorney holder
d) Yes he can revoke
with the consent of the Banker e) None
56. Which of the following is not Money Market Instrument?.
a) Treasury Bills b) Commercial Paper (CP) c) Certificate of Deposits (CD) d) Fixed
Deposit
e) Equity Shares
57. As per recent RBI guidelines, the Banks are advised to bring down
Bulk/Certificate of Deposits to below of total deposits during the current year.
a) 5%
b) 10%
c) 15%
d) 20%
e) 25%
58. Revised guidelines on Priority Sector have come into force based on the
recommendations of Committee.
a) Sri Y H Malegam
d) Dr K C Chakraborty
b) Dr K S Krishna Swamy
e) Sri M V Nair
c) Dr C Rangarajan
59. The minimum deposit required to open No Frill / Basic Saving Account
a) No minimum
b) `5
c) `100
d) `500
e) `1000
60. With regard to nomination to Illiterate account, which of the following statement
is correct?
a) Can extend in favour of literate only b) Nomination facility is not available
c) Consent from Nominee is required d) Witness is a must
e) None
61. SARFAESI sale notice to debtor by creditor within how many days?
a) 30 Days
b) 60 Days
c) 45 Days
d) 90 Days
e) None
62. The company has its registered office in Mumbai and its factory is at Kolkatta.
The Company has availed credit facilities from banks branch in Hyderabad. The
equitable mortgage of company's immovable property is to be created at
a) Mumbai
b) Kolkata
c) Hyderabad
d) Any notified place in India
e) None
63. A cheque signed by the director as authorized signatory of a company is

presented for payment but at the same time branch received information about the
death of the director. Branch to
a) Pay the cheque as he signed in fiduciary capacity b) Stop payment c) Pay the
cheque on receipt of confirmation from the company
d) None
64. PMEGP cost of project
Business/Service sectors.
for
loans
under
manufacturing
and
124
for
a) `15 lakhs & 10 lakhs

d) `25 lakhs & 10 lakhs
b) `20 lakhs & 15 lakhs

e) None
c) `25 lakhs
& 15 lakhs
65. Under Cheque Truncation System, the instrument deposited by the customer for
collection remain with..
a) Collecting Branch b) Service Branch of Collecting Branch
d) Service Branch of Paying Branch e) Clearing House
c) Paying Branch
66. In case where the instrument is obtained by unlawful means, the holder of the
instrument will not get any title as per ..
a) Section 58 of NI Act b) Section 48 of NI Act c) Section 89 of NI Act
128 of NI Act e) None
d) Section
67. Banks are required to pay DICGC fee on

a) Monthly basis
b) Quarterly basis
c) Half-yearly
d) Yearly
e) None
68. Exposure to single/group borrower up to 5% is to be provided aftera) Borrower consent to disclose the same in notes to account in Banks annual report
b)Approval of Board c) Charging additional interest @2%
d) a & b e) a, b & c
69. Composite loan limit of .. can be sanctioned by banks to enable the MSME
enterprises to avail of their working capital limit requirements through single window
a) `25 lakhs
b) `50 lakhs
c) `100 lakhs
d) `150 lakhs
e) None
70. Amount allowed to be transferred abroad by any resident without RBI permission
for purchase of fixed assets in a financial year.
a) One million US Dollors b) Two million US Dollors
d) Two lakh US Dollors e) None
c) Three Million US Dollors
71. Family Income criteria (per annum) for DRI loans in Rural & Urban areas.
a) `18000/- & `24000/- b) `15000/- & `24000/- c) `18000/- & `36000/- d) `24000/& `36000/- e) None
72. What is the floor limit (Min & Max) in case of CRR?
a) 3% & 10%
b) 3% & 15%
c) 5% & 10%
d) No limit
e) None
73. Fiscal Policy refers to

a) Balance of Payments b) Govt. taxes, expenditure and borrowings c) Govt.
borrowings from Equity Market d) Sale and purchase of securities by RBI e) None
74. Subordinated debt instruments are to be limited to .. of Tier I together with
other components of Tier II should not exceeds . of Tier I capital
a) 100% & 50%
b) 50% & 50%
c) 50% & 100%
d) No limit
e) None
75. DICGC covers

a) Credit balance in cash credit account b) Overdue term deposit c) Deposits of
central / state govts. d) a & b
e) a, b & c
125
76. Photographs/signatures can be converted into electronic form through

a) Printer
b) Pen Drive
c) CPU
d) Scanner
e) Web Camera
77. The maximum amount that can be remitted by an individual to abroad is ..

per annum under Liberalized Remittance Scheme guidelines issued by RBI.
a) $10000
b) $25000 c) $100000 d) $200000
e) $250000
78. Crossed cheque, presented over the counter through the authorized agent of
collecting banker for his valued customer for cash payment. Will you pay?
a) Bank can pay b) Payment cant be made since it is a crossed cheque c) Payment
can be made on cancellation of crossing duly signed by the drawer d) None
79. Proprietor of a firm executed Power of Attorney to B. Cheque signed by Power of
Attorney Holder for payment after the death of the proprietor. Will you pay?
a) Yes b) No c) Will be paid with the consent of legal heirs of the deceased d) None
80. Banks are required to transfer Unclaimed Deposits every year to
a) Govt. of India
b) RBI
Awareness Fund e) None
c) Special Reserve Fund d) Depositor Education and
81. Banks to maintain SLR as per

a) Section 24 of BR Act
b) Section 42 of BR Act
Section 24 of RBI Act e) None
c) Section 42(1) of RBI Act
d)
82. Competent authority to write-off loans given to Directors is

a) Board
b) Management Committee
d) Reserve Bank of India
e) None
c) Chairman & Managing Director
83. Under Financial Inclusion Plan of the bank, the agents appointed by the bank to
collect money and make payments to the depositors are called as
a) Branch Managers b) Business Correspondents c) Business Facilitators d) b & c
e) None
84. Floating Provisions can be added to Tier-II capital up to __% of RWA
a) 1%
b) 1.25%
c) 1.50%
d) 1.75%
e) None
85. What is the maximum loan amount to EWS & LIG under ISHUP scheme?
a) 1 lakh & 1.60 lakh b) 0.50 lakh & 1 lakh c) 1 lakh & 2 lakh d) No limits e) None
86. In case where counterfeit note is found at the branch, FIR is to be filed by
a) Remitter b) Cashier c) Beneficiary whose account the amount is to be credited
d) Bank Branch where no. of notes exceeds 4 in a single transaction e) None
87. Relationship between Customer & Banker in case of Safe custody of articles
a) Lessor&Lessee b) Prinicpal&Agent c) Bailor&Bailee d) Assignor&Assingee e) None
126
88. Which of the following is not an Operational Risk?

a) People Risk
b) Technology Risk c) System Risk d) Liquidity risk e) None
89. Truncated Cheque means

a) Shared Clearing b) Cheques presented will be processed by the depositing branch
itself c) Physical movement of instruments from branch to clearing house d)
Movement of electronic image instead of physical movement of instruments e) None
90. Provision on Standard Advances to be shown under which head of Balance sheet
of the bank
a) Advances & Other Assets b) Provisions & Other Assets c) Liabilities d) Provisions
& Other Liabilities e) None
91. As per RBI guidelines, if Bill discounted became NPA, the income already booked
but not realized is to be
a) Reversed
b) Need not be reversed but 50% provision is to be made c) Need not
be reversed but 100% provision is to be provided d) None
92. What is the maximum loan amount that can be given under Small Manufacturing
Units under MSME?
a) 100 lakh
b) 200 lakh
c) 300 lakh
d) 500 lakh
e) No limit
93. Banks are focusing attention on Retail Banking since it facilitates

a) Improved NIM
b) Stable Business growth c) Diversified Risk d) a & b e) All
94. What is the age criterion for individuals to open New Pension System (NPS)?
a) No age limit
b) 10 to 60 years
c) 18 to 60 years
d) above 60 years e) None
95. Innovative Perpetual Debt Instrument should not exceed . of Tier-I Capital and
the investments by FIIs should not exceed .
a) 10% & 49%
b) 15% & 55%
c) 15% & 49%
d) 20% & 49% e) None
96. The settlement formula under Comprehensive Corporate Compromise Policy

(CCCP) for accounts other than suit-filed accounts is..
a) Real Account + BMPLR + 2% b) Real Account + BMPLR + 4%
only d) Real Account + BMPLR or contracted rate
c) Real Account
97. Your customer approached with Fixed Deposit of other Bank with a value of `5.50
lakh (including accrued interest) and due for payment in next 24 months and
requested for a loan against the deposit. As Branch Manager how you deal with it?
a) Loan can be allowed up to 75% value of the deposit b) Loan can be allowed up
to 80% value of the deposit c) Loan can be allowed only on receipt of confirmation
from other Bank having noted the lien d) No loan can be allowed against other bank
deposits e) None
98. As per AML norms, banks are required to preserve records a) 3 years from
the date of cessation of transaction b) 5 years from the date of cessation of
transaction c) 10 years from the date of cessation of transaction d) No time limit
127
99. Interest subsidy is available to all eligible Educational Loan Borrowers for a
period of..
a) First one Year
b) First Two Years
the loan
e) None
c) During Study Period
d) Till closure of
100. What is the maximum loan and repayment period is allowed for farmers to avail
loans against pledge of agricultural produce?
a) `5 lakhs & 6 months b) `25 lakhs & 12 months c) `10 lakhs & 6 months
d) No limit on amount but should be repaid within 12 months e) None
101. A customer with a bearer cheque came for withdrawing the amount of cheque
for `4000/-. The counter clerk expressed that the amount is not sufficient to pass the
cheque as the balance is short by `700/-. The bearer of the cheque deposited `700/and withdrawn the amount. Further account holder objected for revealing the
balance in the account. In such a situation what is his liability?
a) It is the responsibility of the customer to maintain sufficient balance in the
account while issuing cheque and hence bank is not liable b) Anybody can deposit
amount in any account and bank has no right to stop such credits c) Bank paid the
cheque amount to the bearer since the instrument is in order in all respects d) Bank
is not in order in disclosing the account balance to the bearer of the instrument and
hence liable for damages e) None
102. LC states about in case of amount, what does it indicate?
a) 5%
b) 10%
c) 20%
d) 25%
e) None
103. Unspent foreign currency should be submitted with in how many days after
returning to India?
a) Retain any amount of foreign currency b) Returned to AD within 90 days
c) Allowed to retain $5000 US Dollars d) Need to return unspent foreign currency
within 180 days, if the amount exceeds $2000 US Dollars e) None of the above
104. The minimum education qualification stipulated for borrower availing credit limit
of `15 lakhs under PMEGP.
a) Intermediate (10+2)
b) 10th Standard
c) 8th Class
d) None
105. What is the maximum period of holdings in a Savings Bank account?

a) 2 Years
b) 5 Years
c) 10 Years
d) No maximum period
e) None of the above
106. As per RBI guidelines, the exposure norms for Single and Group borrowers
including infrastructure projects are stipulated at & of Banks Capital Funds
respectively
a) 10% & 20% b) 15% & 40% c) 20% and 50% d) 20% & 40% e) None
107. Which are the interest rates decided by the Banks?
a) Repo Rate
b) Bank Rate
c) Base Rate
d) SB Rate
e) c & d
108. As per AML/KYC norms, review of accounts, customer identification of data is to

be updated once in .. years & .. years for Low and Risk and High Risk Category
accounts.
128
a) 2 Years & 1 Year
b) Once in two years
c) 10 yr & 2 yr
d) 8 yr & 2 yr e) None
109. Joint account operated either or survivor, the number of nominees can be
a) Joint depositors are allowed to nominate one each b) Only one nominee is allowed
c) No nomination facility is available for Joint Accounts d) None
110. Premium payable on pre-shipment and post shipment whole turnover post
shipment packing credit.
a) 5 & 10 ps per month b) 5.50 & 6.00 ps per month
d) 6.00 & 5.50 ps per month e) None
c) 6.00 ps per month
111. Short term crop loan treated as NPA if it remains unrecovered for
a) One Crop Season
b) Two Crop Seasons c) One Crop Season + 90 days
d) Existing NPA norms that are applicable for Term Loans e) None
112. For appealing to DRT, the borrower need to deposit
a) 25% of suit amount
d) No deposit required
b) 10% of suit amount c) 15% of suit amount

e) None
113. Women granted a loan of `80 lakhs under CGTMSE, what is the amount of claim
in case of default?
a) `40 lakhs
b) `52.50 lakhs
c) `60 lakhs
d) `64 lakhs
e) None
114. Banks can extend Education loans to the students to pursue studies in India
and Abroad with a maximum amount of
a) `5 & `10 lakhs b) `10 & `20 lakhs c) There is no cap on maximum amount
d) 80% of education cost without any cap on maximum loan e) None
115. As per RBI guidelines, Branch to issue to SB account holders
a) Pass Book
b) Account Statement
c) a & b
d) None
116. Post dated cheque presented in clearing paid by the bank and at the same time
another cheque presented was returned as there is no sufficient balance in the
account. Customer claimed for damages. What is the liability of the bank?
a) Bank can make payment of post dated cheque, if the instrument is otherwise in
order b) Bank is not in order in making payment of post dated cheque c) It is the
responsibility of the depositor to mention correct date while issuing cheque and
hence banker is not liable d) Issuing cheque without adequate balance is the
responsibility of the customer and hence banker is not liable e) None
117. At present, Banks are required to maintain SLR at
a) 22%
b) 21.50% c) 24.50%
d) 25%
e) None
118. The minimum CRR should be maintained on daily basis.
a) 50% of eligible CRR
d) 100% of eligible CRR
b) 70% of eligible CRR

e) None
c) 80% of eligible CRR
119. Nominee obtains payment in the capacity of

a) Owner
b) Beneficiary
c) Agent
d) Trustee
e) None
129
120. Staff should present in the branch 15 minutes before commencement of

business hours, this is applicable to
a) All Branches
b) Rural Branches only
d) No such stipulation
e) None
c) Urban & Metro Branches
121. Once the guarantor repays the loan and he attains the status of
a) Debtor
b) Creditor
c) Agent
d) Right of subrogation e) None
122. The present rate of service tax including cess is

a) 12.36%
b) 12%
c) 10.30%
d) 10%
123. Banks obtain photograph at the time of opening of the account with a view to
a) Avoid benami accounts b) Verify the identity of the customer c) Verify with police
records
d) a & b
e) a to c
124. Service charges levied are to be displayed by the bank in
a) Banks own Website b) RBI Website c) Branch Premises d) IBA Website e) a to c
125. The form SDF is used for exports where
a) Custom office is not computerized b) Custom office is computerized c) Software d)
Sent by Post e) None of the above
126. Banks to submit Wilful Defaulters list to
a) RBI with all accounts irrespective of liability b) CIBIL c) RBI where the liability is
`25 lacs & above d) Banking Division, New Delhi e) None of the above
127. Banks are required to submit CTR (Cash Transaction Report) to ------- within ---- of succeeding month.
a) FIU, 30 days b) FIU, 15 days c) FIU, 7 days d) RBI, 7 days
e) RBI, 15 days
128. Premium payable on deposit insurance on every `100 per annum is

a) 10 paise b) 5 paise c) 25 paise d) 50 paise e) None of the above
129. Floating charge is a charge created on
a) Immovable Assets b) Movable Assets c) Assignment d) Deposits e) Assets created
out of Bank finance
130. Who is not eligible to convert general crossing to special crossing?
a) Holder
b) Drawer
c) Payee
d) a & b e) None of the above
131. Banks can create assignment on
a) Book Debts
b) Stocks
c) Land & building d) Deposits e) Immovable
132. Banks are required to preserve old records as per

a) BR Act
b) RBI Act
c) Indian Contract Act
d) NI Act
e) Evidence Act
130
133. Deposits which are exempted from Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) are
a) Fixed
b) Savings
c) NRE/FCNR
d) Recurring
e) b, c & d
134. Which statement is not correct with regard to advances against shares?
a) Maximum loan allowed is `10 lacs against physical shares b) Maximum loan
allowed is `20 lacs against demat shares c) Margin requirement is 50% for physical
shares & demat shares d) None of the above
135. Garnishee order is not applicable
a) Credit balance in SB
b) Credit balance in CD c) Credit balance in Cash Credit
account d) Term Deposits in the Joint names e) None of the above
136. As per RBI guidelines, banks need to register the charge over the property with
CERSAI within . days from the date of creation of charge.
a) 15 days
b) 30 days c) 60 days d) 90 days
e) None
137. The method of interest booking on agriculture advances is

a) Monthly
b) Quarterly
c) Half-yearly
d) Yearly
e) None
138. RBI injects liquidity through

a) Increase Bank Rate b) Reduction of Repo Rate
d) Increase CRR e) Increase SLR
c) Reduction of Reverse Repo
139. Provisioning norms are not applicable to loans sanctioned to

a) Agriculture b) Exports
c) DRI d) Govt. Sponsored Schemes e) Against Deposits
140. As per Basel-III, the banks are required to maintain minimum capital adequacy
at ..
a) 12%
b) 11.5%
c) 11%
d) 10%
e) 9%
141. Fixed Deposit is maturing on Sunday. It shall be deemed to be payable on

a) Monday b) Immediate succeeding working day c) Preceding Day i.e. Saturday
d) a & b
142. What is the tag line of PMJDY?
a) Mera Khatha Bhagya vidhata b) Khatha Kholo Paisa Bachao c) Hamara Katha
Bhagya Vidhata d) Hamara Katha Hamara Swabhiman
143. Exporter avail pre-shipment credit at the request of the issuing bank on the
basis of
a) Green Clause Credit LC
b) Revocable LC
c) Red Clause LC
d) Back to Back LC
144. A person appointed by the court to look after the properties of the insolvent
person is called
a) Administrator
b) Liquidator
c) Assignee
d) Attorney
131
145. Claytons rule applies to

a) Deposit Accounts b) Demand Loans
c) Term Loans d) Overdrafts / Cash credits
146. Percentage of DRI advances should go to Rural/Semi Urban Branches.

a) 50%
b) 25%
c) 66.66%
d) 75%
147. What is the maximum amount Branch can extend instant credit to the
customers against outstation cheques?
a) `15000 at all Branches b) `25000 in Urban/Metro Branches c) `10000 at all
Branches d) Discretion of the Branch Manager e) None
148. Which of the following statements are not correct with regard to MSME?
a) Investments in Plant & Machinery is to be taken as criteria for Manufacturing
Enterprises b) Investment in Equipment is to be taken as criteria for Service
Enterprises c) No collateral security or third party guarantee is required for loans up
to `5 lakhs d) No collateral security or third party guarantee is required for loans up
to `25 lakhs in case of Tiny Sector e) None of the above
149. UCPD guidelines are issued by
a) FEDAI
b) RBI
c) Ministry of Finance
d) IBA
e) ICC Paris
150. Your customer requested to include his wife and daughter as nominees after
one year of opening of the account. Will it be accepted?
a) It can be accepted since the nominees are the family members of the depositor b)
Cannot be considered since the request is not received at the time of opening of
account c) Can be considered with 50% share each d) Nomination should be made
only in favour of single name. Hence cant be considered e) None of the above
151. What is the relationship between the Bank and Overdraft Customer where the
account is showing credit balance?
a) Creditor & Debtor
d) Debtor & Creditor
b) Principle & Agent

c) Trustee & Beneficiary
152. What is the maximum period for which FCNR deposit can be opened?
a) One Year
b) Two Years
c) Three Years
d) Five Years
e) Ten Years
153. Which of the following cant be a nominee?

a) Illiterate Person b) Minor
c) NRI
d) HUF
154. In case of dishonour of cheques on financial grounds, the holder is required to
issue notice to the drawer within days to claim remedy under section 138 of NI Act
a) 7 Days
b) 30 Days
c) One Year
d) Three Years
155. Bank has right to cancel the allotment of locker, if the customer does not
operate or surrender within . despite notice sent to the locker holder.
a) Three Years
b) Five Years
c) Ten Years
d) Banks discretion
e) None
132
156. Borrowers who are having satisfactory dealings with bank for a minimum period
of . Years are allowed to avail LUCC facility.
a) 5 Years
b) 3 Years
c) 2 Years
d) 1 Year e) None of the above
157. National Payment Corporation of India (NCPI) has setup payment network to
enable the member banks to issue Domestic Payment Cards with a brand
a) Visa Card b) Master Card c) Prepaid Card d) Rupay e) Travel Card
158. Permanent Account Number (PAN) is mandatory for
a) Bank transactions (cash) of `50000/- & above b) Purchase and sale of shares /
debentures / bonds of `50000/- & above c) Purchase and sale of immovable
property where the value of the property is `5 lakh & above d) a & c e) All
159. High Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR) indicates
a) Unable to meet the installment obligations
b) Able to meet payment of
installments comfortably c) Liquidity problem d) a & c e) None of the above
160. X Company approached the Bank for sanction of working capital limit of `800
lakhs and the Current Ratio of the company is 1.15:1. What is the course available to
the branch?
a) Proposal can be considered as the current ratio is acceptable b) Proposal can be
declined since current ratio is below 1.33:1 c) Advise the company to increase capital
to bring the current ratio to 1.33:1 d) Proposal is to be referred to next Higher
Authority for sanction e) None of the above.
161. Which of the following statement is not true with regard to Capital Gains
Deposit Scheme?
a) Income Tax Assesses who are eligible for exemption under section 54 of the IT
Act are alone can open account with Banks b) Accounts can be opened under
Savings, Fixed and Term Deposits c) Cheque book can be issued to eligible accounts.
d) No lien or deposit loan is allowed against such deposits e) None of the above
162. Which of the following statement is not correct with regard to Tax Saver
Scheme of Banks?
a) Tax exemption is available for the deposit amount under section 80C of IT Act b)
Period of deposit is allowed up to 5 Years c) TDS is applicable, if interest payment is
above `10000/- in a financial year d) Maximum amount of deposit allowed is `5 lakhs
e) c & d
163. A fall in Quick Ratio in comparison with Current Ratio indicates
a) High Inventory Holdings
b) Low Inventory Holdings
Liabilities d) None of the above
c) Decrease in Current
164. Financial statements includes

a) Balance Sheet b) P & L c) Cash & Funds Flow d) a & b
e) a, b & c
165. Banks are permitted to take over borrowal accounts from other Banks &
Financial institutions provided
133
a) Account should be Standard Asset with positive net worth b) Copy of the borrowal
account for preceding 12 months is to be obtained c) P&C report is to be obtained
from other bank before disbursement d) Branch to take approval from next
sanctioning authority e) All above
166. The guidelines on extending Adhoc Limits to the borrowers are
a) Allowed in fund and non-fund based limits b) Can be allowed maximum of 3 times
during the validity of limit and the maximum period allowed is 3 months for each
adhoc limit c) Adhoc Limit can be allowed up to 20% of the sanctioned working
capital limits to all eligible borrowers d) a & b e) b, c & d
167. Which of the following statement is not true with regard to Temporary
Overdrafts?
a) Can be allowed in Savings Bank Account b) Can be allowed in Current Deposit
Account c) Can be allowed only 3 times in a account in a year d) Should not be
allowed in staff accounts e) None of the above
168. The eligible criteria for sanction of Tractor Loan to farmer is
a) 3 Acres of Wet / Double cropped land b) 6 Acres of Dry / Single cropped land
Minimum of 2000 working hours per year on borrower land d) a & b e) b & c
c)
169. The applicable net interest rate on loans sanctioned under Surya Shakthi
Scheme is..
a) 2% for individuals
organizations
b) 4% for institutions c) BMPLR for industrial & commercial

d) a & b
170. With regard to lending to farm sector, the guidelines on obtention of No Due /
No Objection certificate are
a) Banks should not insist for the above certificate for loans up to `50000/- b) No
charges are to be levied for issuance of certificate c) Self declaration from the farmer
is to be obtained d) All above e) None of the above
171. Unsecured exposure is one where realizable value of tangible security is not
more than . of the outstanding exposure.
a) 5%
b) 10%
c) 25%
d) 40%
e) None
172. RBI extending incentives to Banks for the following services

a) Adjudication of Mutilated Bank Notes b) Exchange of Soiled Notes c) Distribution
of Coins over the counter d) Establishment of Coin vending Machines e) All above
173. As per RBI guidelines, the banks can levy charges to the Current accounts for
not maintenance of minimum balances provided.
a) Charges should not exceed `100 in a year b) Charges should not exceed `500 in a
year c) Bank has discretion to levy any amount of charges d) No charges should be
levied as Bank is not paying any interest to the customer on Current Account deposit
e) Banks are allowed to levy reasonable charges but should be known to the
customers through proper communication
174. Scheme of payment of ex-gratia in lieu of appointment of dependents on
compassionate grounds for officers (Public Sector Banks) is
134
a) Minimum `5 lakh
b) Maximum `8 lakh c) Maximum `7 lakh d) Maximum `6 lakh
175. Statements which is not true with regard to Locker operations?

a) The rent for A type locker is `1000/- p.a. at all branches b) Rentals for in-built
lockers shall be 25% more than the approved rents c) Levy additional charge of
`50/- per transaction where the operations are beyond 10 in a quarter d) Staff
/Retired staff hiring the lockers eligible for 20% concession in rent e) None
176. Under the liberalized norms, a NRI can remit abroad money from his NRO
account, up to
a) One Million US Dollar Per Year b) US Dollar of Two Million Per Year c) US Dollar of
5000 per year without any declaration or certificate d) US Dollar of One Million per
year on the basis of undertaking and certificate e) None of these
177. Branch sanctioned OCC limit of `10 lakhs against hypothecation of stocks worth
`15 lakhs with 30% margin. What would be the notional drawing power when the
present value of stocks is `20 lakhs?
a) `10 lakhs
b) `14 lakhs
c) `20 lakhs
d) `10.50 lakhs e) None
178. Which of the following documents do not attract stamp duty?

a) Promissory Note
b) Mandate
c) Power of Attorney
d) Form-A
e) None
179. The funds available under short term sources is greater than short term uses,
which indicates
a) Low Current Ratio
Low Debt Equity Ratio
b) High Debt Equity Ratio

e) None
c) Higher Current Ratio d)
180. What would be the applicable interest rate payable to the legal heirs of the
deceased on overdue period of matured Term deposit, if not renewed?
a) SB Interest Rate
b) Contracted Interest rate of matured deposit c) Simple
interest applicable to FD for the period the deposit remained with bank after maturity
d) Applicable FD interest will be paid if renewed for further period e) No interest
181. Stamped receipt is to be obtained for all cash transactions of above
a) `100/-
b) `500/-
c) `1000/-
d) `2000/-
e) `5000/-
182. The net of Exports & Imports and the services including foreign inward
remittances forms part of
a) Balance of Payments b) Capital Account c) Current Account d) Trade Surplus
e) Invisibles
183. Banks are empowered to take possession of securities (other than rural
properties) under provisions ofAct, when the borrower fails to repay the loan
as per the agreement.
a) Indian Contract Act
Banking Regulation Act
b) Revenue Recovery Act
c) DRT Act
d) SARFAESI Act e)
135
184. What is the net interest rate (Interest Rate minus Interest Subvention)
applicable for short term agriculture production loans (Crop Loans) up to `3 lacs?
a) Base Rate
b) Base Rate 1%
c) 10%
d) 8%
e) 7%
185. Base Rate of the Banks is fixed by

a) Indian Banks Association b) Reserve Bank of India c) Planning Department of
the Bank d) Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) e) Discretion of the Bank
186. While renewing the credit limits of the company, you find that the Debt Equity
Ratio is 3 compared to that of 2.5 in the previous year. It indicates
a) Increase of Profit enabled the Company to add to Reserves b) Decrease of Debt
Burden on the Company
c) Adverse Impact on Profit on account of increased
interest burden d) None of the above
187. Banking Codes and Standards Board of India (BCSBI) deals with
a) Inspection & Audit of Banks b) Funds & Investments in Banks c) Sanctioning of
Loans d) Customer Service e) Banking Ombudsman
188. Banks can issue draft against accepting cash up to
a) `50000/-
b) `20000/-
c) `100000/-
d) `49999/- e) Any amount
189. How long the counterfeit notes can be kept with the bank after having reported
to police.
a) 30 days
b) 1 Year
c) 2 Years
d) 3 Years
e) None
190. RBI advised banks that a Business Correspondent Agent has to be made
available within a radial distance of and a branch within a radial distance of ..
a) 2 KM & 5 KM b) 5 KM & 2 KM c) 3 KM & 5 KM d) 5 KM & 10 KM e) No limit
191. What is the insurance coverage available to the borrowers for natural death and
death due to accident under SGSY scheme?
a) `6000 & `12000
b) `5000 & `10000
c) `6000/- only
d) `10000/-
e) None
192. Having furnished PAN, NRO Term deposit attracts TDS on interest income at
a) 10%
b) 20%
c) 30%
d) 10.30%
e) 30.90%
193. Which of the following component is not required to be taken in to consideration

while arriving Base Rate?
a) Cost of deposits/funds b) Negative carry cost of CRR/SLR c) Unallocated
overheads d) Average return on Networth e) Base Rate of Peer Banks
194. Branches should keep the PMEGP backend received in and should be
adjusted to the loan account only after completion of months.
a) Fixed Deposit & 36 months b) Savings Deposit & 36 months c) Savings Deposit
& 24 months d) Fixed Deposit & 24 months e) None
195. Garnishee order is by _____ and the customer and bank relation_____to it.
136
a) Income Tax Authorities & Debtor and Creditor b) Police & Debtor and Creditor
c) Court & Judgment Debtor and Judgment Creditor d) Court & Judgment Creditor
and Judgment Debtor e) None
196. Which agency is enabling the transfer of subsides directly to beneficiary
accounts through Aadhaar Enabled Payment Bridge (AEPB)?
a) RBI
b) SEBI c) IDRBT d) NPCI e) SBI
197. Call Money Market interest are linked to

a) Bank Rate
b) Repo Rate
c) Reverse Repo Rate d) Market forces e) None
198. Interest rate charged by the banks to exporters should not fall below. after
taking applicable interest subvention.
a) Base Rate b) Base Rate 1% c) Base Rate 2%
c) 7% d) 10% e) None
199. Firm X and Y are having accounts with Bank and the both the firms are
represented by A, B and C as partners. Firm X showing a debit balance of 2.20 lakh
and there is a credit balance of 3 lakh in Firm Y. Bank adjusted the debit balance of
X account with available balance in Y account.
a) Branch can exercise right of set-off b) Right of set-off cant be exercised as the
accounts are different c) Right of set-off can be exercised by issuing a notice d)
None
200. Transaction Password relates to
a) Core Banking b) ATM operations
c) Internet Banking d) Tele banking e) None
201. Nomination in respect of the following is to be witnessed by two persons.

a) All deposit accounts
b) Deposit accounts where the nominee is a minor
c) Physically challenged accounts d) Thumb impression accounts (illiterate)
e) None
202. Actionable Claims deals with
a) Debt b) Receivables c) Subsidy or Duty Draw Back d) a & b e) all
203. When the contents of the Negotiable Instrument are modified by the drawer, it
is treated as
a) Forgery
b) Fraud
c) Material alteration
d) suppression of facts
e) None
204. Loans to repairs to dwelling units up to . Lakh is treated as priority sector.

a) 1 lakh for Rural/Semi urban & 2 lakh for Urban/Metro centres b) 2 lakh for
Rural/Semi urban & 5 lakh for Urban/Metro centres Housing Loans c) 2 lakh at all
places d) Not more than 10% cost of the dwelling unit e) None
205. Housing Loan of `80 lakh where the LTV is below 75%, it attracts Risk weight @
a) 75%
b) 100%
c) 125%
d) 150%
e) 175%
137
206. A cheque was issued for `8000/- leaving blank space both at figures and words
column, and the bearer of cheque made it `80000/- and withdrew amount. Customer
made a claim for `72000/- against the bank.
a) Bank to reimburse the amount since the cheque was issued for `8000/-only
b) Customer is liable since he is negligent having left blank space at figures and
words column c) Bank and Customer equally responsible d) Bank to file case against
the bearer for making alternations of cheque e) None
207. The least discussed aspect by a financial analyst while appraising proposal
a) Ratio Analysis b) Economic conditions
aspects e) Marketing aspects
c) Technical aspects
d) Managerial
208. Which of the following is part of Tier-I capital?

a) Cumulative Perpetual Preferential Shares (CPPS) b) Subordinate Debt c) a & b
d) Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferential Shares (PNCPS) e) Revaluation Reserves
209. Exercise of nomination by the depositor
a) Optional to the depositor b) Mandatory in case of single named accounts
c) Mandatory in case of joint accounts d) Mandatory for locker accounts e) None
210. Which of the following is exempted from NPA provisioning?
a) Loans against Deposits b) Loans guaranteed by State Govt. c) Loans guaranteed
by Central Govt. d) Loans against NSCs e) Loans against Govt. Securities
211. In case of deceased borrower, what is the extent of liability of the legal heirs?
a) Limited to the extent of property inherited
unconditional d) 50% of liability e) None
b) Not liable at all c) Unlimited and
212. X introduced for opening the account of Y. What is the responsibility of X in

case of fraud committed by Y?
a) To be reimbursed fully b) No responsibility
in identifying the account holder e) None
c) 50% of loss
d) Assist the bank
213. Under Whistle Blower the information can be directly submitted to

a) Board b) Audit Committee of the Board c) Management Committee
d) Central vigilance Commission e) Reserve Bank of India
214. The maximum loan can be sanctioned under DRI (including Housing)
a) `12500/- b) `25000/- c) `15000/- d) `20000/- for SC/ST e) c & d
215. Preservation time for applications of closed accounts
a) 3 years
b) 5 years
c) 10 years
d) Permanent
e) None
216. Foreign tourist who visits India can hold US dollars (currency) maximum of
a) $1000
b) $2000
c) $3000
d) $5000
e) None
217. Why Banks prefer to reverse the contra entry immediately on expiry of Bank
Guarantees?
138
a) To avert claim from beneficiary

b) To avert maintenance of CRAR
provisioning
d) To improve profit e) None
c) To avert
218. Prepayment charges are exempted for

a) Housing Loans b) Education Loans c) Agr. Loans d) Corporate Loans e) a, b & c
219. IFSC code consists of .. digits.
a) 9
b) 10
c) 11
d) 15
e) None
220. Loans sanctioned to, are exempted from exposure ceilings.

a) Priority Sector b) Export c) State/Central Government d) Real Estate e) None
221. Right of General Lien can be exercised on
a) Securities outstanding in the name of the borrower b) Existing and Future
liabilities c) Future liabilities only d) a & b e) None
222. Delay in collection of cheque > 90 days, bank to pay Interest at applicable
a) SB Interest
d) BMPLR
b) Term Deposit Interest

e) No interest
c) Term Deposit Interest + 2%
223. Payment of FD beyond `20000/- in cash is violation of IT rules and attracts

a) Penalty & Imprisonment
Not more than deposit amount
b) Penalty Double the amount

d) No penalty
c) Penalty
224. On receipt of possession notice (SARFASEI) issued by the Bank, if the borrower
raises objection, the same should be replied within
a) 7 days
b) 10 days
c) 15 days
d) 30 days
e) None
225. Can a Private Limited company join as a partner in a partnership firm?

a) Yes
b) No
c) Yes with limited liability
d) None
226. What is the limitation period for public to approach Consumer forum for
redressal of their grievances against Bank?
a) No limitation period
cause of action
b) One year from cause of action

d) Ten Years from cause of action
c) Two years from

e) None
227. When PMEGP subsidy can be adjusted to loan account?

a) At the request of the borrower before closure of the account b) After 3 years
provided if there are no recoveries in the account c) Discretion of the Bank
d) A & B e) None
228. Account opened in the name of A&B jointly and nomination is given in favour of
C . Branch received request from the nominee for payment of deposit as A expired.
What is the course of action?
a) 50% of deposit can be paid to the nominee b) Nominee has no right since other
joint depositor is alive c) Amount will be paid to nominee with the consent of legal
heirs of A d) Nomination facility is not available to Joint accounts e) None
139
229. Cheque signed by the drawer as R N Das instead full signature and paid in
due course. Drawer demands for return the amount as signature differs.
a) Bank is liable to pay the amount to the customer since the payment made is not
in due course as signature on the cheque differs from specimen signature on record.
b) Bank is not liable on the ground that the amount was paid to the customer and
the contention of the customer is not tenable since it is not a forgery. C) Bank to
share 50% of the amount since there is negligence on the part of the official passed
the cheque. d) None of the above
230. What is the discount for inclusion of Subordinate Debt under Tier-II capital
where the Sub-ordinate Debt maturity is less than18 months?
a) 50%
b) 60%
c) 70%
d) 80%
e) None
231. As per recent guidelines, Interest subvention benefit is extended to

a) Crop loans b) Education & Housing loans c) Kisan Sampathi (loans against
negotiable warehouse receipts) d) a & b e) All
232. To avert fraudulent encashment of cheques presented for collection, branches
are required to
a) Present in clearing immediately b) Introduce Drop Box
Crossing Stamp immediately on receipt of instrument d) None
c) Affix the Special
233. Loans for Commercial Real Estate include.

a) Plantations
d) Construction of Malls
b) Housing
c) Special Economic Zones
e) Hotels & Restaurants
234. What is the time limit to furnish the requested information under Right to
Information Act (RTI) and what is the penalty for non-compliance of the said norm?
a) 30 days & `100 per day b) 60 days & `100 per day c) 30 days & `250 per day
maximum of `25000/- d) 60 days & `250 per day e) None
235. Received request from your borrower for a loan of `300 lakhs for purchase of
equipment @ 12% interest repayable in 60 months. The estimated Net Profit and
depreciation is `100 and `20 lakhs respectively. What is the DSCR?
a) 1.20
b) 1.30
c) 1.50
d) 1.62
e) 1.75
236. The recent changes in issuance of Commercial Paper (CP) are

a) Dilution of credit rating norms for the Issuers b) Allowing the Issuers to buyback
CPs before maturity c) Relaxation in minimum amount d) a & b e) All
237. The primary business of Asset Reconstruction Companies is to
a) Buy stressed assets from banks b) Buy stressed assets from banks and sell it to
others for profit c) Buy the stressed assets from banks at discount and share the
recoveries with the banks d) Act as Recovery Agent for the Banks e) None
238. Loans to food and agro-based processing units with investments in plant and
machinery up to ------ is treated as priority sector advance.
140
a) 1 crore
b) 5 crore
c) 10 crore
d) 50 crore
e) None
239. The documents to be insisted from a NRI for opening an account is

a) Copies of Passport and VISA b) Local and Overseas addresses c) Compliance of
KYC norms d) Latest Passport size photographs e) All of the above
240. After taking possession of the immovable property, copy of the possession
notice is to be published in two local newspaper not later than ----- days
a) 7 days
b) 15 days
c) 30 days
d) 60 days
e) None
241. Interest Subsidy on Housing Loans (1%) for the first year is available provided
the loan amount does not exceed ------ and the cost of house should be within -----a) 10 lakhs & 15 lakhs b) 10 lakhs & 20 lakhs
d) 10 lakhs & No cap e) None
c) 15 lakhs & 25 lakhs
242. Commission on receipts (physical) relating to Govt. Business

a) 25 per transaction
d) 60 per transaction
b) 30 per transaction c) 50 per transaction

e) 0.50% of the transaction or 45 whichever is higher
243. Minimum and Maximum period of Certificate of Deposits

a) 15 days&1 year b) 30 days&1 year c) 7 days&1 year d) 7 days & no limit e) None
244. Customer not kept Cheque book under lock and key and one cheque leaf was
stolen. Bank made payment of the said cheque which was forged.
a) Customer is liable since he is negligent b) Bank is not liable as the cheque was
stolen c) Bank is liable since the payment is made on forged signature d) None
245. Loans not exempted from Base Rate Purview?
a) Consortium Advance
d) Loans to staff members
b) Deposit Loans
e) None
c) Export Credit
246. Under UCP 600, bank can accept/reject documents within maximum of --- days.
a) 5 Banking days
b) 7 days
c) 10 days
d) 15 days
e) None
247. Margin on loan against FCNR (B) --- if the maturity period is less than one year
and ---- the maturity period is more than one year
a) 15% & 25% b) 10% & 20% c) 5% & 10%
the deposit e) Discretion of the Bank
d) 25% irrespective of tenor of
248. Visually challenged persons are allowed to avail the following banking facilities?
a) Cheque Book
b) Debit Card
c) ATM Card
d) Locker
e) All
249. Customer Service Standing Committee Meeting does not cover

a) Customer Grievances b) Staff matters c) Credit d) New Products e) B,C & D
250. In case of payment of Fake DD, who has to lodge complaint with police, when it
is identified as fake upon presentation as per recent IBA guidelines?
a) Issuing Bank
b) Collecting Bank
c) Purchaser of the Draft
d) Beneficiary
141
e) Paying Bank
251. When Current Liabilities are more than Current Assets .
a) Interest burden is less b) Company can meet its obligations c) Company may not
meet its obligations d) Increased Networth e) None
252. Why A/c Payee cheques are to be credited the payees account only.
a) To get protection under section 131 of NI Act b) To comply KYC guidelines
c) To comply RBI guidelines d) To avert fraudulent conversions e) C & D
253. Cap on Rate of Interest on FCNR deposits
a) LIBOR+1.25% b) LIBOR+1% c) LIBOR+2% d) LIBOR 0.50% e) LIBOR 0.75%
254. In case of Paripasu what charge the subsequent creditor enjoys?
a) Equal charge
b) First charge
c) No charge
d) Second charge
e) None
255. Current Assets 48 lakh, Networking Capital 12 lakh. What is the Current Ratio?
a) 1.20
b) 1.10
c) 1.33
d) 1.45
e) None
256. Mr Sandeep left India on 1st August 2003 for taking up employment in a
software company in USA. In this context, which of the following statement is true?
a) He would be treated as NRI from 1st August 2003 onwards b) However, till that
date, he would be treated as a Resident c) His existing account will continue as a
resident account d) All the above e) (a) and (b) are correct
257. X & Y opened SB account operated by Either or Survivor and exercised
nomination in favor of Z. Who is empowered to modify or cancel the nomination?
a) X
b) Y
c) Z
d) Jointly with the consent of Z
e) None
258. What is the Annual Guarantee Fee (CGTMSE) payable for accounts with credit
limits of above `5 lakh to women for the units located in North Eastern region?
a) 0.75%
b) 0.85%
c) 1.25%
d) 1.50%
e) 1.00%
259. Break Even Point means

a) Sales equal to Fixed Costs b) Sale proceeds matches to Variable Costs
c) The sale proceeds will take care of fixed as well as variable costs
d) Sales equal to Fixed costs + Variable costs + Minimum profit e) None
260. Housing Loan up to is treated as Priority Sector.
a) `10 lakh
b) `15 lakh c) `25 lakh in Metro with population above 10 lakh &
`15 lakh in other centres
d) `25 lakh at all places
e) None
261. Nominee can exercise his right
142
a) During the tenure of deposit

b) On maturity of deposit
c) Any time since he
will be treated as joint depositor d) He has no right on deposit since it is in the
name of the depositor e) On the death of the depositor
262. As RBI guidelines, bank notes (500 & 1000 denomination) issued prior to 2005
are
a) accepted for monetary transactions up to 31st March 2014 b) exchanged at bank
branches on an ongoing basis c) not accepted for exchange after 31st March 2014
d) a & b e) None
263. Provision to be maintained on substandard assets which are fully secured.
a) 15%
b) 20%
c) 30%
d) 5%
e) 10%
264. Loans to Bank staff backed by terminal benefits attracts Risk Weights @
a) 0%
b) 5%
c) 10%
d) 20%
e) 50%
265. Balances under Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) earn interest @....
a) 3% p.a.
b) Applicable SB Interest Rate
c) 5% p.a.
d) No interest
e) None
266. Under Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme, the investor is entitled to claim tax
relief under section 80 CCG of IT Act up to of investments with maximum of ..
a) 100% & one lakh b) 20% & One lakh
e) 50% of investments without any cap
c) 50% & `50000/- d) 50% & One lakh
267. In the recent years, Indias GDP growth rate shows signs of
a) Upward growth
b) Downward growth
c) Stable growth
d) Stagnant
e) None
268. The entities willing to start new banks should be under

a) Partnership b) Company
Company (NOFHC) e) None
c) Trust
d) Non-Operative Financial Holding
269. Banks are allowed to accept deposits under Capital Gains Scheme in .
a) Savings b) Fixed
c) Current
d) a & b
e) Any scheme
270. X, a pensioner is maintaining joint account (Either or Survivor) with his wife.
Branch received the request from wife of the pensioner to furnish the same account
for family pension as the main account holder expired. Branch may
a) advise the customer to close the existing account b) open another account
exclusively for pension purpose c) a & b d) allow the existing account for family
pension payments e) None
271. Loans extended to Medium Manufacturing Enterprises shall be classified as
Priority Sector provided the loan amount should be within
a) 2 crore
b) 5 crore
c) 10 crore
d) Not eligible
e) Entire amount
272. Which of the following is an example of Financial Assets?
143
a) National Saving Certificate

Krishi Vikas Patra e) All
b) Infrastructure Bonds
c) Indira Vikas Patra
d)
273. Which of the statement not correct with regard to sanction of loan of `5 lakh to
individual undertaking small business which covers under Micro & Small Enterprise
(MSE) category?
a) Primary security is mandatory b) Collateral stipulation is the discretionary of the
Bank c) Collateral should not be insisted d) Collateral is needed for all loans above
`10 lakh e) None of the above
274. Special Mentioned Accounts (SMA) attracts accelerated provisioning norms
where banks
a) Fail to report SMA status of the accounts to CRILC b) Resort to methods with the
intent to conceal the actual status of the accounts c) Evergreen the account d) All
e) None
275. The maximum loan that can be allowed to third party in India against FCNR (B)
deposits is ..
a) `50 lakh
b) `100 lakh
c) `150 lakh
d) `200 lakh
e) No ceiling
276. As per the recent guidelines, banks are advised to transfer the unclaimed
deposits to Depositor Education and Awareness Fund which includes
a) Current/Savings Bank/Term Deposits b) Un-reconciled NEFT / ATM credit
transactions c) Undrawn balances in prepaid cards (except traveler cheques) d) a & b
e) All
277. Number of free transactions at non-home ATMs has reduced from 5 to 3 with
effect from 1st November 2014 in six metro cities, however .. accounts are
exempted
a) Current
b) NRE SB
c) Basic Savings Bank Deposit
d) b & c
e) None
278. As per RBI guidelines Small Banks are allowed to undertake the following
activities
a) Deposit collection
b) Withdrawals
c) Small loans
d) a & b
e) All
279. What is the minimum period and maximum deposit amount that can be
accepted by banks under Tax Saver Scheme?
a) 3 years & Rs.1 lakh
b) 5 years & Rs.1 lakh
d) 5 Years & Rs.1.50 lakh e) No limit
c) 3 Years & Rs.1.50 lakh
280. Pre-2005 series banknotes are allowed to exchange at the bank branches freely
on or before
a) 31st December 2014 b) 31st March 2015
d) 30th September 2015 e) None
c) 30th June 2015
144
No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
c
c
d
d
e
b
c
c
e
b
d
b
d
d
d
c
d
e
d
a
d
e
e
b
b
d
c
e
b
d
d
a
c
d
b
c
e
e
a
d
No
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
c
b
e
c
e
d
d
b
b
d
e
a
a
d
b
d
c
e
a
d
a
c
a
d
a
a
c
b
c
d
a
d
b
c
a
d
e
a
b
d
No
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
Question Bank - Key

a
d
b
b
a
d
c
d
d
b
a
e
e
c
c
e
d
c
c
b
d
a
d
c
e
c
e
c
b
c
b
a
a
c
c
b
b
b
d
a
No
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
d
a
d
e
b
c
b
a
e
e
a
a
e
c
d
b
a
b
e
b
b
a
a
b
d
c
a
e
e
d
d
d
d
b
a
c
d
e
b
d
No
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
c
d
a
e
e
e
c
d
a
d
b
e
e
b
a
d
a
b
a
a
e
c
d
e
d
c
d
d
d
a
a
e
e
a
d
d
d
c
b
c
No
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
d
e
c
b
c
b
b
d
a
a
a
d
b
e
c
d
b
e
c
c
a
c
c
c
c
b
b
b
b
a
e
c
d
a
c
d
c
c
e
c
No
241.
242.
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
251.
252.
253.
254.
255.
256.
257.
258.
259.
260.
261.
262.
263.
264.
265.
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.
275.
276.
277.
278.
279.
280.
145
c
c
c
c
a
a
a
e
a
e
c
a
b
a
c
d
e
b
c
c
e
d
a
d
d
c
b
d
d
d
e
e
b
d
e
e
c
e
d
c
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Andhra Bank Products & Services

Andhra Bank Mile Stones
Logo, Vision, Mission & Corporate Slogan
Performance Highlights March 2012 & 2014
Deposit Schemes
Insurance Linked Deposit Schemes
E-Products
Credit Cards
Fee Based Products
Loan Policy Guidelines
Agriculture - Loan Products
Retail Loans
Impaired Asset Study
One Time Settlement Schemes (OTS)
AB Products Service Charges
Staff Welfare Schemes
No
147
148
149
150-153
154-157
158-162
163-168
169-172
173-185
186-192
193-205
206
207-210
211-215
216-222
146
Andhra Bank Milestones

Andhra Bank was founded by ardent freedom fighter and a great intellectual and
multifaceted genius, Dr.Bhogaraju Pattabhi Sitaramayya. Andhra Bank was
registered on 20th November 1923 and commenced business on 28th November
1923. The Milestones of Andhra Bank are as under:
Year
1923
1943
1964
1964
1969
1969
1976
1980
1981
1981
1983
1984
1988
1989
1997
1998
2001
2002
2003
2005
2006
2006
2006
2006
2007
2008
2009
2009
2009
2010
2010
2010
2011
2012
2012
2012
2013
2013
2014
2014
2014
Event
Commenced operations at Machilipatnam
Attained status of Scheduled Bank
Opened 100th Branch and attained the status of A class Bank
Amalgamation of Bharat Laxmi Bank with Andhra Bank
Largest Private Sector Bank in the country
Bank was entrusted with Lead Bank responsibility in five districts
Bank opened its 500th Branch
Nationalization of the Bank
Sponsored the first Regional Rural Bank (Rushikulya Grameena Bank)
First Bank in India to introduce Credit Cards
Diamond Jubilee Celebrations & surpassed Business of ` 1750 crore
Became convenor of State Level Bankers Committee in AP State
Introduced Insurance Linked Savings Deposit Scheme (Abhaya)
Surpassed `10000 crore mark in Total Business
First Bank to introduce farmer friendly Kisan Credit Card (AB Pattabhi Card)
Initial Public Offer (IPO)
Introduction of New Delivery Channel First Networked ATM
Achieved 100% Branch Computerization
Banking Technology Award for use of IT for customer service in Semi-Urban
and Rural areas by IDRBT, Hyderabad
Follow-on Public Offer (FPO)
First Representative Office abroad (Dubai)
Banking Technology Award 2006 for Payment Initiatives from IBA
Conducted BANCON 2006 Inclusive Growth A New Challenge
Ranked 532 among Top 1000 Banks in the world
Opened Representative Office at New Jersy, USA
100% implementation of Core Banking
Crossed ` 1 lakh crore Total Business
Entered Joint Venture with IndiaFirst Life Insurance Company Limited
Crossed ` 1000 crore Net Profit
Best Bank Award for Quality of Assets, CAMEL Rating and Mid-size Bank
Andhra Bank, Bank of Baroda & Indian Overseas Bank has entered into a tie
up for setting up a banking subsidiary in Malaysia India International Bank
(Malaysia) Bhd and is in the process of commencing business
Best Bank and Financial Institution Awards by CNBC TV18 Editorial Board
Roll of Honour under Mid-sized Banks Category
RSETI Rajahmundry adjudged as Best RSETIs in the country
Special Jury Award for ATM Operations Excellence by NPCI
Crossed Two Lakh Crore Business by 31st December 2012
Introduced Strategic Business Transformation Initiatives NavShakti
Best R-SETI award to ABIRD, Rajahmundry
Inspiring Work places Award Best Star Practitioner (Public Sector)
Special Award for Innovation in ATMs instituted by NPCI
147
LOGO TOGETHERNESS IS THE THEME

The Symbol of Infinity denotes a Bank that is prepared to do any thing, to

go to any lengths, for the customer.
The Blue pointer on the top represents the philosophy of a Bank that is
always looking for growth and newer directions.
The Key hole represents Safety and Security.
The Chain indicates togetherness.
The colours Red and Blue denote dynamism and solidity
Vision Statement To become a significant player, providing full range of

banking services through innovative customer centric products and to maximize
stake holders value
Mission Statement To work together towards delivering excellent customer
service by leveraging on technology and human resources to attain world class

performance standards
Corporate Slogan
NavShakti Bank has taken up a Strategic Business Transformation Initiative to

rejuvenate the Business Process to meet the ever growing demands of the customers
effectively and efficiently. Bank has taken aboard M/s McKinsey& Company as
Management Consultants and the Project NavShakti was started in the Month of Feb
2013. As part of the Project a thorough Business Re-engineering of the present
processes is taken up to enhance the productivity and also deliver value to the
customers. New Generation Branches were designed and two pilot Branches have
been rolled out at Hyderabad, steps are being taken to implement the same all over
India. The New generation Branches are calibrated to give a delightful business
experience for customers who visit the Branch. Besides the above SME, Retail Loan
factories have been set up to reduce the turnaround time for processing and
sanctioning of Loans to customers. Along with these infrastructural changes, staff is
being trained in new roles and new marketing systems to increase the market share
of the Bank and its products.
148
Andhra Bank - Financial Results March 2012 to 2014 Highlights (`Crore)

No
Business Parameters
Mar12 Mar13 Mar14 Dec14
1
Deposits
105851 123796 141845 142078
2
Advances
84684 100138 110649 118763
3
Total Business (1+2)
190535 223934 252494 260841
4
Composition of Advances
a) Corporate (Mid & Large) Advances
46419
51575
53670
60953
b) Agriculture Advances
12458
16451
20267
19756
c) Retail Credit
11301
14328
16515
18567
d) MSME
13132
16863
18315
19487
e) Other Advances
1373
921
1882
5
Non Performing Assets
a) Gross NPA
1798
3714
5857
7118
b) % Gross NPA to Advances
2.12
3.71
5.29
5.99
c) Net NPA
755
2409
3342
4264
d) % Net NPA to Advances
0.91
2.45
3.11
3.70
6
Profit
a) Interest Income
11339
12910
14297
12107
b) Interest Expenses
7579
9153
10560
8940
c) Net Interest Income (a-b)
3760
3757
3737
3167
d) Other Income
890
1047
1333
1062
e) Operating expenses
1804
2037
2310
1934
f) Contribution (d-e)
-944
-990
-977
-872
g) Operating Profit (c+f)
2815
2767
2760
2295
h) Provisions
1470
1478
2026
1842
i) Net Profit
1345
1289
436
453
7
Dividend (%)
55
50
20
8
No. of Branches
1712
1867
2114
2287
9
No. of ATMs
1056
1207
1847
2156
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Key Ratios (%)

CASA Deposits
26.38
CD Ratio
80.07
Cost of Deposits
7.94
Cost of Funds
6.92
Yield on Advances
12.33
Yield on Investments
7.83
Yield on Funds
9.95
Net Interest Margin (NIM)
3.67
Return on Assets (ROA)
1.19
Cost to Income Ratio
42.21
Standard Assets to Gross Advances
97.88
Provision Coverage Ratio
71.13
Capital to Risk weighted Assets Ratio
13.18
i) Tier-I
9.02
ii) Tier-II
4.16
25.65
80.94
7.87
7.00
12.02
7.97
9.88
3.21
0.99
42.40
96.29
49.57
11.76
8.52
3.24
24.80
78.01
7.81
6.95
11.22
8.05
9.40
2.76
0.29
45.56
94.70
52.55
11.18
8.25
2.93
25.90
83.60
7.66
7.10
11.66
8.21
9.61
3.43
0.49
45.72
94.01
53.13
10.51
7.45
3.06
Awards & Accolades:

Bank has received Inspiring Work Places (IWP) award instituted by Banking
frontiers under BEST STAR HR PRACTITIONER category for the new HR
initiatives taken up by the bank which is first of its kind to recognize the HR efforts of
the Banking and Financial Services sector.
Special Award for Innovation in ATMs Awarded by National Payment Corporation
of India (NPCI)
149
Deposit Schemes
Banks have been introducing various innovative deposit schemes to provide value
added services to the customers with an objective to retain existing clientele and to
expand the base further. Besides extending existing generic deposit products such as
Current, Savings, Recurring, Fixed and Kalpataruvu deposits, Bank introduced many
new deposit schemes in the recent past and the brief details of the schemes are
furnished here under:
AB-Freedom (Flexi) Deposits: The scheme provides features of both Savings and
Term Deposits to the customers. All individuals (single/joint), Clubs, Associations,
Trusts, Hospitals, Schools and colleges are eligible to open Flexi accounts. However,
special minors are not allowed to open accounts under this scheme. Minimum
balance prescribed for AB Freedom SB account is `5,000/- and the minimum period
of deposit is 15 days and maximum period is 12 months for FDs/RIP Deposits. The
customer is required to specify tenor option while opening the account. In case
where the customer does not exercise option, system takes 15 days for FD and 6
months for RI as default tenor. The rate of interest is as applicable to domestic term
deposits. The depositor can choose either FDR or Reinvestment deposits. The
depositor can change his choice from FDR to Reinvestment Deposit or vice versa for
the future bunches of units to be opened. Whenever, the balance in the SB account
exceeds `5000/-, system transfers the balance in to Fixed or Re-investment Deposit
with a minimum deposit of `5000/- or multiples thereof. Similarly, whenever the
customer presents a cheque in excess of SB balance, system cancels the term
deposits (`1000/- or multiples thereof) to meet the requirement. No penalty for
premature withdrawal of deposit units under this scheme. After cancellation of units
in a bunch of units, the remaining units will continue to earn interest at the
contracted rate. No deposit loan is allowed against Flexi Deposits. Deposit Receipts
will not be issued for the units opened under the scheme. Statements will be issued
for SB as well as Fixed Deposit/ Reinvestment Deposit transactions. (Circular no. 159
Ref 44/20 dated 27.08.08 & Cir.no.381 Ref 27/55 dated 07.02.11)
AB Premium Current Account: In order to provide value added services to the
Business community, Bank introduced special deposit scheme in the month of
October 2008. It is meant for Current Deposit Accounts and the minimum balance
required is `100000/-. They are entitled to avail Free Cheque Book Facility (including
Multi City Cheques), No Folio and Transaction Charges, Any Branch Banking and
Instant Funds Transfer, 50% concession in Service Charges for Funds Remittance.
Balance in excess of `200000/- can be converted as Term Deposits (in units multiple
of `10000/-) subject to the guidelines as applicable to AB Freedom (Flexi) Deposit
Scheme. It helps the branches to improve the CASA Deposits. (Circular no.238 Ref
44/30 dated 16.10.2008)
AB Super Salary SB Account The existing scheme of AB Privilege Corporate
Salary SB Account is re-launched with the following features:
a) Salaried staff of any company/organization drawing salaries through our Bank.
b) The Average Minimum Balance of `5000/- should be maintained except when the
account is in debit balance.
c) No Ledger Folio / Transaction charges. Free ATM/Debit Card (for first year). Free
Credit Card/Demat Account/Internet Banking/Online Trading (conditions apply).
d) Free Remittance up to `25000/- per month. Free Statement of Account Once in
a month. Free issue of Cheque Books (50 leaves in a year).
e) Scheme provides for conversion of balance in excess of `10000/- as Term
Deposits (units multiples of `5000/-) with Sweep and Reverse Sweep facility
as in the case of AB Freedom (Flexi) Deposit Scheme.
150
f)
Similarly, the scheme also provides for Temporary Overdraft facility equivalent
to the latest Net salary drawn by the account holder at Base Rate + 7.50%.
These two options are mutually exclusive. In other words, where the account
holder opts for Overdraft facility, he/she cannot avail the flexi deposit option
facility. (Cir. No.351 Ref 27/21 dated 01.02.10)
AB Recurring Deposit Plus Scheme: This scheme is meant to built-up corpus fund
for individuals / firms / institutions / companies through regular monthly deposits
over a period of time to meet their future financial requirements. Depositor has an
option to choose a core installment between `100/- to `100000/- and further he has
option to deposit any amount not exceeding 10 times of core installment. Depositor
can remit monthly installment at any branch of Andhra bank without any charges.
Minimum period of deposit is 6 months and maximum period is 60 months. No
penalty for late payment of installments. Interest is calculated on daily products i.e.
minimum balance available between 10th and last day of the month. No penalty for
premature withdrawal. However, in case of RD account closed within 6 months,
penalty @ 0.50% on the balance outstanding subject to a minimum of `50/- and
maximum of `500/-. Interest accrued is exempted from Tax Deduction at Source
(TDS). Transfer of accounts between the branches is not allowed. The other
guidelines (Nomination, Payment of maturity amount, Claims etc.,) that are
applicable to existing RD Scheme holds good to AB RD Plus scheme also. All staff
deposit accounts earns 1% extra interest while they are in service as well as on
retirement/resignation. Further, in case of senior citizens (staff) they continue to
earn applicable senior citizen deposit rate plus 1% extra. (Circular no.081 Ref 44/09
dated 20.06.2009 & Cir.no.4 Ref 3/1 dated 05.04.2011)
AB Grama Kranthi Savings Account: It is a new scheme with a built-in overdraft
facility aimed at to offer basic banking services to the financially excluded sections of
the society using Smart Card and Biometric authentication technologies through
Business Correspondents. No minimum balance and no service charges are
applicable. Simplified KYC norms are applicable. No cheque book and ATM/Debit
cards will be issued. It is an Entrepreneurial credit scheme for covering the general
credit needs of the Banks customers in FI villages with a maximum credit limit of
`25000/- per household at Base Rate+3.5% without any collateral security. The limit
is valid for a period of 3 years and should be reviewed every year. (Cir.no.514 Ref
19/48 dated 22.03.13).
AB Basic Savings Bank Deposit Account (ABBAS): As per RBI directions, Banks
are required to adopt simplified procedure to open SB accounts without any
stipulation on minimum balance. All individuals who are eligible to open normal SB
accounts can open No frills accounts subject to introduction from another account
holder who complied KYC norms. The introducers account with the bank should be at
least six month old and should show satisfactory transactions. Photograph of the
customer who proposes to open the account and also his/her address needs to be
certified by the introducer OR any other evidence as to the identity and address of
the customer to the satisfaction of the bank. These accounts do not attract service
charges / penal charges. No cheque book shall be issued. Drawals from account shall
be permitted only through numbered withdrawal forms accompanied by passbook.
Once the balance in the account exceeds `50000/- or total credits in the account
exceeds `100000/- in a year, no further transactions will be permitted in the
account. The customer has to close the account and open normal saving account
fulfilling the complete KYC procedure. As per the recent guidelines, BSBD account
holders, who are earning members of the family and preferably women of the house
and who had satisfactory dealings with the bank for at least six months, are eligible
to avail overdraft facility not exceeding an amount of `5000/-. However, Minors,
Kisan Credit Card / General Credit Card holders and the account holders whose age
is beyond 60 years are not eligible to avail overdraft facility. Overdraft attracts
interest @ Base Rate+2%. (Circular no.444 Ref 51/31 dated 26.03.2008)
151
AB Tax Saver: It is a term deposit (Fixed/Reinvestment) scheme earns interest as

well as tax benefits under Section 80 C. It is meant for individuals and HUF (only
Income Tax Assesses with PAN). Deposit can be opened in single/joint accounts. In
case of joint accounts, tax benefit is available only to the first holder of the deposit.
Minimum deposit is `100/- and Maximum amount allowed is `150000/-. The
minimum period of deposit is 5 Years. At present, the interest is at 8.50% w.e.f.
01.12.2014. Declaration is to be obtained from the first depositor that the total
deposits under this scheme at various bank branches do not exceed `150000/during the year. No nomination can be made in respect of a term deposit applied for
and held by or on behalf of a minor. Deposit receipt shall bear the name, address,
PAN and signature of the depositor. No deposit loan or no lien to any other loan. No
premature cancellation. (Circular no.431 Ref 51/30 dated 13.03.08 & Cir.no.300 Ref
27/33 dated 28.11.2014)
AB Smart Choice (Unfixed Deposit) Scheme: Bank has introduced a new Unfixed
Deposit with an objective to extend better interest rate to the corporate, institutions
and High Networth Individuals with a name titled AB Smart Choice with effective
from 1st January 2014. It is a term deposit account and the minimum period of
deposit should be minimum 7 days and maximum 179 days. The minimum amount
of deposit should be `1 crore and above and no premature cancellation charges if the
deposit cancelled after 7 days. The interest rates are as applicable from time to time.
No additional interest for staff/retired staff and Senior Citizens under this Scheme.
(Cir no.390 Ref.No.27/40 dated 31.12.2013 & Cir no. 476 Ref 27/53 dated
28.02.2014)
Capital Gains Scheme: The scheme is aimed at Income Tax Assesses to extend
relief of tax on long-term capital gains for different assets provided the assesses
purchase another specified assets within a certain time frame. The assesses are
eligible for exemption under section 54, 54B, 54D, 54F or 54G of the IT Act 1961. All
branches except Rural Branches can open SB and Term Deposit (FD/KTD)
accounts of the said category depositors. Accounts should be opened in individual
names only and no joint accounts are allowed. No cheque book is issued to SB
accounts. Depositors are required to submit withdrawal form along with form C to
withdraw amount from the account. Similarly, Term Deposit funds cannot be directly
paid to depositor and they should route through respective SB account only. To close
account, depositor has to submit application in form G along with written approval
from the assessing officer having jurisdiction of the depositor. Deposit loans are not
allowed and no lien should be allowed on the said accounts. (Cir.no.453 Ref 44/25
dated 16.01.06 and Cir.no.142 Ref 27/13 dated 24.07.14)
Student Accounts: Branches are allowed to open student accounts in the name of
SB Easy Social Welfare Small accounts (SBESW) for the purpose of credit of
scholarship amounts under various Govt. schemes. There is no minimum balance
stipulation and no charges will be levied for not maintaining the minimum balance.
No restrictions either on amount or number of transactions in the account.
Inoperative / Dormant guidelines are not applicable to this scheme. (Cir.no.246 Ref
55/20 dated 20.10.2014)
Deposit Schemes Discontinued Branches are not permitted to accept fresh
deposits under AB Excel, AB Super, AB Supreme, AB Jeevan Prakash, AB Jeevan
Prakash Plus, Sulabh, Stock Invest, Samkshema, Home Loan, Mediclaim, AB
Pattabhi, AB 400, AB Pattabhi Plus, AB Power, Navashakti 90 (444 days) as the
schemes were discontinued. However, the existing deposit accounts under the above
schemes will continue till maturity.
152
Tenure
Limit of
Subscription
Rate of interest
Mode of holding
Tax treatment
Transferability
Nomination
Withdrawal facility
Loan facility &

Repayment
Extension of a/c
Closure of account
Public Provident Fund Scheme (PPF)-1968

15 years.
Amount not less than `500/- and not more than `150000/- in a year
in one lump sum or in installments not exceeding twelve in a year.
8.70% p.a. Compounded annually or as prescribed in the Official

Gazette published by the GOI from time to time. Interest is paid on
funds deposited before 5th of every month.
Any individual on his behalf or on behalf of a minor of whom he is
Guardian or HUF or an association of persons or body of individuals.
NRIs cannot open accounts under this scheme.
The entire amount deposited in to PPF during the financial year is
treated as deductible Under Sec.80C of ITR Act.
Yes. Can be transferred inter Bank and intra Bank.
Nomination facility is available.
Any time after the expiry of five years starting from the end of the
year in which the initial subscription was made. Only one withdrawal
is permitted in a year.
Permitted with the following limits.
Period
Shall not exceed
After one year
25% of the amount at credit
After four years
50% of the amount at credit
Repayable within 36 months from the first day of the month
following the month in which the loan is sanctioned.
5 years at the option of the subscriber.
After the expiry of 15 years from the end of the year in which the
initial subscription was made.
Senior Citizen
Tenure of the scheme
Rate of interest
Frequency of computing interest
Taxability
Whether TDS is applicable
Investment to be in multiples of
Minimum eligible age for
investment
Savings Scheme (SCSS)-2004

5 years which can be extended by 3 more years
9.20% per annum
Quarterly
Interest is fully taxable
Yes, Tax will be deducted at source
`1000/- Maximum investment limit ` 15 lakh
60 years (55 years for VRS optees). However, age
limit is not applicable to Defence Service personnel.
Available after one year of holding but with penalty

Transferability feature Not transferable to others
Nomination
Available
Can be held both in single or joint holding modes.
Modes of holding Accounts
Joint holding is allowed but only with spouse
Non resident Indians, Persons of Indian Origin and
Applicability to NRI, PIO and HUFs Hindu Undivided Family are not eligible to open an
account under the scheme.
Transfer of account from one deposit office to
Transfer of account
another in case of change of residence is permitted
Bank earns a commission @ `45/- per transaction on PPF and SCSS. (Cir.no.244 Ref
51/18 dated 20.10.2011)
Premature withdrawal facility
153
Insurance Linked Deposit Schemes

Abhaya Savings Bank (ASB) The scheme is having features of Savings Bank
coupled with insurance coverage (Group Janata Personal Accidental Insurance
Cover). It is meant for all individual depositors including joint accounts, especially
those whose lives are exposed to accidental risks on account of their profession/
employment/occupation. M/s.United India Insurance Company is undertaking the
risk coverage. All Joint accountholders are compulsorily covered. Age 5 to 70
years. Accidental Insurance cover is available to all depositors. `25000/- for death /
total disability and `12500/- for partial disability. Premium `15/-; Insurance year
1st Sep to 31st Aug. Nomination holds good for deposit balance and the insurance
claim. Joint accountholders can specify their nominees separately. (Cir.no. 210 Ref
51/09 dated 17.08.2013)
Abhaya Savings Plus (ASB+) The scheme was introduced in our bank in the
year 2006. It is meant for all individual depositors, especially those whose lives are
exposed to accidental risks on account of their profession / employment /
occupation. Individuals and Joint Account holders can open. All Joint accountholders
are compulsorily covered. Age: 5 to 70 years. Cover: Group Janata Personal
Accidental Insurance Cover. `100000/- for death / total disability and `25000/- for
partial disability. Premium `36/-; Insurance year 1st Nov to 31st October. United
India Insurance Company is undertaking the risk coverage. Nomination holds good
for deposit balance and the insurance claim. Joint accountholders can specify their
nominees separately.
Abhaya Gold Savings (ABG) This scheme was introduced in the year 1996.
Individuals and joint account holders are eligible. All joint account holders are
compulsorily covered. Age 5 to 75 years. It is a Group Personal accident Insurance
Policy. M/s. United India Insurance Company is undertaking risk coverage. Death /
Total Disability `2 lakh. Partial disability `50000/-. Premia `88/-; Insurance year
1st November to 31st October. Separate nomination for insurance claim. Joint
accountholders can give separate nominations for the insurance amount.
AB Jeevan Abhaya (ABJ) This scheme was launched in the year 2002. It is a
Savings Bank account that provides Life and Accidental death cover on payment
of nominal premium and simple health declaration. No medical examination is
required. Individuals in the age group of 18 to 55 years can open this account. SB
opening form can be used. The premium rates depend on the age of the insured. The
insurance period is 1st Dec to 30th November. The risk is covered by IndiaFirst Life
Insurance Corporation Limited (IFLIC) and the amount of coverage is `1 lakh in
case of normal or accidental death. Joint accountholders can be covered by opening
a joint account and by paying the applicable Premia. All accounts opened under AB
Super Salary (SB account) scheme will be covered under this scheme. (Circular no.
294 Ref 51/25 dated 16.11.2010)
AB Jeevan Abhaya Plus Bank has launched a new scheme on the eve of 90th
year of Foundation Day celebrations w.e.f. 01.12.2013. It is meant for individuals
whose age is in between 18 to 55 years. The depositors will be covered with life
insurance coverage of `2 lakh (Life and Accidental death) in association with
M/s.India First Life Insurance Company Ltd. No medical tests required except for
declaration of Good Health. The premium depends on the age of the depositor. The
minimum deposit stipulated under this scheme is Rs.1000/- for Rural, Rs.2000/- for
Semi-urban; Rs.3000/- for Urban and Rs.5000/- Metro branches. All existing
guidelines that are applicable to SB accounts will apply to the new scheme. The
insurance year for this scheme is from 1st December to 30th November every year.
(Cir.no.353 Ref 51/19 dated 28.11.2013)
154
AB Jeevan Abhaya Double Plus: Bank launched a new scheme with effective
from 15th July 2014. It is meant for individuals whose age is in between 18 to 55
years. The depositors will be covered with life insurance coverage of `5 lakh (Life
and Accidental death) in association with M/s.India First Life Insurance Company Ltd.
No medical tests required except for declaration of Good Health. The premium
depends on the age of the depositor. The minimum deposit stipulated under this
scheme is Rs.2000/- for Rural, Rs.3000/- for Semi-urban; Rs.4000/- for Urban and
Rs.5000/- Metro branches. All existing guidelines that are applicable to SB accounts
will apply to the new scheme. The insurance year for this scheme is from 15th July to
14th July every year. (Cir.no.119 Ref 51/13 dated 14.07.2014)
AB Jeevan Abhaya Triple Plus: Bank launched a new scheme with effective
from 15th July 2014. It is meant for individuals whose age is in between 18 to 55
years. The depositors will be covered with life insurance coverage of `10 lakh (Life
and Accidental death) in association with M/s.India First Life Insurance Company Ltd.
No medical tests required except for declaration of Good Health. The premium
depends on the age of the depositor. The minimum deposit stipulated under this
scheme is Rs.2000/- for Rural, Rs.3000/- for Semi-urban; Rs.4000/- for Urban and
Rs.5000/- Metro branches. All existing guidelines that are applicable to SB accounts
will apply to the new scheme. The insurance year for this scheme is from 15th July to
14th July every year. (Cir.no.119 Ref 51/13 dated 14.07.2014)
Insured Current Deposits (ICD) Individuals, Joint A/cs, HUF, Sole Proprietors,
Partnership Firms, Ltd Cos., having CD/ODCC/Pattabhi Agricard accounts. However,
office bearers of clubs / societies / trusts / associations and account holders of
inoperative accounts are not eligible to join in the scheme. The age of the account
holder should be in the range of 5 to 70 years. ICD covers risk against accident
(death / disability). It also includes snakebite, electrocution, food poisoning, riots
etc., United India Insurance Company covers the risk upto 1.50 lakh for
death/total disability. Insurance year 21st February to 20th February. Premia
`69/- per person per annum to be collected. (Cir no.462 Ref 51/22 dated
19.02.2013)
AB Kiddy Bank Scheme (Kids Khazana) Bank has re-launched the earlier the
earlier Kiddy Bank scheme under the new brand name AB Kiddy Bank Scheme in
the year 2007. It is meant for minors (even 1 day old minor) represented by
Guardians or by the minors themselves who have completed the age of 10 years. All
existing Kiddy bank accounts can be converted. Minimum balance to be maintained
is `100/-. Kid and parent/guardian (aged up to 70 years) both are covered under
Accidental Insurance. Accidental insurance coverage is available up to `1.50 lakh for
the kid and the parent/guardian. Insurance Premia is `54/- per annum (31st of
October). The risk is covered by United India Insurance Company. Free Doll.
Educational Grant of `5000/- (for age up to 10 years) / `10000 (for age of 11 to 18
years) as per the age of the child in case of accident risk of the parent. (Cir.no. 68
Ref 51/5 dated 31.05.2007)
155
Special Schemes: In order to provide further value added services to the

customers, Bank has introduced two new Savings Bank Deposit schemes (Diamond &
Platinum) and AB Emerald Current with effective from 01.08.2014. The salient
features are as follows.
Features
Eligibility
Diamond
Platinum
Well paid salaried class of reputed
Corporates / Public Sector Enterprises /
Central & State Governments. Societies /
Charitable
Trusts
and
Educational
institutions whose income is exempted
from Income Tax and High net worth
individuals
AB Emerald Current
Individuals/HUF/Propriet
ary concerns / Firms /
companies / Clubs /
Associations / Trusts /
Societies/Religious
Endowments/Govt.
Departments/Local
Bodies etc.
Minimum deposit should
be `2 lakh with quarterly
average balance of `3
lakh.
deposit
Minimum
deposit Minimum
should be `50000/- should be `100000/Deposit
with
quarterly with
quarterly
average balance of average balance of
`3 lakh.
`5 lakh.
Insurance coverage Insurance coverage Accidental
Insurance
(Life for `1 lakh and (Life for `2 lakh and coverage for `5 lakh is
Accidental for `5 Accidental for `10 available to individuals
sole
proprietary
lakh) is available for lakh) is available for and
the main account the persons with age concerns only. The age of
holder whose age is 18 years to 55 the account holder for
insurance
in the range of 18 years.
However, accidental
to
55
years. accidental insurance policy cover from above
Insurance
However, accidental policy
cover
is 5 years to 75 years.
coverage
insurance
policy available
for
the
cover is available persons
from
5
for
the
persons years to 75 years.
from 5 years to 75 The
insurance
years.
The premium
depends
insurance premium on the age of the
depends on the age person.
of the person.
Free cash withdrawal at all our branches
At par cash deposit facility at all our branches
Free personalized cheque book facility
Priority locker allotment
Other
Free statement of account (once in a month). However, it is once in a
benefits
fortnight with regard to AB Emerald Current Account holders
Waiver of NEFT / RTGS / SMS / Stop payment charges and
ATM/Debit/Credit card and Demat annual maintenance charges
Concession in processing charges on retail loans (15% in case of
Diamond and 25% with regard to Platinum and AB Emerald Current
account holders
Cir.no.148 Ref 27/15 dated 30.07.2014; Cir.no.202 Ref 27/21 dated 19.09.2014
156
Deposit
ICD
ASB
ASB +
ABG
KidsKhazanaa
ABJ
ABJ Abhaya
Plus
AB Jeevan
Abhaya
Double Plus
AB Jeevan
Abhaya
Triple Plus
AB SB
Diamond
Insurance Schemes at glance ( ` in lakhs)

Age
Accidental
Comp
Insurance year
coverage
5 to 70
United
1.50
21st Feb to 20th Feb
India
5 to 70
-do0.25
1st Sep to 31st Aug
5 to 70
-do1.00
1st Nov to 31st Oct
5 to 70
-do2.00
1st Nov to 31st Oct
1 day to United
1.50
1st Nov to 31st Oct
1818toyr55 IFLIC
1.00$
1st Dec to 30th Nov
Depends on
age of the
depositor
18 to 55
IFLIC
2.00$
1 Dec to 30
18 to 55
IFLIC
5.00$
15th July to 14th July
-do-
18 to 55
IFLIC
10.00$
15th July to 14th July
-do-
18 to 55
IFLIC
Accid. 5 lakh
Life 1 lakh
1st Aug to 31st July
-do-
1st Aug to 31st July
-do-
AB SB
Accid.10 lakh
18 to 55 IFLIC
Platinum
Life 2 lakh
$ covers both Life/Accidental death
st
th
Nov
Premium
`69
`15
`36
`88
`54
The insurance coverage terminates immediately in the event of non-payment of

renewal premium. However, the policy will be renewed with prospective effect
provided the premium payment is made subsequent to due date also. Branches to
note not accept any premium payment from the account holders whose age is
crossed the above specified years. The Insurance premium should be debited to the
respective account on the date of opening of the account itself. Claim intimation shall
be sent to insurance company within 90 days from the date of accident / death and
claims forms duly filled shall be submitted to the Insurance Company within 180
days. Claim forms may be submitted to the insurance company either directly or
through the bank. Documents to be submitted along with the claim forms are as
under:
In case of death
Death Certificate
Postmortem report with inquest report
FIR of police / Final Investigation Report
Nominees name
Certificate of remittance of premium
In case of disability
Photograph of the disability
Disablement certificate issued by doctor
Banks certificate of remittance of premium
Any other relevant document
Police Report
Any correspondence with Insurance Company/Claimant must be done only through

Registered Post Acknowledgement Due. All new accounts, a lien of 45 days imposed
for claims arising on account of Natural Death from the date of opening of account.
However, Lien clause is not applicable in case of claims due to Accidental Deaths.
The settlement of claim is at the sole discretion of the insurance company. The Bank
will act only as a facilitator.
157
E-Products
Any Branch Banking (ABB): Under CBS, Branch customer has become Bank
customer and they are allowed to approach any branch across the country for
deposit of cheque or cash and withdrawal of cash or transfer of money. Branches are
allowed to make payments at remote branches up to `1 lakh to the account holders
and up to `50000/- to third parties. However, payment to third party is restricted to
`20000/- with regard to NRE / NRO accounts. Branch should ensure the identity of
the bearer while making payments. With regard to deposit of cash / transfer of funds
among the bank branches is allowed at par for any amount. (Cir.no.153 Ref 55/11
dated 31.07.2014)
Non-Personalized Debit Cards (NPDC): Post CBS environment has enabled the
bank to issue NPDC to the customers on the opening day of the account itself. Bank
has taken this initiative to render faster customer service and to provide Any Time
Banking through ATM network across the country. Branch delivers the card along
with PIN. The card will be activated within 48 hours of the issue. It is a tool to
branches to attract new customers besides retaining the existing clientele for further
business development. The cards can be used on any ATM across the country to avail
the following services with free of charge. (Cir.no.341 Ref 55/25 dated 19.11.2012)

Balance Enquiry / Mini Statement.

Cardholders are allowed to withdraw cash up to `25000/- per day. However,
cash withdrawal per transaction is limited to `15000/- as the machine can
deliver maximum of 40 pieces only.
The maximum limit allowed for purchase of goods and services is fixed
`50000/- per day.
Credit Card holders having VISA/Master affiliation can avail cash advance
facility from any of our ATMs across the country.
Funds Transfer from one account to another account of the cardholder.
Cardholders can donate funds to various trust schemes of Tirumala Tirupathi
Devastanam as per their convenience using E-Hundi option.
Credit card bill payment (our bank).
Our Bank cardholders can avail Mobile Recharge facility.
Rail Ticket / Air Ticket booking.
mPAY registration for our customers.
RuPay Cards: The Pradhan Mantri Jan-Dhan Yojana revised financial inclusion
scheme provides issuance of RuPay cards to all account holders (majors) including
illiterates. These cards can be used like any other ATM/Debit cards within India. The
cardholders who operate the accounts as per RBI guidelines are eligible to avail
insurance coverage of `100000/- & `30000/- for accidental & life respectively.
(Cir.no.370 Ref 55/29 dated 22.01.2015)
SMS Alerts: Bank is providing SMS based mobile alerts to the registered customers
to keep them informed of various transactions that occur in their accounts. Further,
bank is also using the SMS media to send specific or common messages/information
to the customers through SMS Push alerts and all registered customers (Current
and Savings) can avail the following services at nominal charge of `15/- per quarter
plus applicable service charges.

Savings Bank transactions (Clearing/Transfer/Cash)

CD / ODCC transactions (Clearing/Transfer/Cash)
Transactions on Alternate Delivery Channels (ATM, POS, Mobile and Internet)
RTGS/NEFT/ECS and Credit Card transactions
Cheque Returns / Cheque Book Issue
Term Deposit Due date / overdue reminders for loan accounts
Balance for any transaction at end of the day for Current/ODCC accounts.
158
A customer has an option to register for Mobile Banking facility at branch or ATM or
Internet. The registered customer has an option to enquire Balance Enquiry, Last
Five Transactions and Cheque Status Enquiry through SMS Pull alerts. However,
the service provider (Mobile Company) levies applicable charge.
Mobile Banking (mPAY): Bank has introduced mPAY which provides the customers
a secure and convenient means of banking from anywhere and at anytime. Under
this, customers can check their account balances, view mini account statement,
know cheque status, note stop payment of cheques, make donations and transfer
funds either through Person to Person (P2P); Person to Account (P2A) and Person to
Merchant (P2M) on press of button. All Savings Bank and Current account holders
having ATM/Debit card are eligible to avail this facility. Customer has an option to
link any one account (CASA group) connected to the card with the mobile number.
Customer intending to avail mPAY facility should possess mobile handset Java
enabled or Windows Mobile 5.0 & above model or Windows Mobile Professional model
with activated GPRS (General Packet Radio Service). Customer can register for mPAY
through any of our Branch/ATMs across the country. It is hassle-free paperless
process and upon registration, customer receives a registration slip which contains
the default application password and MPIN. Under this the customer can transfer
`50000/- in a day through mPay application and `5000/- SMS tag messaging. At
present, Bank is extending the said services free of cost. (Cir.no.377 Ref 55/31
dated 03.02.2015)
Internet Banking: Our bank introduced Internet Banking with AB INFI-net brand
name in the year 2008. On receipt of Internet Banking application from the retail
customers, branch should enter the details such as account number, mobile number
and e-mail of the customer in the system for registration. Internet Processing
Center, Koti, Head Office directly sends Login Password to the customer and
transaction password will be sent to the branch for onward submission to the
customer with due acknowledgement. However, branches to continue to forward the
Internet requests from corporate customers to Head Office for approval. In case of
Retail customers, Internet Banking facility can be extended to primary as well as
secondary customer of the account. However, transaction rights will be available only
to primary account holder and secondary customer can view the accounts. Net
Banking facility is not allowed for Power of Attorney / Mandate holders. Bank is
extending the following facilities to the registered customers (Individuals and
Corporate) free of cost:

Account Balance Enquiry / Account Statement view / Printing / Downloading

Request for Cheque Book / Term Deposit
Online TAX payment (e-tax) / Online IPO ASBA
Credit Card Bill payment
Funds Transfer Registered customer has an option to transfer balances
between linked operative accounts of the same customer across the branches
and also undertake third party transfers from his/her account to any other
operative account of Andhra Bank.
External Funds Transfer Bank is extending funds transfer facility to the
customers across the Banks through NEFT/RTGS is allowed on Internet. The
default limit set for `1 lakh per day. However, branches can recommend for
higher limits to Head Office depending on the request of the customers.
In the light of potential risks (hacking and phising) associated with Internet Banking
and to protect the interest of the internet customers, Bank has introduced Two
Factor Authentication. Under this, Bank is generating six-digit One Time Password
(OTP) and sending as SMS to the customer as and when he transacts on internet.
Besides, OTP an option is given to the internet customers to opt for Software Token
(Safe-T), a unique password generates each time and forward to mobile. With regard
159
to Corporate Internet customers, Bank is providing hardware token for this purpose.
To execute funds transfer facility, the internet customer is required to create an
account i.e. Online Authentication Code (OAC), which is a mandatory. The cooling
period for OAC is 12 hours after successful validation of OAC code for payee
registration. (Cir 271 Ref 55/30 dated 01.10.13 & Cir 69 Ref 55/5 dated 04.06.2014)
E-Passbook: Bank has introduced a new service called e-Passbook to the
registered customers having smart phones with Android operating system. This will
provide customers with customer information, balance enquiry and account
statement on their mobile at their request with free of charge. (Cir.no.168 Ref 55/13
dated 11.08.2014)
Personalized Cheque Books: In order to meet the discerning expectations of the
customers, Personalized Cheque Book facility is introduced at all important centers
across the country and the indents will be processed online and delivered to
branches through courier. All cheque leaves bear branch address and name of the
customer, which provides value addition to the customers.
Computer Generated Cash Receipt: The most happening of customer interaction
in the bank branches are at the cash counters and customers/public likely to take
impulse decisions based on the service experience at these touch points. In order to
improve the customer service at cash counters further and to avert avoidable
complaints pertaining to cash related issues, all branches are advised to issue
computer generated receipt for all customer related cash transactions. These
receipts do not require any signature since they are system generated. It is the
responsibility of the respective branches to ensure that the Cash Receipt Printers are
kept in working condition along with required stationery. However, in the event of
absence of cash receipt printers or printers going out of order, for the reasons
beyond the control of the branches, branch may issue manual counterfoil/acknowledgement, as an exceptional case. However, such counter-foils are to be
countersigned by another officer apart from the signature of the staff receiving such
cash. Branches are advised to display prominently near the cash cabin stating that
customers are advised to demand system generated cash receipt only and it should
also be mentioned that complaints made on pass book with manual entries and cash
receipts issued manually will not be entertained by the bank. (Cir.no.208 Ref 55/17
dated 06.09.10 & cir.no.209 Ref 55/17 dated 20.09.10)
Tele Banking Call Center: Bank has launched Tele Banking & Call Center to
provide information to the registered customers about their accounts through
Interactive Voice Response (IVR). Further, it enables the customers to have desired
information without visiting the branch personally. IVR is available round the clock
throughout the year including Sundays and Holidays where as Call Center services
are available from 8 am to 8 pm on all days except on Sundays and National
Holidays. Call center is providing the enquiry related services such as Balance
Inquiry, Interest Rates, Product features etc., pertains to deposit and advance
accounts. Caller is required to contact Toll Free Number 1800-425-1515 for the
above information. However, the caller needs to furnish Customer ID and Personal
details to know his account related information. Besides the above, Call Center
disseminate information of various products of our Bank through Customer Service
Executives to the registered customers as well as other customers/general public.
Bank is not levying any charges for the said services.
Online Opening of SB Account With the benefits of convenience, time saving and
security for our valued customers, our Bank has enabled online opening of SB
account in simple easy steps. This facility is available only for resident Indians with
SELF mode of operation. The customer can chose any branch for opening of the
account with or without nomination. While submitting application, the customer need
to send soft copy of Passport size photographs, scanned copy Photo ID and Address
160
Proof. Once the required documents are uploaded, a unique Tracking ID Number will
be generated and this can be used for tracking and for future reference. On getting
the tracking ID, Customers has to visit the chosen branch in person within 15 days
with original KYC documents. On successful verification/approval of details, the new
account (Abhaya, ABG, ABJ and AB Super Salary) will be opened in the Branch. (Cir.
no.320 Ref 55/38 dated 30.10.2013)
Upset service: In order to minimize the customer complaints and to match the
customer expectations, bank has launched technology embedded service Upset
proactively wherein customers can send their grievance through SMS direct to HO for
immediate resolution. The salient features of the product are:

The aggrieved customer is required to type the word Upset in his/her mobile and
forward the same through SMS to 9666606060.
On receipt of SMS, the service provider sends acknowledgment to the
complainant and routes all inbound SMS received to Customer Service
Department, HO on daily basis. In turn, Customer Service Department calls back
the customer to elicit the details of the grievance/complaint and forwards the
same to the concerned branch/office through email for doing the needful.
Branch/Office is required to initiate necessary steps to resolve the grievance duly
following the extant guidelines and furnish the information through email to
[email protected] on the same day.
The status of complaint/grievance will be informed to the complainant within 48
hours by the Customer Service Department, Head Office.
The newly introduced service Upset is an opportunity to the bank to receive the
expectations of the customers online and enables the bank to initiate necessary
steps for speedy Redressal of the Grievances. (Cir.no.275 Ref 34/03 dated
29.10.2010)
Missed Call: In order to provide instant account balance facility to the customers,
bank has introduced missed call facility where in customer should give a call to
09223011300 from the registered mobile number with the Bank. Call gets
disconnected after short rings automatically and then customer receives SMS with
latest account balance instantly at free of cost. Customer can avail this facility for
maximum of three accounts linked to the mobile.
AB e-trade (Online Trading): The scheme is meant for the customers who are
interested to carry stock market operations (Buying/Selling) at his convenience. It
offers the depositor to trade from his residence or office or while on move through
Internet. The salient features are as under:
It is also called as 3-in-1 account since it integrates Bank Account, Demat Account
and Broking Account of the depositor. Individual or Joint Account, HUF/Trusts,
Corporates etc., who are eligible to open Current / Savings accounts can open AB
e-trade account. However, the style and form of account holders in demat account
should be the same as in bank account.
The existing KYC guidelines are to be followed strictly while opening AB e-trade
account at the branch.
This facility is being offered in tie-up arrangements with M/s.Religare Securities
Limited (RSL). Once the account is opened, account holder is required to register
with RSL to undertake online trading duly indicating the scheme viz., R-Ace, R-ACE
Lite and R-Ace Professional. RSL sends the Login ID and Password to enable the
customer to have access to the website for trading.
In case of purchase of stocks, his account will be debited with the value of the
stocks purchased plus brokerage/service charges and the said stocks will be
transferred to his demat account. Similarly, in case of sale of stocks, demat
161
account will be debited with the number of stocks sold and the proceeds will be
credited to his bank account after deducting brokerage/charges.
In order to protect the customers from fraudulent transfers, customers have an
option to mark lien so that no debit operations are allowed in demat account. It is
a unique feature available in our product.
Brokerage charges levied by RSL is ` 0.05% for intraday transactions and 0.50%
for other transactions i.e. delivery.
It enables the bank to improve low cost deposits besides earning fee based income
through maintenance charges/transaction charges. (Cir no.70 Ref 51/3 dt.10.06.09)
Dematerialization (Demat) signifies conversion of physical form of securities in to
electronic form and the converted securities will be credited to customer account
with Depository Participant (CDSL/NSDL). This can be used for shares, bonds and
Mutual funds. Now, it is mandatory that the investor should have Demat account to
subscribe IPO/FPO. The benefits associated are Faster settlement cycle, Elimination
the risk of bad delivery, No stamp duty, Easy for the banks to lend against shares,
Eliminate delays, thefts, interceptions and fake certificates and Online credit of
Bonus/Rights/Split shares. Our Bank is offering value added service with a brand
name AB Demat to facilitate the investors to have hassle-free, fast and accurate
electronic transactions. Submission of application along with photograph, address
proof and Bank account details are the prerequisites to open demat account.
Nomination facility is available. Investor has the option to freeze/defreeze the
securities. The service charges are as under:
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Service
Agreement charges
Annual Membership
charges
Demat charges
Remat Charges
Transaction Fee
Pledge
Creation/closure
Charges (Exclusive service tax)

Actuals as per state laws
Individuals `300/- Corporates `750/- No charges
for staff accounts.
`2/- per certificate + mailing charges `20/- in
India and `500/- for foreign address
`15/- for every 100 securities or part thereof.
0.04% of market value or minimum of `20/`50 /- per instruction
Branches are allowed to sanction credit limits against pledge of approved and
unencumbered shares, Debentures, Mutual Fund units, which are in demat form. The
margin required is 50% on the market price or 52 week low whichever is low.
However, the maximum limit that can be allowed is `20 lakhs only. (Cir. No. 70 Ref
51/3 dated 10.06.09)
162
Credit Cards
RBI initiated steps to popularize Credit Cards to encourage alternate payment
system in the country to minimize the risks associated with traditional modes of
payments such as cash/cheque/Demand Draft etc.
Of late, credit card has become one of the means to make payments by majority of
house-holds and it is no longer a status symbol. Buy Now Pay Later concept is
attracting and popularizing the credit cards in the market. It is easy to carry with a
limit and hassle free payment system. Cardholders undertake purchase of goods and
services without carrying currency and make payment at a later date. In a way,
Banks are extending short term unsecured personal loans by issuing Credit Cards to
their customers. Card business augments other income of the banks through annual
subscription, service charges and interchange fee. The salient features of credit cards
offered by our bank are furnished here under (cir.no.92 Ref 5/1 dated 28.06.11).
Description
Eligibility:
Cards are issued to
Income:
Salaried Class: Gross
Net
Others :
Annual
Subscription:
Annual Subscription
for subsequent years
is waived in case the
usage in the previous
year
Failure of the above:
For main cards
For add on cards
Validity:
Cash Advance
Charge
Accidental
Insurance
Sanctioning
Authority
VISA Classic
Master Card
VISA Gold
Card
Customers/Non Customers and

Resident Indians
Master Card Electronic /

VISA Gold & Classic
(Against Deposit)
Non resident Indians also
Minimum Deposit:
Master Card Electronic:
`10000
VISA Gold: `67000
VISA Classic: `33500
No Annual subscription in the First Year
Master Card Electronic /
Classic/Master:`18000/`18000/`23000/Gold: `23000/-
`15000/- p.m
`8000/- p.m
`180000/- p.a
`20000/- p.m
`10000/- p.m
`240000- p.a
Master Card Electronic

`200/`150/(VISA Classic/Gold as
applicable to gen. category)
Globally Valid
3%
2%
`550/`200/-
`1000/`400/-
3%
`2.00 lacs
`5.00 lacs
Not available for Master

Card Electronic
Branch Manager For customers with satisfactory track record
at least for 6 months. AGM/DGM (Second Line executive at
Zonal Office) For non customers and customers with
operations of less than 6 months.
Other conditions:
1. Two recent Passport size colour photographs
2.Residence Proof & Photo Identification Telephone /
Gas / Electricity Bill / passport / Driving License etc
3. Proof of Income: a) Salaried Class: Copies of latest
salary slip and Form 16/IT Returns b) For Others:
Copies of two years IT Returns filed with computation
sheets.
4.Copy of PAN Card 5.Rating Sheet in the
prescribed format with recommendation
1. Two recent photos

2.Copy of deposit receipt
duly marking lien on the
face of Deposit Receipt
3. System generated print
out of lien marking of
deposit.
163
Titanium Credit Card: In order to issue hassle free credit cards against Term
Deposit with simple documentation process, Bank has launched a new products
Titanium in the month of July 2013. Under this, cards are issued without insisting
on Income proof and Rating sheet to all eligible customers. The salient features of
the card are as under:
Eligibility Criteria
Age Limit in years
Minimum Deposit
Card Limit
Cash advance
Add on cards
Free credit period allowed
Validity of the card
Minimum payment on Roll over facility
Major, Resident & NRIs

18-79
`10000
75% of the Deposit amount
90% of the card limit
Up to 2 cards-Spouse, children and Parents
21 to 50 days on all merchant purchases
3 years
5 % of the billing amount
`2 lacs on payment of insurance premium of
`85 on each card
`1,50,000 (Maximum)
One point on merchant usage of every `100
with a conversion price at `0.30 on each
point
Accident Insurance coverage

Lost card Insurance
Reward points
Fee & Charges
Admission fees
Nil
Annual subscription on Main and Add-on

cards
Nil
Lost card charges

Lost card Replacement charges
Hot-listing charges
Charge slip request charges
Transaction charges at Railways on the
amount of charge slip
No Surcharge on fuel purchase per day &
Surcharge over & above prescribed limit is
Foreign Currency Markup
Service Charges
i) If MPD Paid in a month
ii) No payment made or less than the MPD
Late Payment Fee
Cash advance charges
ATM charges on cash advance
b) At our Branches/ATMs
ii) At other Bank ATMs
Circular no.155 Ref 5/1 dated 17.07.2013
`200
`200
`200
`100
2.50%
`2,000
2.50%
3.00%
1.50%
1.50%
Nil
15% p.a. for the cash amount withdrawn, on
daily products basis, with a minimum of `50
per transaction
Nil
`25/-
164
AB VISA Platinum Credit Card

Major, Resident & NRIs
Age Limit in years
21-70
`3.00 lacs per annum
Income Eligibility
Cards Against lien on Deposit with 25%
`85,000/- Deposit amount
margin and without insistence of Income
Proof and Scoring model
Minimum Card Limit
`60,000
Add on cards
4 years
Roll over facility
5%
Validity
Global
`10.00 lacs to the Main cardholder and `5.00
lacs to the Add-on Cardholder
Baggage Insurance
`25,000 (Maximum)
Lost card Insurance
`1,50,000 (Maximum)
Cash Advance Limit
50%
Fee & Charges
`1000 & `400 for cards against Deposits
Annual subscription
Annual subscription is waived in the first
`30,000 or 18 Transactions in a year
year and not levied if usage in the previous
year is
Add on cards
`300
Lost card charges
`300
`200
`100
2.50%
`2,000
2.50%
3.00%
Temporary enhancement Charges per
`200
occasion
`200
Hot listing charges
2.00%
Service Charges
If MPD Paid
1.50%
If MPD not Paid
Late Payment Fees
Outstanding upto `5,000
Between `5001 to `15,000
Between `15,001 to `25,000
Above `25,001
Transaction fee:
Cash withdrawals/balance enquiry
Andhra Bank ATMs/Branches
Cash
withdrawals
from
other
ATMs/Branches
2.95%
`200
`300
`400
`600
from
Nil
Bank
`50/- for VISA Cards

`70/- for Master Cards
Balance enquiry at other Bank ATMs

Purchase of Railway Tickets
Lost/Broken/Hot listing charges
`30/- per transaction

2.5% on the charge slip amount
`200/-
165
AB Visa Signature Credit Card: In order to suit the needs of high net worth
customers, Bank has introduced a Premier product in the month of December 2014.
Bank earns higher interchange fee of 2.10% against maximum of 1.60% hitherto.
The salient features of the card are as under:
AB VISA Signature Credit Card
Major Resident Indians
Age Limit in years
21-70
`10 lakh & above per annum
Income Eligibility
Cards Against lien on Deposit with 25%
`2.67 lakh Deposit amount
margin and without insistence of Income
Proof and Scoring model
Minimum Card Limit
`2 lakh
Add on cards
4 years
Roll over facility
5%
Validity
Global
`10.00 lacs to the Main cardholder and `5.00
lacs to the Add-on Cardholder
Baggage Insurance
`25,000 (Maximum)
Lost card Insurance
`1.5 lakh (Maximum)
Cash Advance Limit
60%
Fee & Charges
`1000 for cards against Deposits
Annual subscription
`2000 for others
Annual subscription is waived in the first
`2.70 lakh & above per annum
year and not levied if usage in the previous
year is
`1000
Add on cards
Lost card charges
`500
`500
`200
2.50%
`4000
2.50%
3.00%
Temporary enhancement Charges per
`400
occasion
`100
Hot listing charges
2.00%
Service Charges
If MPD Paid
1.50%
If MPD not Paid
Late Payment Fees
Outstanding upto `5,000
Between `5001 to `15,000
Between `15,001 to `25,000
Above `25,001
Cir.no.336 Ref 5/1 dated 15.12.2014
2.95%
`200
`300
`400
`600
166
The borrowers enjoying the credit facility with our branches are eligible for cards
with simplified procedure (without submission of any income proof) and the details
are as under:
Borrowers
enjoying Borrwers
enjoying
credit limits `5 to `10 credit limits > `10 lakh
lakh
Card
Gold Card
Platinum Card
`50000/`60000/Card Limit
However higher limits are considered on submission of
income proof.
Accidental Insurance
`5 lakh for main and add- `10 lakh for main and `5
coverage
on cardholders
lakh for add-on
`212/- per annum per card
`467/- per annum for
Charges
main card and `212/- for
add-on
The details of the cards issued are to be noted in the documents.
Particulars
Credit Scoring Model: Card limit is fixed based on the rating arrived using Credit
Scoring Model, which covers six important factors pertaining to the applicant such as
Own House, Employment/Occupation, Proven income, Bank Account, Age and Risk
category (KYC norms). The minimum marks to be scored for eligibility and process
the application are 18 at the branch level. Zonal Manager may improve overall
scoring by not more than 2 points, depending on merits of individual case while
recommending. Where the score ranges 18 to 22 points, the cardholder is eligible for
Base limit. Higher limit may be considered by the sanctioning authority where the
score is above 22.
Corporate Cards: Banks are issuing Corporate Cards to the companies registered
under Companies Act 1956 and whose net worth should be minimum `25 lakhs. The
cards will be issued to the Executives / Officers / Employees of the company. No
admission fee and the annual subscription fee is `2000/-. The aggregate limits under
various cards issued to a company should not exceed 25% of its net worth subject to
a maximum of `50 lakhs in total and not exceeding `10 lacs per card. Companies
availing credit facilities with Banks/DFIs are only eligible except where 100% liquid
security is offered as guarantee by way of lien on deposits / Govt. Securities for the
Corporate Credit Card limits. In case of non-customers, they are required to produce
status reports from their Financing Banks / Development Finance Institutions etc
while submitting the application for Corporate Cards. Company is required to submit
copies of Memorandum & Articles of the company, Board Resolution, Last two years
audited balance sheet, 2 colour Photographs of the card Applicants and undertaking
letter to the branch for sanction of corporate credit cards. Zonal Managers are
empowered to sanction the Corporate Cards.
Prepaid Cards: In order to provide further value added services to the customers /
public, bank has launched two types of prepaid cards viz., Gift Card and International
Travel Card on 30.09.2011 and the salient features of the said products are as under
(Cir.no.218 Ref 5/2 dated 30.09.2011):
Gift Card
Gift cards are available for denominations starting from `250/- to `50,000/-.
All ELBs, VLBs and select Large Branches are allowed to issue Gift cards.
The Card is valid in India and valid for ONE year from the date of purchase
Cards are Non-Reloadable and not enabled for cash withdrawals
Branch issue cards with a service charge `25/- for the cards value up to
`1000/- and `50/- for cards beyond `1000/ Wide acceptance in all Master Card affiliated merchants for transactions at
POS (Merchants), Online (Internet) and IVR (Mobile/Phone) payments
167
Customer will be provided with PIN for POS transactions to prevent misuse.
SMS alerts are sent for all transactions at Free of cost
Locking/Unlocking of card Account is enabled to the cardholder
No charges for Balance enquiry and Mini statement at Andhra Bank ATM
Cardholders can access the card information through Internet login
Lost/Stolen/Damaged Card Replacement at any Branch with charges
International Travel Card
The Travel cards are accepted in all countries except India, Nepal and Bhutan
Travel cards are issued under USD only
Cards are enabled for transactions at POS Merchants. POS and ATM usage
require PIN for secured transactions
Travel cards are available from USD 200 to the maximum eligibility under
FEMA guidelines
Validity period of the card is 2 years from the date of issue
Cards are re-loadable from any select Branch
The Welcome Kit contains Two cards. In case where existing card is misplaced
/ damaged, the Second card can be Activated after Blocking the Primary card.
Unique feature of Locking/unlocking the card Account through IVR or through
Website self care portal system
An exclusive Internet login provided in the Website for balance enquiry,
viewing transactions etc.
No charges for Balance enquiry and Mini statement at Andhra Bank ATM
Withdrawal of cash at ATM is permitted in the upcountry at local currency
EMV Cards: Chip technology is an evolution in our payment system to strengthen
security and to deter fraudulent transactions. This technology was developed jointly
by Europay, MasterCard and Visa Chip cards and named as EMV. These are standard
cards embedded with a micro computer chip that store and protect cardholder data.
EMV chip technology is becoming the global standard for credit card and debit card
payments. The microchip provides an additional level of authenticity for the
transaction. EMV-enabled device will communicate with the chip inside the
customers smart card to determine whether or not the card is authentic. Generally,
the terminal will prompt the customer to sign or enter a PIN to validate their identity.
This process enhances the authentication of both the card and cardholder, effectively
reducing the possibility of accepting a counterfeit card or be held liable for a fraudrelated chargeback. As per the recent RBI guidelines, all new Debit/Credit cards
issued by banks will allow usage in India only and in case the cardholder wants to
carry out international usage, the cards will have EMV chip embedded on the card
and will be pin enabled with effective from 1st December 2013. Another important
ruling is the liability shift where merchants who have not made the investment in
chip-enabled technology will be held financially liable for card-present fraud that
could have been prevented with the use of a chip-enabled POS system.
168
Fee Based Income Products

In the present deregulated competitive environment, Banks are facing difficulties in
retaining / improving profits since there is pressure on Net Interest Margin (NIM). In
order to cope up the demand, Banks are focusing their attention on other services to
improve the bottom line. Banks are entering into ancillary services in a big way. To
augment other income, our Bank is undertaking the activities such as Selling of
Mutual Funds, AB Arogyadaan, Bancassurance schemes, and Liability Insurance /
Asset Insurance.
Mutual Funds are associations or trusts of public members who wish to make
investments in the financial instruments or assets of the business/corporate sector
for the mutual benefit of its members. Mutual Funds are launching various schemes
with different investment objectives from time to time to suit the requirement of the
investors. Mutual Funds are beneficial to their members in reducing risks and
maximizing income by proper selection of financial instruments, which will bring
income flow in the form of dividends as well as in the form of capital appreciation.
Our Bank has entered agreement with Mutual Funds viz., Principal Mutual Fund
(PNB), SBI Mutual Fund, TATA Mutual Fund, UTI Mutual Fund, Kotak Mutual Fund,
Reliance Mutual Fund, Sundaram BNP Paribas Mutual Fund, LIC Mutual Fund, Birla
Sun Life Mutual Fund and Baroda Pioneer Mutual Fund for distribution of their
products. It is a win-win situation to the Banks and customers since banks are
providing value added services to the customers and it is a source of other income to
the Banks.
AB Arogyadaan: It is a group Mediclaim Insurance Scheme, which takes care of the
hospitalization expenses, issued as a Floater Policy, in association with M/s. United
India Insurance Company Limited. There are two plans viz., Plan-I covers a policy of
four (1+3) consisting of Policy Holder, Spouse and 2 dependent children and Plan
II covers a family policy of SIX (1+5) consisting of Policy holder, Spouse, two
dependent children and parents (father & mother). Dependent mean male child
below 26 years and unmarried female child. It is a Floater Policy, any one member
or all the members put together can avail hospitalization benefits (Room, Boarding,
Nursing, Surgeon/Consultant fee, Diagnostic charges etc.) during the policy period.
M/s. Good Health Plan Limited is acting as Third Party Administrator (TPA) and
issue photo identity cards direct to the policy holders in Metro/Urban/Semi-Urban
areas and with regard to other centers the cards will be sent to the respective
branches. Policy holders are eligible to avail cash less treatment at networked
hospitals and incase of non-networked hospitals, they may pay bills first and then
claim reimbursement from TPA. The entry age for fresh proposals starts from 3
months baby to 65 years and it is 80 years for renewals. Risk will be covered based
on sum assured ranging from `1 lakh to `20 lakh. Policy is valid for one year,
however 15 days grace period is allowed for payment of premium. The annual
premium payable by the customer is depending on the Sum Insured. The premium
paid under the Scheme is eligible for IT relief under section 80D. The first 30 days of
joining the scheme is treated as waiting period and policy holder is not entitled for
reimbursement of hospitalization charges. However, this condition does not apply in
case of accidental hospitalization. Bank acts as facilitator only. Settlement of the
claims is the sole responsibility of M/s.United India Insurance Company (UIIC). The
contract is between the insurer (insurance company) and the insured (individual) and
not between the Bank and insured. Further UIIC has extended another benefit i.e.
Janata Personal Accident Policy of `1 lakh at free of cost, to all the policy holders
whose age is 45 years & below as on date of remittance of policy premium. (Cir.
No.88 Ref 51/4 dated 28.05.12)
169
Bancassurance (Life): Andhra Bank is the Corporate Agent for M/s. IndiaFirst Life
General Insurance Company Limited and providing various insurance products to the
customers of the Bank as well as General Public w.e.f. 01.01.2010.
Bancassurance (Non-Life): Bank is undertaking marketing of non-life policies
issued by M/s.United India Insurance Co. Limited to customers as well as general
public through selected branches. The important policies are Standard Fire & Special
Perils Policy, House Holders Insurance Policy, Shop Keepers Policy, UNI Care Policy,
Electronic Equipment Insurance Policy and Contractors All Risk Insurance Policy.
Besides the above, branches can also undertake insurance of loan assets (Primary
and Collateral securities) with M/s. UII, so that branches can protect the loan assets
against risk and earn income through commission. All insurance proposals processed
should bear bank Code 920100 to receive eligible commission.
Liability Insurance: Retail loans involve huge sums and remains in existence for
longer periods as compared to the other loans. These loans being one of the
essential social needs with emotional and psychological attachment, the family need
to continue the asset even in case of any unfortunate event to the borrower. Bank is
providing cover to Housing / Vehicle / Education loan borrowers in association with
India First Life Insurance Corporation (IFLIC) under Group Mortgage Redemption
Assurance. Covering the borrowers under this policy helps the bank in reduction of
default risk in case of unfortunate event to the borrower. It is also providing a
potential avenue for earning fee-based income to the Bank. The scheme is optional
to the borrower and the intending borrower need to submit Consent-cumAuthorization and Simple Health Declaration Form.
Features
Particulars
Entry age should be between 18 to 69 years and the age at maturity
should not cross 75 years. Coverage is available for Joint Borrowers.
Eligibility
Age Proof Copy of Date of Birth Certificate / Passport / Voters ID /
PAN Card / School Certificate etc. To arrive the correct age for the
purpose of calculation of premium, Age as on last birthday should be
considered.
Maximum coverage is available up to `50 crore. However, the policy is
Maximum
covered with the sanctioned limit or the liability as on date, whichever
Cover
is lower.
The reducing the death benefit will be the loan outstanding as at
Death
monthly loan anniversary immediately preceding the date of death of
Benefit
the life assured based on loan schedule calculated at the inception
cover.
Recovery of In case the amount of claim settled by the insurance company falls
short
fall short of the liability outstanding in the loan account, the short fall
amount
should be paid by the joint borrowers / co-obligants / guarantors /
legal heirs of the borrower.
One time Single Premium. The premium will be calculated based on
Premium
sanctioned limit / liability, age of the borrower and repayment period
of the loan. However, in case of existing borrowers, outstanding
liability and Residual Repayment Period as on the date of the policy is
to be taken into consideration while calculating premium amount.
Foreclosure Member will get an option to continue the cover till the end of the term
of the Loan as mentioned in certificate of insurance or member can surrender the
cover and get the surrender value.
The insurance coverage will cease at the earliest of member
Termination attaining age of 75 years or demise of the member or termination /
of cover
discontinuation of the loan or when the policy is surrendered.
Cir.no.198 Ref 51/08 dated 12.08.2013
170
IndiaFirst Life Insurance Company Limited (IFLIC)

Bank has entered into Insurance joint venture with Bank of Baroda and Legal &
General Group plc with 30%, 44% and 26% stake respectively and offering the
following schemes.
No
Salient Features
Target Group
Entry Age
Term
Minimum Invest.
i) Regular Premium
ii) Limited Premium
iii) Single Premium
Maximum Invest.
Payment options
Fund options
Sum Assured
i) Regular & Limited
premium
5
6
7
8
ii) Single Premium

9
Withdrawals
10
Tax Benefit on
11
Death Benefit
IndiaFirst Smart Save
It is a simple structured
Unit Linked Plan meant for
long term protection and
savings.
18 to 60 Years
15, 20 and 25 Years.
Single Premium the term
is 15 Years.
`12000/- p.a.
`15000/- p.a.
`45000/-
IndiaFirst Young India
Customers
with
children to impart
education to them.
young
quality
18 to 55 Years
10, 15, 20 and 25 Years.
`12000/- p.a.
NA
NA
No limit
Half-yearly / Yearly SIP facility is available
Debt, Equity, Balanced, Index and value Fund.
Higher of {105% (premium paying term x annualized

premium) or (10 x annualized premium)}
For age < 45 years 125% of
premium and for age >=45 years
NA
110% of premium
Minimum withdrawal is `5000/Maximum withdrawal 25% of the fund value, only if the
fund is left with a minimum balance equal to 110% of
annual premium after withdrawal. In case of single
premium the fund value after the withdrawal should not
be less than `45000/Premium invested Section 80C and Maturity benefits
received Section 10 (10D)
The fund value or the sum assured whichever is higher is
paid to the family/nominee.
IndiaFirst Secure Save Plan: It is a traditional insurance cum savings plan which
enables the customer to build their savings systematically by paying regular
premium based on income and sum assured chosen. The minimum age at entry of
life insured is 5 years and maximum age is 65 years as on last birthday. However,
the minimum age stipulated for policy holder is 18 years, in case where the policy is
taken for minors. The minimum plan period is 10 years and maximum 30 years. The
investor has choice to choose payment mode Monthly/Half-yearly/Yearly. The plan
offers as maturity benefit, basic sum assured along with simple reversionary bonus
and terminal bonus declared by the company from time to time, will be paid to the
policy holder at the end of the plan term. However, in case of death, the sum
assured will be paid along with simple reversionary bonus accumulated till death, to
the nominee. Premium paid and benefits are eligible for tax benefits under sec 80C
up to ` 1 lakh from taxable income. (Cir.no.412 Ref 51/29 dated 01.03.2011). Bank
has entered MOU for distribution of Life Insurance products of the Joint Venture
Company as their Corporate Agents and bank earns commission on the policies
mobilized/sold. (Circular no. 214 Ref 51/15 dated 08.09.2010)
171
IndiaFirst Money Back Health Insurance Plan: The product is launched on 26th
May 2011. It provides both a wide, comprehensive health insurance cover to the
family and also investment opportunity to systematically save, earn market returns.
The salient features of the plan are as under: (Cir.no.106 Ref 51/05 dated 06.07.11)
No
Features
Target Group
2
3
4
Entry Age &

Maximum age at
maturity
Sum assured
Minimum Invest.
i) Regular Premium
ii) Single Premium
5
6
7
Payment options
Fund options
Withdrawals
Hospital claim
Maturity Benefit /
Death Benefit
10
Tax Benefit on
11
Commission to Bank
12
Third Party Adminis.
IndiaFirst Money Back Health Insurance Plan
Policy holder can opt for the scheme for self, self,
spouse, parents and children (maximum 2)
Primary Life Assured 18 to 60 years Max. 70 years
Spouse & Parents 18 to 65 years Max. 75 years
Children 90 days to 24 years Max. 25 years
Individual Minimum 1.50 lakh & Max. 5 lakh
Family Floater Minimum 1.50 lakh & Max. 10 lakh
Age
Minimum
Maximum
Up to 45 years
`10000
`33300
46 years 60 years
`14200
`47600
Up to 45 years
`30000
`100000
46 years 60 years
`37500
`125000
Note In case of spouse, children and parents, the
policy holder need to pay additional premium as under
Type
Minimum
Maximum
Regular premium
`900
`47500
Single premium
`9400
`475500
Yearly
Debt, Equity, Balanced, Index Tracker and value Fund.
No withdrawal is followed before 5 years.
Minimum 24 hours hospitalization required. 30 days
waiting
period
except
in
case
of
accidents.
Hospitalization of the insured upto 1% of the annual
sum assured with maximum limit of `5000/- per day.
ICU/ICCU expenses are covered up to 2% of the annual
sum assured or `10000/- per day whichever is less.
The Primary Life Assured will receive the accumulated
fund value. In case of death of Primary Life Assured, the
amount will be paid to nominee and the policy
terminates for all other life assured members. However,
in case of death of other assured member, the plan will
continue to be in force for remaining members.
Premium invested Section 80C and Maturity benefits
received Section 10 (10D)
10% of premium paid in first year and 1% thereafter in
case of Regular Premium accounts and 2% of premium
for Single Premium accounts.
E-Meditek Services Limited.
Abhaya First Wealth Pack: It is a four-in-one product which provides Savings

Bank account with life insurance, recurring deposit facility, ULIP equity option and
group life term plan with life insurance coverage in case of unfortunate death of the
account holder. The first two products are of Andhra Bank and other two products
are of IFLIC. The product is available in three denominations viz., Silver (`25000),
Gold (`50000) and Platinum (`100000/-). Cir no.359 Ref 51/23 dated 12.01.2012.
172
Loan Policy Guidelines

The objective of Loan Policy is to ensure balanced growth of credit across various
sectors and to avert credit to undesirable sectors. It is aimed at to improve the credit
off-take with quality with minimum risk and maximize profits. Further, it enables the
bank to continue to maintain thrust to priority sector advances in consonance with
Govt. of India / Reserve Bank of India guidelines. The exposure norms as per the
existing policy of the Bank are as under:
No
Category
Norms
1
Single Borrower
15% Banks capital fund*
2
Single BorrowerInfrastructure
20% Banks capital fund
3
Group Borrowers
4
Group Infrastructure
5
Single Borrower Oil Companies
6
NBFC Borrower
7
NBFC (IFC) Borrower
8
NBFC (IFC) Infra
9
NBFC Asset Finance Company (AFC)
10
NBFC (AFC) Infrastructure
*Banks Capital Fund = Tier-I & II Capital as per audited balance sheet of the
previous year. Single Borrower threshold limit & Substantial Exposures Limit can be exceeded
by Management Committee/Board. (Circular no.108 Ref 26/14 dated 21.06.2013)
Maximum Exposure / Prudential limits:
(Crores)
Maximum prudential limit
No
Category
Entity
Group accounts
1
Individual / Proprietary concern
20
30
2
Partnership
30
40
3
Limited Liability Partnerships
5
10
4
HUF
10
5
Trusts / Societies / Associations
20
30
6
Private Limited Companies
80
100
7
Public Limited Companies (closely held)
100
120
8
Film Industry (Per party) Max 6 parties
4
9
Infrastructure Project (Per project)
500
10
Construction Contractors
15 times of Net owned funds
Note: The maximum limit is to be restricted to the said limits or 6 times of net worth
of the concern as per the Latest Audited Balance Sheet, which ever is less. However,
in case of Individual / Proprietary / Partnership / HUF / Trusts / Societies /
Associates the limit can be sanctioned to `60 crores by CMD/ED.
Non Funded Limits Maximum Exposure / Prudential norms:
No
1
Category
BGs (including Letter of Comfort /
Letter of Undertaking)
BGs to Banks / FIIs / Others
Letter of Credit
Bills discounted (IDBI/SIDBI)
Foreign Exchange Commitments
2
3
4
5
Maximum
3 times of Net Worth of the Bank
10% of Banks capital funds (Tier-I capital)

2 times of Net Worth of the Bank
1% of Net Worth of the Bank
Equal to the Net worth of the Bank
Substantial Exposure Limits

Single borrower threshold limit will be `750 Crores.
173
Substantial Exposure Limit The sum total outstanding of all the borrowal
accounts, where the single borrower exposures is in excess of `750 crore,
shall not exceed `20000 crore.
The following internal exposure limits are fixed to specific industries/sectors in

addition to the above exposure limits.
Exposure Ceilings
Fund Based
Non Fund Based
1. Energy
22.00%
10.50%
of which Renewable energy
2.00%
2. Real Estate
20.00%
2.00%
of which Housing
15.00%
3. Hospitals
3.00%
1.50%
4. Educational Inst.
2.00%
2.00%
5. Textiles
9.00%
4.00%
6. Petroleum products
10.00%
1.00%
7. NBFC*
10.00%
5.00%
8. Iron & Steel
10.00%
14.00%
9. Construction & Contractors
10.00%
50.00%
10. Transport
11.00%
5.00%
11. Rice Mills
6.00%
2.00%
12. Commercial Real Estate
7.00%
2.00%
13. Diamond, Gems & Jewellery
5.00%
3.00%
*Sub-ceiling of 3% for NBFCs dealing in financing against gold collateral
Industry / Sector
Administrative clearance from H.O is required for credit facilities to Trust & HUF
borrowal accounts for the first sanction. For subsequent renewals & enhancements it
is not required provided there is no change in the composition / activity of HUF /
Trust. The extent up to which Interest & Non-interest bearing Unsecured Loans (from
promoters, friends and relatives) can be treated as Quasi Capital/Net Worth for
exposure norms is 50% and 100% respectively.
Capital Market Exposure: Funded & Non-funded facility to Stock Brokers including
its associates/inter connected companies subject to
a) 20% of Net Worth of the Bank as per the last audited balance sheet (on
solo/consolidated basis) after netting exposure to Loans and advances to Individuals,
Loans & advances to 174ttest174ed for meeting promoters contribution & Loans to
individuals for investment in IPOs/ESOPs.
b) For Individuals `20.00 crore, For Partnership firms `30 crore and for Private and
Public Sector Companies it is `80 crore and `100 crore respectively subject to 6
times of Net worth of the borrower for Individual, Partnership & Private Ltd.
Companies. (Cir.47 Ref 26/9 dated 27.05.11)
Exposure ceilings Exemptions

Loans & Advances against security of banks own term deposits and LCs / BGs
covered by 100% cash margin.
Food Credit.
Rehabilitation of Sick / Weak Industrial units: Existing / additional credit facilities
(including funding of interest and irregularities) granted to weak / sick industrial
units under rehabilitation packages.
Govt. of India Guaranteed accounts where principal & interest are fully
guaranteed.
Bills purchased/negotiated/discounted under LC (where the payment to the
beneficiary is not made under reserve.)
174
Maximum repayment period allowed for the following Term Loans

No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Category
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
RTO Loans
RTO Loans
Other TLs
Other TLs
Credit Rating
CRS/CRAS
CRRM
A+++ / A++ A++
A+ / A&B
A+,A,B++
A+++ / A++ A++
A+ / A&B
A++
A+++ / A++ A++,A+A,B++
C
B+, B
Repayment with in
15 Years including gestation
12 Years including gestation
6 Years including holiday
5 Years including holiday
7 Years excluding holiday
5 Years excluding holiday
Property statement is basically meant for assessing the worth of the parties
concerned while processing the credit proposals. All types of advances except for
loans against Deposits and gold ornaments, property statements of the applicants as
well as those of coobligants / guarantors should be obtained as per the banks
standard proforma. In respect of credit facilities to Partnership firms/Joint Hindu
Family Concerns, property statements of all the individual partners/members should
also be obtained. Branches should obtain property statements of the parties not only
at the time of original sanction of the facilities but also at the time of every
renewal/enhancement of the credit facilities. Every property statement should
contain the bio-data and family history of the party concerned, particulars of the
movable/immovable properties held by the party, the income derived there from and
details of encumbrances if any. The statement should contain the details of all the
properties owned by the party, irrespective of the fact, whether such properties are
offered as security or not. Branches should also ensure that the property statement
is signed by the concerned party with date and authenticated by a Village
Officer/Revenue Official/Chartered Accountant under his seal and date except small
advances and are of temporary nature against Government Securities, shares,
debentures, insurance policies, National Savings Certificate etc., and also in respect
of parties from whom wealth tax assessment orders or certified copies of wealth tax
returns are obtained. Obtention of Property Statement is essential as this would
provide important details of the Borrowers / Coobligants / Guarantors and also the
properties owned by him which will be useful to the Bank in case of any eventuality
at a later date.
Due Diligence Report Conducting due diligence is a prerequisite for all new
borrowal accounts (`100 lac & above) by the branch. It helps the branch to assess
the credit worthiness of the prospective borrower and risks involved in the proposal.
The report covers the details of the prospective borrower / Promoters / Partners /
Directors, details of associate and group concerns and details of market enquiries
about the new borrower and the associate/sister/group concerns. Due diligence is to
be done by Zonal Office in case of accounts of `300 lakh and above. In order to
further strengthen the credit quality, it is now decided to empanel external rating
agencies (CARE) for conducting due diligence of new proposals of `1 crore & above.
This is in addition to the Due Diligence to be conducted by bank officials. However,
branches to obtain Credit Investigation Report for all advance accounts irrespective
of the credit limits sanctioned. However, Agrl, Weaker and Govt. Sponsored accounts
upto a limit of `25 lakh are exempted from the purview of Credit Investigation.
(Cir.no. 6 Ref 26/03 dated 07.04.2010 and Cir.no.111 Ref 26/14 dated 04.07.2014)
Audited Balance Sheet of the latest financial year shall be the basis for arriving at
the various financial parameters at the time of renewal / sanction under CRAS /
CRS/CRRM. As per the extant guidelines, submission of audited balance sheet is
mandatory where the turnover of the firm exceeds `100 lakh or credit exposure to
the firm is `25 lakh and above. In the absence of audited balance sheet of the latest
175
financial year, the least of ratings arrived based on the latest provisional balance
sheet OR last audited balance sheet shall be awarded. In such cases, the audited
balance sheet for the latest financial year is to be obtained within 6 months to
finalize credit rating and re-fix interest accordingly. If the audited balance sheet of
the latest financial year is not submitted within 6 months from the date of closure of
financial year for arriving at credit rating in case of fund based advances of `100 lakh
& above, additional interest of 1% is to be charged for the non-submission period.
(Cir. no.366 Ref 26/41 dated 09.12.2013)
Credit Rating is required for Small Loans of above `2 Lakh and below `5 Lakh
Fund and Non-Funded (SSI/RT/BE/PSE/RTO); Credit Rating System (CRS) for Fund
Based Limits of `5 Lakh & above but less than `50 Lakh; Credit Risk Assessment
System (CRAS) for both Fund Based and Non-Fund based Limits of `50 Lakh &
above up to `500 lakh; Credit Rating Model for New units without Audited Balance
Sheet for Limits of `5 Lakh & above and up to `500 lakh; Credit Risk Rating Model for
credit limits of above Rs 500 lakh (fund & non-fund based) is applicable.
Risk Rating Model is to be applied for standalone Term Loans of `5 Lakh & above. As
per CRS/CRAS/CRRM (as applicable) at the time of half yearly / annual review basing
on latest Audited Balance Sheet and pricing shall be reset as per the credit rating
so arrived at by the sanctioning authority. CRS/CRAS is applicable for the borrowal
accounts with both working capital and term loan limits under the industry / business
/ trade / agriculture segments including import and export proposals. Rating is
required for non-fund based limits also. However, it is not applicable to Professionals.
CRS is applicable for Rice Mill accounts with limits of above `10 Lakh irrespective of
any upper limit. A+ & above rated Rice Mills have a concession of 50% of the
processing. Interest Rate as per Credit Rating by the sanctioning authority is
applicable for advances of above `10 Lakh. However, interest rates of import/export
credit shall be fixed as stipulated by RBI/Bank from time to time but not as per
CRS/CRAS/CRRM rating. For agriculture segment Credit rating is required for
firms/corporate borrowers with above `5 lakh limit and `25 lakhs & above for
Individuals and non-corporate borrowers. However, DWCRA / SHGs / IRDP / SGSY /
SCAP / STAP / FSCS / LAMPS / Cold Storages, Rural Godowns Scheme / storages
financed under capital investment subsidy scheme of NABARD are exempted from
the above rating.
Stock Statement/Book Debts: All borrowers availing working capital limits are
required to submit stock statement as on the last Friday of the month before 10th of
succeeding month. It attracts penal Interest of 1% for the period of default. The
minimum working capital limit to accept Book Debts as security is above `5 lakh.
Book Debt statement is to be certified by the borrower every month and it should be
certified by a Chartered Accountant every quarter.
MSOD: All accounts with working capital limit of `100 Lakh & above from the
Banking system is required to submit MSOD. MSOD is to be submitted on or before
15th of next month. Penal interest of 1% to be charged in case of accounts with fund
based working capital limits of `100 lakhs & above for the period of default.
QIS II is a Quarterly Statement showing the performance during the quarter. Time
stipulation for the submission of QIS II is within six weeks from the close of the
quarter. Cut-off limits for obtention of QIS form II.

Funded working capital limits of above `6.00crore (A & above rated)

C rated accounts, with fund based working capital limits of `1.00 crore
and above
B(CRS/CRAS)& B++(CRRM) rated accounts, with fund based working
capital limits of `2.00 crore and above
176
QIS III is a Half-yearly Operating and Funds-Flow statement. Time stipulation for
the submission of QIS III is within two months from the close of the half year. Cutoff limits for obtention of QIS form III - Funded working capital limits of `3.00 cr and
above (A and above rated) C(B+ & B under CRRM) rated accounts, where fund
based working capital limits of `1.00 crore and above; B(B+ under CRRM) rated
accounts, where fund based working capital limits of `2.00 crore and above. Penal
interest @ 1% p.a for one full quarter on the working capital outstanding will be
levied for non submission of QIS II/III. However, maximum over all penal interest
chargeable in an account for any reason should not exceed 2% p.a.
Assessment of Working Capital Limits to MSME:
The assessment of fund/non-fund based working capital credit limits to MSME sector
up to `6 crore are simplified which are as under:

Not more than 25% of assessed shall be fixed as working capital credit limit
instead of the existing 20% of the projected turnover. The assessed turnover
will be the average of the previous two years restricted to incremental figure
of not more than 30%.
While assessing the working capital limit up to `6 crore under turnover
method, CMA data / estimated & projected balance sheets need not be
obtained. Instead projected sales with basis to be obtained.
If the borrower opts for assessment under Inventory method of lending even
for working capital limits up to `6 crore, CMA data may be called for.
All other guidelines like renewal, collateral security, inspection, rating, financial ratio
norms remain the same. (Cir no. 479 Ref 52/20 dated 01.03.2014)
Working Capital Term Loans for Traders & small units: Maximum limit up to
which Working Capital Term Loans can be sanctioned to Traders and Small Units is
`10 lakhs. Permissible repayment period of Working Capital Term Loan to Traders
and Small Units is 60 equal monthly installments. Periodicity for obtaining StockStatements in case of WCTL to Traders and Small Units is once in a quarter. Margin
on Primary Security in case of WCTL to Traders and Small Units is 10% for limits up
to `5 lakhs and for others it is 25%. The units are to be inspected once in a Quarter.
Collateral Security is to be obtained minimum of 125% of the value of Limit.
Book Debts: In respect of exclusive credit facilities against book debts collateral
security of 150% of the limit shall be obtained. (Cir.138 Ref 26/19 dated 22.07.14)
Techno Economic Viability Study (TEV): In respect of term loan proposals with
project cost of `10 crore and above (`5 crore and above for MSME borrowal
accounts) the request for project term loans should be accompanied by detailed
project report (DPR)/TEV study. In case of manufacturing industries, the TEV study
/DPR conducted by any nationalized bank or other agencies empanelled by us may
be accepted. However, obtaining of TEV study is waived for service activities like
Hotels, Hospitals/Nursing Homes, Educational Institutions with project cost up to
`10 crore. (Cir.138 Ref 26/19 dated 22.07.14)
Invocation of Bank Guarantees (BGs): With regard to BGs issued for the purpose
of procurement of raw materials, the invoked amount should be debited to the
respective OCC/SOD account after adjusting the available cash margin irrespective of
availability of drawing power / limit. Further, branch should issue a notice to the
party to make good the amount immediately. However, the existing system of
debiting invoked BG head will continue to the BGs issued for the purpose other than
procurement of raw materials. (Cir no.137 Ref 26/18 dated 22.07.2014)
177
Margins & Securities:

Bank Guarantees Value of Agricultural Land and/or Rural Buildings should not
exceed 30% of total collateral security requirement in case of new accounts and 50%
in case of existing accounts that too in states where there is no ban on acceptance of
agricultural land as security for non-agricultural purposes.
Loans against NSCs/KVPs 75% of the purchase value plus accrued interest of
NSCs / KVPs is eligible for bank finance. However, the loans should be extended only
where the date of maturity is less than 3 years from the date of finance except
where the facility of premature cancellation/surrender value is available.
Book Debts: The margin required for financing against book debts is 50% and in
case of MSME it is 30%. However, sanctioning authority can reduce margin to 25%
on book debts of Government departments. While arriving Drawing Power, only Book
Debts 90 days and below are to be taken in to consideration. With regard to MSME
advances the stipulation is 180 days & below.
Security Norms Crop Loans / Agriculture Term Loans: Hypothecation of
Crops/Assets financed is only be treated as security for loans up to `50000/- and for
loans beyond `50000/- and up to one lakh, branches to obtain co-obligation / thirdparty guarantee. However, in case of loans above one lakh, 100% collateral security
in the form mortgage of land / creation of charge is required.
Third party Collateral norms: Borrowers are required to furnish the collateral
securities in the form of immovable or movable properties as per the loan policy
guidelines of the bank. In the cases where the borrowers are not having sufficient /
adequate properties, the properties of third parties who are near relatives, friends
etc. are being accepted as collateral security. However, in view of the risks involved
in accepting the collaterals from third parties, now the branches are advised to
obtain administrative clearance from the next higher sanctioning authority for all
loans except loans against Bank Deposits. Third Party means any person other than
the borrower, borrowers spouse, father, mother, son and daughter, partner of the
firm or Directors of the Company or Trustees of a Trust. While accepting third party
collateral security, a savings account has to be opened in the name of the party
depositing title deeds with due KYC compliance. An attested photo should be kept
along with RF 255. Branch Managers or authorized officer should visit independently,
unaccompanied by the borrowers or their representatives and make their own
enquiries about ownership and valuation from the neighbours/office bearers of the
residents society, if any. The first visit should be along with the borrower and a
certificate to this effect is to be kept on record along with the loan document.
(Cir.no.231 Ref 26/36 dated 13.10.2011)
No
1
2
Cash Credit Limits

Below `50 lakhs
`50 lakhs & above
`100 to `200 lakhs
`200 to `300 lakhs
Above `300 lakhs
Unit Inspections & Audits

Periodicity
Bi-monthly by branch
Once in a month by Officer & once in a quarter
by Manager / Stock Audit by Concurrent Auditor
Once in a month by Officer & once in a quarter
by Manager / Stock Audit by Concurrent Auditor.
Once in a year by Inspector of Branches.
Once in a month alternatively by Officer/Branch
Manager/Concurrent Auditor; Short Inspection
by Concurrent Auditor/IOB once in a year; Stock
& Receivable Audit once in a year.
Once in a month by ZO officials (Technical
Officer/Senior
Manager-Credit)
or
CM/SM
178
Other than Cash Credit
heading branches.
Once in a quarter by an Officer; Once in half
year by the Manager.
Stock Audit is to be done for all Cash Credit Accounts with limits of `50 Lakh &
above by the Concurrent Auditor.
Short Inspection is applicable to Advances of `100 lakhs & above. Short Inspection
will be conducted by Concurrent Auditors/Inspectors of Branches. In case of Fresh
Advances, Short inspection is to be conducted within 3 months from the date of first
disbursement. In case of Existing Advances, the periodicity is once in a year
preferably six months after the regular inspection of the branch.
Stock & Receivable Audit Minimum Cash Credit Limit for conducting audit is `2
Crore. Accounts for which conducting Stock & Receivable Audit is applicable:
C Rated Accounts
B Rated Accounts
A Rated Accounts
NPA Accounts
New/Take-over
accounts < 3 years
To all accounts
`2 Cr. & above(with min. of 50% fund based limits)

With balances of `5 Crore & above
Where Working Capital Limits enjoyed are `2 Crore &
above irrespective of Credit Rating.
W.C. Limits of `10 crore & above (fund based and non
fund) irrespective of rating.Cir.311 ref 26/37 dt 16.11.06
Audit is to be done by a firm of practicing Chartered / Cost Accountants once in a

year and review should be done by Zonal Office. (Cir. No.463 ref 26/83 dated
31.3.2009)
Pre-sanction Unit Inspection report is to be done preferably by Manager himself
within in one month of disbursement of loan. However, it is to be done before
sanction of Fresh / Renewal / Enhancement of the limits.
Parameter
Review of Accounts
Periodicity
Time of review
of Review
Term Loans up to `5 lakh

Housing Loans
Yearly
Education Loan
Deposit Loans
TL/DPG above `5 lakh and
Yearly
below `100 lakh
Large Borrowal A/cs of
Half Yearly
`100 lakh & above
Cir.no.062 Ref 26/11 dated 04.06.2011
Reviewing
Authority
During III Quarter

of the financial year
Branch
Manager
During III Quarter

of the financial year
Every 6 months
Sanctioning
Authority
Renewal of C rated accounts (B under CRRM) under the branch/zonal office

powers shall be considered by Zonal Manager & DGM as II level official at ZO. At HO
respective sanctioning authorities can renew the C Rated A/cs. For enhancement
one level higher to the sanctioning authority up to GM (Credit). ED/CMD is
empowered to sanction enhancements under their delegated powers the limits. For D
rated limits renewal/review powers are with one level higher to the sanctioning
Authority. (Cir.274 ref.26/35 dt.11.11.2008).
Credit Committees: In order to expedite sanction of credit proposals, a committee
approach is introduced for all loans over and above the branch sanctions. The
delegation of lending powers of Branch Heads will continue to exist as per the extant
179
guidelines. Credit Committees constituted at Zonal level and Head Office level will
consider credit proposals and all credit related matters in respect of proposals falling
under their respective delegated authority in accordance with the respective banks
Loan Policy guidelines. It is expected that this will improve the quality of decision
making also. Committees at Head Office level Credit Approval Committee headed
by CMD, Credit Committee headed by ED/CGM, Credit Committee headed by GM.
Similarly, Zonal level committees are Zonal Level Credit Committee-I headed by
Zonal Manager, Zonal Level Credit Committee-II headed by second level officials at
Zonal Offices. The committees are expected to meet once on a fixed day in a week.
Legal Audit: All new/ renewal borrowal accounts with aggregate credit limits of `25
lakh and above are covered under Legal Audit. From limits of `25 lakhs to `100 lakhs
empanelled Advocate who has not given legal opinion or Law Officer at Zonal Office.
For limits above `100 lakhs law officer at ZO has to conduct the legal audit. It covers
other aspects such as documents relating to Primary & Collateral securities. Legal
Audit is to be completed before release of loan amount. After the completion of Legal
Audit, permission from Zonal Office is required, in respect of the borrowal accounts
with aggregate credit limits of `50 lakh & above (fund based & non fund based inland
and foreign business limits) for release of sanctioned limits.
Legal Audit of Title Documents: As per RBI guidelines, the genuineness of title
deeds of all accounts with credit exposure of `500 lakhs and above, existing and new
accounts, are to be verified for every two years from the date of original sanction.
The re-verification should be entrusted to any advocate other than one who has
given the original/earlier legal opinion. The charges incurred for the above reverification including amount payable to advocate shall be recovered from the
concerned borrower. However, this can be entrusted to concurrent auditors for the
branches subjected to concurrent audit. As the documents to be examined during reverification, are original documents held by the branch for the purpose of creating
mortgage, they should be examined in the Branch premises only that too in the
presence of the Manager/Officer of the branch. In no circumstances, the documents
should be allowed to go out of the Branch premises or left unattended during
verification (Cir no.298 Ref 26/38 dated 18.10.2013 & 328 Ref 11/07 dt.5.11.13)
Loan Delivery System Borrowal accounts with fund based working capital credit
limits of `10 Crore and above from the banking system. The total disbursement for
WCDL and Cash Credit should not exceed 80% and 20% of the sanctioned limits.
However funds can be released either as Cash Credit or as Demand Loan basing on
the request of the borrower.
Trust Receipt Financing: A Trust Receipt is a bridging loan that provides a buyer
with financing to settle goods imported on sight terms. Under a Trust Receipt, the
applicant pledges the imported goods in favour of the Bank. This means that the
borrower takes possession of the imported goods, but holds them in trust for the
Bank. When the goods are sold, he has to use the proceeds of the sale to repay the
Bank. As security, the goods title will be vested with the Bank, and the borrower will
undertake to hold the documents, the goods and the sale proceeds in trust for the
Bank. Trust Receipt usually comes together with Import Letter of Credit or Import
Collection Bill Service.
Corporate Loans are sanctioned to meet margin requirement for Working Capital,
Margin for Long Term Project Finance, commitment of the Corporate or for any other
purpose related to the financial needs of the company. However, corporate loans
should not be extended to meet the financial commitments of sister concerns.
Maximum repayment period for a Corporate Loan is 60 Months.
Disbursement of Term Loan by way of reimbursement to the borrower: It
shall be permitted by the sanctioning authority, provided such reimbursement is
180
within 12 months from the date of purchase / acquisition of the assets. It should be
supported by satisfactory proof of investment / source of funds supported by
Invoice/receipt/voucher followed by auditors certificate and such funds should have
been remitted through a bank account.
External Rating Interest Rates: With a view to encourage borrowers to get
themselves externally rated and to bring more transparency in pricing process, it is
decided to introduce spreads based on External ratings of corporate exposures for
pricing purposes as below: (Cir no.165 Ref 26/21 dated 25.07.2013)
Spreads applicable to Externally Rated borrower Accounts
Rating
Linked to Present Base Rate
AAA
AA
A
BBB
BB
B
Base Rate
From
To
Spread
Interest
Base Rate
Spread
Interest
10.25
0.50
10.75
10.25
1.00
11.25
10.25
2.00
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
Nil
1.00
3.50
4.00
4.75
10.25
11.25
12.25
13.75
14.25
15.00
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
0.50
2.00
3.50
4.00
4.75
5.75
10.75
12.25
13.75
14.25
15.00
16.00
Operational guidelines:

The above spreads are applicable to only those corporate accounts (existing
as well as new term loans and working capital facilities) which have a latest
external rating by accredited credit rating agencies such as CRISIL, CARE,
ICRA etc. For term loans the existing term premia of 0.25% with repayment
period of over 3 years and up to 5 years and 0.50% with repayment period of
over 5 years will continue.
The revised interest spreads as applicable to working capital limits at the time
of renewal/review shall also be applicable to term loans where both working
capital limits and term loan co-exist unless it is specially mentioned otherwise
in sanction letters.
The revised interest rates are applicable to all categories of corporate
exposures other than Rice Mills. The interest spreads communicated vide HO
Circular No.315, Ref.No.26/41, dated 31.10.2012 continue to be applicable
for rice mill borrowers.
While external rating is used for pricing, internal rating shall continue to be
done for the purpose of calculating probability of defaults.
Approval for internal credit rating has to be obtained from Credit Rating Cell,
IRMD, Head Office, before incorporating the same in the process note in
respect of borrowal accounts with limits of Rs.5 cr and above in terms of HO
Circular No.98, Ref.No.48/3, Dated 07.06.2012.
Penal interest on overdue limits:

First 3 months from the due date of the credit facility
Beyond 3 months from the due date of the credit facility
till submission of renewal application with full information
Penal interest of 1%
Penal interest of 2%
Adhoc Limits Branch can allow adhoc limits maximum of 3 times during the
validity period of the Working Capital Limit. The maximum period for which adhoc
181
limit can be sanctioned is 3 months. Branch Managers (I, II & III) do not have any
powers to allow Adhoc limits for the sanctions made by higher authorities except in
case of A & above rated Micro, Small Enterprises borrowers. Up to 20% of the
Working Capital facility can be allowed as adhoc to the eligible accounts. The Adhoc
limit shall be regularized on or before due date either by adjustment or by
considering the need based regular limits where the Adhoc limit is also reckoned. The
concept of Adhoc Limit is not applicable to Non-funded limits. The details of Adhoc
limits allowed within the discretionary powers are to be reported in ADA IX along
with monthly sanctions.
Excess Drawals: The general guidelines for allowing Excess Drawals / Adhoc limits
are as under:
The account should be standard performing one and allowed to the borrowers
enjoying regular sanctioned limits.
Both adhoc and excess drawals should not be allowed simultaneously.
Branches are allowed to extend excess drawals up to 20% of regular limit or
beyond the powers of specified for the branch manager as delegated powers
the branch has to obtain prior approval from controlling office.
Excess drawals should be allowed only to meet the urgent business
requirements such as payment of wages or urgent cash purchases, etc.
The maximum period for which Excess Drawals can be sanctioned is for a
period not exceeding 15 days.
Excess Drawals shall be allowed in a Working Capital account not more than 6
times during the validity period of the working capital limit.
Branch should obtain a letter from the constituent requesting for the Excess
Drawal facility specifying the amount; purpose and the time limit.
Excess Drawals/Adhoc limits attract 2% additional interest.
No adhoc limits are allowed in case of SOD against Real Estates. ADHOC
Not permitted. However, Excess Drawls can be allowed.
Excess drawals are to be reported in ADA X along with monthly sanctions.
Temporary Overdraft (TOD) is a facility by which a constituent is permitted to
draw money from his Current Account in excess of his credit balance. TOD facility
can be allowed only six times in a year in an account. TODs can be allowed in SB
accounts with satisfactory transactions up to `1000/- per account subject to a total
amount of `10,000/-.TODs allowed at the Branch as part of specially launched
schemes like AB Super Salary, AB Gram Kranthi etc. TODs should not be allowed in
accounts of our staff members. The Current Account holder should have undoubted
reputation, integrity and satisfactory transactions in the account for a minimum
period of six months. Branch should obtain a letter from the constituent requesting
for the TOD facility specifying the amount; purpose and the period for which the
facility is required. Discretionary powers of Branch Managers for allowing TODs are
JM-I 5000, MM-II `10000, MM-III `25000, SM IV `100000 and SM V `200000. All
TODs allowed are to be reported in ADA-XI every month to ZO.
Channel Financing is a new approach or system supporting business by a
realignment of existing products, delivery process, procedures and organization
structures so as to provide a comprehensive solution to the working capital
requirements of an entity. It aims at extending working capital finance to authorized
suppliers / dealers, whose small businesses are connected to large companies as
suppliers/dealers in the business of the entity. Channel Finance provides credit
facility to the suppliers of the Corporate for the supplies made is called as Supplier
Finance. Similarly credit facility is provided to the dealers for the goods delivered
by the corporate called as Dealer Finance.
Supplier Finance: Bank pays amount directly to the main operative account of the
supplier as per advise of the corporate by discounting the bills with maximum of 180
days tenor and the same will be recovered from Corporate on respective due dates.
182
If the supplier is enjoying working capital limits with another banker, the amount
shall be credited to the account maintained with the said bank. An undertaking letter
is to be obtained from the Corporate to pay the amounts on the due dates of bills
discounted by our Bank. Alternatively, wherever feasible, Post dated cheques of the
main operative account are to be obtained from the Corporate to enable the Bank to
realize the dues on the respective due dates of the bills.
Dealer Finance: In case sanction of Bill facility to the Dealer as per referral letter of
Corporate and agreed by the dealer(s), a suitable Bill discounting limit is assessed
and post dated cheques are obtained from the dealer(s). The particulars of deliveries
of the final products to the respective dealers are provided to the Bank with
supporting documents such as invoices, bills of exchange and other documents
evidencing delivery of goods to the dealers. The payment is made by the Bank to the
credit of main operative account of the Corporate and the same will be recovered
from the dealers on the respective due dates of the bills. If the Corporate is enjoying
working capital limits with another banker, the amount shall be credited to the
account maintained with the said bank.
Type
Eligibility
Criteria
Assessment /
Loan / Margin
Tenor
Security
Interest Rate
Others
Cir.no.271 Ref
Supplier Finance / Dealer Finance

Sponsoring Corporate can be a Manufacturing unit, Wholesale dealer
of goods, Distributor of Goods or Provider of services, approved by
Head Office with A and above rating under CRS/CRAS and B++
under CRRM. In case of external rating it should be minimum A2
rating (CRISIL or equilant). Corporate / Supplier in existence for
minimum 3 years with good track record.
Based on the quantum of supply / sales for the last 12 months and
the period of credit terms between supplier and the Corporate or
20% of total amount of transactions projected between corporate
and Supplier, whichever is less. Minimum loan `25 lakh and
maximum `500 lakh with 10% margin.
Maximum 180 days
Primary DA Bills drawn by the suppliers duly accepted by the
corporate. Collateral 25% of the limit in the form of semi urban /
urban property or liquid securities.
Up to 45 days Base Rate + 0.50%
> 45 & up to 90 days Base Rate + 1.75%
> 90&up to 180 days Base Rate + 2.75%
The finance made would not be included for MPBF calculations
All other loan policy guidelines are applicable
26/45 dated 14.11.2011
Buyers credit refers to loans for payment of imports into India arranged by the
importer from a bank or financial institution outside India for maturity of less than
three years. Issue of Letter of Comfort /Letter of Undertaking/ Guarantee is
applicable for Buyers Credit.
Software Exports Export of software is undertaken in physical form (software

prepared on magnetic tapes and paper media) as well as in non-physical form (direct
transmission abroad through dedicated earth stations/satellite links). The exporter is
required to submit SOFTEX forms in triplicate to the officials of Department of
Electronics (DOE), Government of India within 30 days from the date of invoice for
the purpose of valuation. After certifying the copies, they forward the original copy
directly to the nearest office of the Exchange Control Department of Reserve Bank
the day it is received or the next day and return the duplicate to the exporter. The
triplicate will be retained by the Department of Electronics for their record. Within 21
days from the date of certification of the SOFTEX form, the exporter should submit
the duplicate copy together with a copy of each of the supporting documents to the
183
authorized dealer for negotiation/collection. After the documents have been

negotiated/sent for collection, authorized dealers should report the transaction to
Reserve Bank in a fortnightly statement in form ENC under the cover of appropriate
R Return. The full value of the software exported as declared on the SOFTEX form or
as certified by the officials concerned of Government of India, whichever higher
should be realized on due date of payment or within 360 days from the date of
invoice whichever is earlier.
Poultry Finance: Bank is extending term loans and cash credit for establishment /
expansion of existing poultry units. All the birds need to be insured. Of late, insurance
companies are not insuring the poultry/EMU birds especially to cover the protection
against the diseases, being the important terms of our sanction. To obviate this and to
have risk mitigation, Bank is insisting collateral of 150% in lieu of poultry birds
insurance. Where the borrowers are unable to provide collateral as above, branch
should create a Risk Mitigation Fund and the borrower need to contribute one rupee
per bird per annum and kept in a Recurring Deposit for 3 years under lien to the Bank.
On maturity, the proceeds should be kept as term deposit for 5 years and the same
has to be used for meeting the emergencies like outbreak of diseases to protect the
interest of the borrower as well as Bank. (Cir.no.288 Ref 19/37 dated 08.10.2013)
Disbursement of loans: Hitherto, branches used to disburse the loan installments to
the suppliers by way of Demand Drafts / Pay Orders. Now, branches are advised to
make payments to the suppliers through NEFT or RTGS only. Branches are not allowed
to issue Demand Drafts to the suppliers.
Contact Point Verification: In order to help the branches in strengthening the due
diligence process while entertaining retail credit proposals, bank has appointed
outsourcing agencies for contact point verification. These agencies undertake to verify
the authenticity of the address and the documents submitted by the prospective
borrowers. However, highly placed Government officials / institutions / organizations,
longstanding customers with above 5 years satisfactory track record, persons having
salary accounts with our bank for the last 2 years, existing borrowers enjoying credit
facilities with the bank, practicing professionals like Doctors, Chartered Accountants,
Cost Accountants, Company Secretaries; landlords of our Bank Premises etc., are
exempted Contact Point Verification Process. Nevertheless, branch managers will have
to conduct their usual due diligence while processing loan applications. (Cir no. 424
Ref 53/10 dated 30.03.2010 & Cir no 449 Ref 53/28 dated 31.03.2012)
Instant Credit of Outstation/Local Cheques: The facility of instant credit facility is
extended up to `15000/- to all individual account holders maintaining Savings Bank/
Cash Credit, including all insurance linked accounts provided the account is properly
introduced and maintained satisfactorily for a period not less than 1 year. In case of
outstation cheques, branches are to levy normal collection charges only. With regard
to local cheques, service charge at flat rate of `5/- per cheque should be levied. In the
event of dishonor of the cheque, interest at normal rate should be levied for the period
the bank is out of funds. (cir 431 Ref 34/02 dated 31.12.2003)
Collateral Security Norms Agriculture (cir no.31 Ref 19/10 dated 19.04.13)
Category
Guideline
For
loans up to
and Hypothecation of crops/assets to be financed without
inclusive of `50,000/insisting for any other security /guarantee
For loans above `50,000

and up to and inclusive of
`1,00,000/-
In addition to hypothecation of crop/assets, co-obligation

/ third party guarantee has to be obtained.
184
For
limits
above
`1,00,000 or aggregate
commitment per borrower
up to `1,50,000/-
No collateral security is required for aggregate limits up

to `1,50,000/- in case of existing farmers with prompt
repayment track record for the past 3 years. However,
third party guarantee besides hypothecation of crops /
assets has to be obtained.
For
limits
above No collateral security is required for aggregate limits up
`1,50,000 or aggregate to `2,00,000/- in case of existing farmers with prompt
commitment per borrower repayment track record for the past 5 years. However,
up to `2,00,000
third party guarantee besides hypothecation of crops
/assets has to be obtained.
In case of New farmers /LEC holders : Existing guidelines will continue i.e., Loans
up to `1,00,000 on Hypothecation of crop/assets and Collateral security equivalent to
100% of the loan amount for aggregate limits above `1,00,000. In cases where the
aggregate sanctioned limit exceeds the above prescribed ceilings, Collateral Security
equivalent to 100% of the loan amount shall be obtained.
No collateral security or third party guarantee is insisted for SME loans up to Ten
lakhs and for Tiny Sector up to Twenty five lakhs based on the good track record
and financial position of the borrowing unit.
Valuation of Properties All properties mortgaged to the Bank are to be valued
before disbursement of the loans. The frequency of valuation of properties by
approved engineer for fund & non funded working capital limits including Non
Performing and Suit filed accounts is 2 years. However, Branch Manager is allowed
to value Agricultural lands up to `5 lacs and the properties of above `5 lacs should
be valued by RDO and countersigned by Manager. In case of vacant sites up to
`25,000 Branch Manager is empowered to undertake valuation. Properties of 50
crore and above, the valuation is to be done by minimum two independent valuers
(chartered engineers) and the lower of the two valuations shall be taken into
consideration. If the appreciation or depreciation in the value of the security is more
than 25% per annum, the valuer may be advised to substantiate the reasons and
branch and ZO should record the reasons. The valuation report should bear
additional details such as longitude and latitude of the property, distress value of the
property along with market value, address of the property with photo, particulars of
electricity bill payments and other taxes paid on property as proof of ownership,
nearest landmark, deviations in construction, if any. Revaluation of properties is not
required in the case of NPA accounts where 100% provision is made. Wherever the
value of the property is more than 10 crore at the time of first valuation, it should
be revalued by second valuer. In case the difference of valuation is not more than
15%, the average value is to be considered. Where it is more than 15%, then the
third valuer shall be appointed and the sanctioning authority shall take appropriate
decision. (Cir.317 Ref 26/52 dated 14.12.2011)
Financial Capacity Certificate: Banks are allowed to issue Financial Capacity
Certificates to the students who intend to pursue higher education in foreign
universities. These certificates are to be issued in prescribed format that too backed
by bank balance. IBA advised banks to exercise caution while issuing such
certificates as Chartered Accountants / Travel Agents who deal with the students are
abusing the system using unethical practices. Further, it is reiterated not to issue
certificates against Fixed Deposits created by granting loans based on third party
fixed deposits. (Cir.no.441 Ref 53/29 dated 03.02.2014)
Engaging Arrangers: Some of the borrowers are engaging services of arrangers /
facilitators for availing credit facilities from banks. Normally, the merchant bankers,
who are registered with SEBI, undertake the loan syndication as part of fund raising
requirements of the corporate. Branches are advised to exercise utmost caution
while dealing with such arrangers and ensure no malpractices creep in and also
ensure that loan policy guidelines are not deviated in appraisal, security verification,
conducting due diligence, in sanction and monitoring. (Cir 92 Ref 26/11 dt.17.06.14)
185
Agriculture - Loan Products

Kisan Credit Card (KCC): The objective of the scheme is to provide adequate and
timely credit support to the farmers under single window for their short term and
long term credit requirements. The short term loans covers crop loans, post harvest
expenses, produce marketing loans and consumption loans. Investment credit
requirements for agriculture and allied activities like pump sets, sprayers, dairy
animals etc are covered under long term credit. All farmers, tenant farmers, share
croppers and SHGs and Joint Liability Groups with the above categories are eligible
to avail credit facilities under KCC. The short term component of KCC limit is in the
nature of revolving cash credit facility and the farmer allowed to draw using cheque
book, ATM/Debit Card, Mobile based transfers, Business Correspondents and Point of
Sale Terminals. The credit limits under this scheme may be fixed for first year
scale of finance plus 10% of limit towards post harvest and consumption
requirements plus 20% of limit for repairs/maintenance of farm assets, crop
insurance etc. The limit will be fixed for successive years at first year limit plus 10%
increase every year towards cost escalation. Maximum Permissible Limit will be
arrived taking into crop loan needs for the 5th year plus the estimated long term
loan. The validity period of the card is 5 years subject to annual review. However,
branches are advised to obtain fresh letter from the borrower for every 3 years. The
account need not come to Zero or Credit balance. The account is said to have been
repaid if the credits are equal to original principal amount, interest and other charges
during the season, within a period of one year from the date of first drawal of limit in
Kharif or Rabi. The KCC holders are eligible to avail Interest Subvention/Prompt
Repayment Incentive as per the guidelines in force. The collateral security norms are
as under:
Credit Limit
Up to `100000/Sugar cane Tie-up
Tobacco Tie-up
For all other loans > `100000/-
Collateral requirement
No collateral
No collateral up to a limit of `3 lakh
to owner cultivators. However, coobligation of equal worth is required
No collateral up to a limit of `10
lakh subject to `2 lakh per barn for
maximum 5 barns
Collateral equivalent to 100% of
loan amount
There should be no processing fee up to a card limit of `3 lakh. Branches are advised
to issue Rupay Kisan Card to all the KCC holders where ATMs are already been
installed. Accidental insurance coverage is available up to `1.50 lakh to the farmer
and the premium payable is 69/- per year per head. (Cir.no.209 Ref 19/29 dated
17.08.2013)
Kisan Chakra: Under the scheme, Vehicle loans are given to farmers for supporting
transport facilities. Two-wheeler loans up to `75000 and four-wheeler loans up to `5
lakh can be sanctioned under this category. Loans to the children of farmers having
2 acres of wet land or 5 acres of dry land are eligible. For Two wheeler - 85% of
onroad price of vehicle is sanctioned to small and marginal farmers where as 75% is
sanctioned to other farmers. In case of four wheeler 75% of onroad price of vehicle
is sanctioned. The loan is repayable in 5 years in monthly/bi-monthly/quarterly/halfyearly/yearly as per option exercised by the borrower. The interest rate is Base Rate
+ 0.75% for 4 wheeler and it is Base Rate + 3.75% for Two Wheeler loans.
However, loans repayable beyond 36 months attracts applicable Transfer Premium
(TP) (Cir.no.546 Ref 19/41 dated 05.03.2004 & Cir.no.25 Ref 19/07 dated
16.04.2013)
186
Kisan Sampathi (Produce Marketing loans) aims at preventing distress sale of the
farmers agricultural produce. The crops that can be financed under this scheme
include Paddy, Ground nut, Bengal gram, Turmeric, Maize, Millets, Yam, Black and
Green gram. Bank sanctions loan amount based on the 65% of average market price
or `50 lakh whichever is lower. Bank entered into an agreement with NCMSL
(National Collateral Management Service Ltd) for extending produce loans up to `10
Lakh per farmer without collateral security provided the produce is stored at State
Ware House/Food Corporation of India/NCMSL approved ware Houses and branch
should obtain personal guarantee of two persons. With regard to produce stored in
Central Warehouse godowns, the farmer is allowed to avail maximum loan of `50
lakh with 35% margin besides guarantee of two persons of sufficient worth.
However, for the loans beyond 10 lakh, branch is required to obtain 100% collateral
coverage. In case where produce stored with the cultivator, loan up to `2 lakh can be
sanctioned without collateral security, however, branch should take guarantee of two
persons of sufficient worth. For loans beyond `2 lakh branches should obtain
collateral security with value not less than 100% of bank loan component. These
loans are to be repaid within 12 months. The interest rates are as under: (Cir.no.508
Ref 19/56 dt.18.3.14 & Cir.no.338 Ref 19/34 dated 22.12.2014)
No
1
2
3
4
Loans against
Range
Up to `5 lakh
> `5 lakh & up
to `10 lakh
> `10 lakh & up
to `25 lakh
> `25 lakh & up
to `50 lakh
CWC receipts
Interest Rate
Base Rate
Base Rate +
0.50%
Base Rate +
1.50%
Base Rate + 2%
Loans against SWC/FCI/Others

Range
Interest Rate
Up to `2 lakh
Base Rate
> `2 lakh & up to Base Rate + 0.50%
`10 lakh
> `10 lakh & up to Base Rate + 1.50%
`25 lakh
> `25 lakh & up to Base Rate + 2%
`50 lakh
Kisan Bandhu (Finance to Tractors): Bank entered MOUs with all leading tractor
manufacturers for financing to Tractors. The borrower should have 3 acres of
wet/double cropped land or 6 acres of dry/single cropped land. No collateral security
is to be insisted for loans up to `3.5 lakh. Finance can also be extended for second
hand tractors aged up to 7 years. At present 7 companies viz., Eicher, Mahendra &
Mahendra, Bajaj Tempo, TAFE, New Holland, HMT and International Tractors, and
the dealer will offer one additional free service during the first year. Margin: For
small/Marginal farmers 15%. For others 25%. Rate of Interest Base Rate + 2 +
Term Premia. Minimum of 1000 working hrs per year on own farm/customer land
should be ensured. Under this scheme power tillers are also sanctioned to the
farmers having 1 acre of wet land or 2 acres of dry land.Minimum working hours are
600. Collateral security is not required for the loans up to `1 lakh.
Finance to Horticulture: National Horticulture Board (NHB) is providing 20% of
unit cost as subsidy subject to maximum of `25 lakhs. The activities covered under
this program are Grape, Mango, Sweet orange, Lime, Banana, Amla, Pomegranate
and other horticulture activities. The farmer is required to receive Letter of Intent
(LOI) from the NHB and avail loan from Banks within 12 months and claim subsidy.
The subsidy is to be kept as Back End subsidy. The subsidy component is 20% in
case of Medicinal plantations provided by National Aromatics Board, Hyderabad.
Rythu Mitra Groups (RMG): Optimum size is 15 farmers. Marginal, Small and
tenant farmers can become members of the group. Objective of RMG is to provide
technology transfer, market information and credit facilities to the farmers. Quantum
of eligible finance is 20 times of corpus of the group. Finance can be provided for
crop production. The maximum finance is `7.5 lakhs subject to scale of finance as
per land holdings of each member of the group and not exceeding `50000/- per
member. No collateral security up to `5 lakhs. Govt. of AP provides subsidy for term
lending taking by RMGs who undertake Dairy, Input Dealers/fertilizers and Compost
187
Pit/Vermi Compost activities. However, the maximum unit cost is `1 lakh and the
maximum subsidy available is `25000/-.
Joint Liability Groups (JLG): Tenant farmers with minimum 4 5 people
(members of existing RMGs or freshers) can form as group under JLG. The members
of JLB should be from the same socio economic status living in the same village and
carrying the similar activity (For example cultivation). The acreage of the members
should not be more than 2 acres in case of irrigated land and 5 acres in case of dry
land. Banks can extend maximum credit facility for crop production to each member
is `25000/- against group guarantee of the members of the group.
Kisan Vivek Finance to Agri Clinics/Agri Business Centers (ACABC):
Agri Clinics are envisaged to provide expert advice and services to farmers on
various technologies including soil health, cropping practices, plant protection, crop
insurance, post harvest technology and clinical services for animals, feed and fodder
management, prices of various crops in the market etc. which would enhance
productivity of crops/animals and ensure increased income to farmers.
Agri Business Centres are commercial units of agri ventures established by trained
agriculture professionals. Such ventures may include maintenance and custom hiring
of farm equipment, sale of inputs and other services in agriculture and allied areas,
including post harvest management and market linkages for income generation and
entrepreneurship development. The above schemes are open to Graduates / Diploma
/ Post Graduate Diploma in agriculture and allied subjects; Graduates / Post
Graduation in Biological Sciences; Degree courses recognized by UGC having more
than 60 percent of the course content in Agriculture and allied subjects;
Diploma/Post-graduate Diploma courses with more than 60 percent of course content
in Agriculture and allied subjects, after B.Sc. with Biological Sciences; Plus two
(Inter) Agriculture related courses with at least 55% marks. Project cost ceilings `20
lakh for individuals; `25 lakh in case of extremely successful candidate and `100 lakh
for a group project (minimum five individuals). No margin is required for loans up to
`5 lakh and 10% margin is required for loans beyond `5 lakh. No collateral is
required for loans up to `5 lakh. The repayment period will be in the range of 5 to 10
years (inclusive gestation period). The borrowers are eligible for 36% composite
subsidy which will be back-ended with 3 years lock-in period. However, it is 44% for
Women/SC/ST and candidates from NE and Hilly States. NABARD provides 100%
refinance. The interest rates are Base Rate + 2.50% for individual borrowers and
Base Rate + 2.75% for non-corporate borrowers. (Cir.no.197 Ref 19/15 dated
10.09.11 & Cir no. 508 Ref 19/56 dated 18.03.2014)
Andhra Bank Rural Credit Card (ABRCC): A scheme to provide hassle free credit
to customers having more than 3 years banking with branches/having sizable
deposits based on the assessment of income and cash flow of households. The limit
should not exceed 20% of eligible production credit and/or 20% of annual income of
the applicant from know sources or `25000 whichever is less. It is overdraft/cash
credit limit for 3 years with no end use stipulation and every year the account is to
be brought into credit. Maximum limit is `25000. Entire credit outstanding under
ABRCC shall be treated as Indirect Finance to agriculture.
Kisan Samraksha (Rural Godowns): The objective of the scheme is creation of
scientific storage capacity with allied facilities in rural areas to meet the
requirements of the farmers for storing farm produce, processed farm produce and
agricultural inputs. This scheme is meant for construction of Godowns in Rural areas
only (not in municipal areas) with capacity ranging from 100 metric tons to 10,000
metric tons. The project can be undertaken by individuals, farmers, growers,
Partnership / proprietary firms, SHGs, NGOs, Companies, Corporations, Cooperatives and Local Bodies. Govt. of India through Directorate of Marketing and
188
Inspection (DMI) and NABARD administers Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme.

Government of India provides 25% of unit cost as subsidy subject to maximum of
`2.25 crore in case of farmers & agriculture graduates and with regard to others the
eligible subsidy is 15% of unit cost subject to maximum of `1.35 crore. Subsidy of
33.33% in case of Women, SC, ST, SHG, Co-operative societies and projects located
in North Eastern states is 33.33% of unit cost with a maximum of `3.33 crore. For
Godowns up to 1000 tonnes capacity Project cost as appraised by financing Bank
or actual cost or `3500/- per MT of storage capacity whichever is lower. For Godowns
exceeding 1000 MT capacity Project cost as appraised by bank or actual cost or
`3000/- per MT of storage capacity, whichever is low. For NE region/hilly areas,
normative cost will be `4000/-per MT or as appraised by Bank/financial institution,
whichever is lower irrespective of Godown capacity. The rate of interest for units up
to 10000 MT is Base Rate + 1.25 + TP and in case of other units (> 1000 MT units),
the interest rate is Base Rate + 2.50 + TP. No collateral is required up to 200 MT
capacities. In case of above 200 MT capacities, collateral not required if Tie-Up with
FCI/SWC/CWC is there. If there is no tie-up, 100% collateral security besides
mortgage of the godown site is required if there is no tie-up. Normally, the margin
stipulated is 25% of the unit cost and 10% where tie-up with FCI/CWC/SWC is
available. The loan is repayable within 7 years with maximum gestation period of 2
years. NABARD reimbursing 1.50% interest rebate to the borrowers who repay the
loans as per schedule based on the bank certificate (Circular no.122 Ref 19/23 dated
29.06.2013)
AB Kisan Rakshak: The objective of the scheme is to provide Bank credit to the
indebted farmers to repay loans taken from non-institutional lenders i.e., private
money lenders. It covers the Existing farmer borrowers of the bank, who have been
regular in repaying loans with interest in the past, except on occasions when they
could not do so on account of factors beyond their control and non-borrower farmers
in the service area of the bank branch also. The eligible finance under this scheme
for the existing crop loan borrowers is 50% of Pattabhi Agri Card sanctioned limit
subject to a maximum `50,000/- (or) to the extent of debt whichever is lower. The
maximum limit allowed to new borrowers is `25000/- (or) to the extent of debt
whichever is lower. The loan amount should be released by way of Cheque/Demand
Draft/Pay Order to the creditors who lent money to the farmer against the discharge
of the financial instrument. The discharged instrument should be kept along with the
documents. The rate of interest is Base Rate + 2.50% + TP. The loan is repayable in
7 years with a gestation period of one year. The yearly installment in Term Loan
should be recovered along with Pattabhi Agri Card Loan i.e., on or before 30th June of
every year or marketing the produce whichever is earlier. No collateral security is
needed for the aggregate limit of `100000/- and if it exceeds, branch to obtain
collateral security with value equivalent to bank loan shall be offered.
New Schemes (Cir.no.375 Ref 19/38 dated 10.12.2012)
Purchase of Land: The scheme aims at providing term loan to small/marginal
farmers including share croppers/tenant cultivators to purchase agricultural land as
well as fallow/wasteland to develop and cultivate it with a view to increase
production/productivity. The maximum loan that can be sanctioned is `10 lakhs
subject to last 5 years average registration value available with registrar/Sub
registrar of the area (or) cost of land as per sale agreement whichever is less +
stamp duty and registration charges. Borrower has to bring 20% as margin. The
security of the loan should be mortgage of land to be purchased as well as
Hypothecation of existing and future crops. The interest rate should be Base Rate.
The loan is repayable in 7-15 years in half yearly/yearly installments including a
maximum moratorium of 24 months depending on the crops grown and income
generated.
189
Estate Purchase Loans: To purchase estates growing traditional plantation crops

viz. coffee, tea, rubber and cardamom, cashew, pepper, coconut and other perennial
orchard crops. In addition to the above, purchase of existing poultry units, Fish tanks
and Horticultural plantations can be considered under the scheme. The purchaser
should have yielding estates and should be in a position to rejuvenate the Estate
proposed to be purchased. The intending borrowers should have satisfactory past
dealings with the Bank. The purchaser should be experienced in the activity;
however new entrants who are financially sound and capable of bringing in margin
and service the debt can also be considered. Maximum size of the estate to be
financed should not exceed Ac.15.00. The quantum of loan shall be based on the
lowest of (i) Market value (ii) Guidance value/Circle rate fixed by the State or (iii)
purchase consideration, after retaining the necessary margin. Borrower need to bring
50% margin, however, in deserving cases it can be relaxed up to 25%. Since the
estate to be purchased shall be the primary security, collateral security of minimum
100% of loan amount to be obtained. Rate of interest is as applicable to agriculture
term loans. The loan should normally be repayable within 7 to 9 years. However,
depending on the status of the Estate and rejuvenation period required, it may be
extended up to 20 years.
Kisan All Purpose Term Loan is introduced to create a hassle free single term loan
limit to Individual farmers, Group of farmers, SHGs/JLGs engaged in agriculture and
allied activities for all term loan requirements like Farm Mechanization, Land
Development, Minor Irrigation, Water Conservation, Horticulture etc. It shall be
single transaction Term loan limit Loan repayable within 9 years. The purposes for
which the limit is granted shall not be a part of the Kisan Credit Card limit and it shall
be a separate Single transaction account. However development projects with a long
gestation period more than 3-4 years may not be considered in view of the specific
tenor of this credit product. The quantum of loan shall be subject to 5 times of
Annual income of the farmer including allied activities or 50% of the value of land
mortgaged whichever is lower, with a maximum of `20 Lakhs. The margin required
for Small/Marginal farmers is 15% and for other farmers is 25%. Rate of interest is
as applicable to agriculture term loans. The loan shall be repayable within 9 years.
Kisan Tatkal An instant credit for farming community to meet the emergency
requirements for Agriculture and Domestic purposes for tiding over temporary
difficulties. Individual farmers/joint borrowers (not exceeding 4 farmers) who are
existing Kisan Credit Card (KCC) holders having satisfactory track record of at least
two years are eligible for the loan. It shall be single transaction Term loan limit Loan
repayable within 3-5 years. The minimum loan is 1000 and maximum loan `50000/subject to ceiling at 50% of KCC limit or 25% of annual income. No additional
securities to be obtained. The loan shall be repayable in 3-5 years in half
yearly/annual installments. Rate of interest is as applicable to Kisan Credit Cards.
Financing solar Pump set Under this scheme loan will be granted for installation
of solar water pumping system. The farmers land should have adequate source of
water. In case any Public/Government source is being used, water right certificate
from the concerned authority should be produced. In case of wells they should have
sufficient recouping capacity to irrigate area proposed to be brought under irrigation.
The borrower should own an economic land holding with a minimum of 10 acres.
However, in case where the farmer is able to sell surplus water, relaxation may be
given. The loan amount shall be 75% of the cost of the equipment. These are eligible
for subsidy, which may be treated as Margin Money while disbursing the loans.
Hypothecation of equipments and mortgage of land is the security. The interest rate
shall be Base rate + 0.75 + TP. The loan should be repaid within 5 to 7 years by
annual installments.
190
Solar Water Heaters/Solar Home Lighting Small and marginal farmers Share
croppers/tenant farmers and agri-Entrepreneurs are eligible to avail loans to
purchase Solar Water heaters up to the cost of 75-85% of the unit. As per the
NABARD guidelines, the borrowers are eligible for 40% capital subsidy. The interest
rate shall be Base rate + 0.75 + TP and repayable in 3 to 5 years by annual
instalments.
Organic Farming - Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme: Growing awareness for
safe and healthy food has underlined the importance of organic farming, which is a
holistic production management system based on basic principle of minimizing the
use of external inputs and avoiding the use of synthetic fertilizers and pesticides. In
view of these, there is a need in the country to augment the infrastructure for
production of quality organic and biological inputs. Accordingly, under National
Project on Organic Farming a Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme for Commercial
Production Units for organic/biological Inputs has been introduced. The main
objectives of the scheme are to increase the agricultural productivity while
maintaining the soil health and environmental safety and convert the organic waste
in to plant nutrient resources. As per NABARD guidelines, Bio-fertilizers/Biopesticides units are eligible for subsidy @ 25% of the capital cost of the project
subject to a ceiling of `40 lakh and Fruit and vegetable waste compost production
units are eligible for subsidy @ 33% of the capital cost subject to a ceiling of `63
lakh w.e.f. 01.04.2014. (Cir no.100 Ref 19/10 dated 21.06.2014)
National Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS): It is operated by Agriculture
Insurance Company of India Limited, New Delhi. In consultation with State Level
Coordination Committee of State Government, identifies notified crops district-wise
and also premium rates. This scheme is operating on Village as unit for insurance
coverage in specified crops like paddy and mandal-wise for other crops. Coverage of
crops under crop insurance is District specific but not uniform for all districts in the
state. However, Mandal is taken as unit in case of Rabi season.
Interest Subsidy Scheme for Housing the Urban Poor (ISHUP) is introduced
by Government of India with an objective to enable the Economic Weaker Sections
(EWS) and Lower Income Group (LIG) segments in the urban areas to construct or
purchase houses by providing an interest subsidy of 5% on loan amount of
maximum `1.00 lakh. EWS and LIG are defined as households having an average
monthly income up to `5,000 and `5,001 to `10,000 respectively. The borrowers
under the scheme must have a plot of land for the construction or have identified a
purchasable house. The preference under the scheme should be given to
SC/ST/Minorities/Women/ persons with disabilities in accordance with their
population in the total population of the area as per 2001 census. The scheme will
provide a subsidized loan for 15-20 years for a maximum amount of `1 lakh for an
EWS individual for a house at least of 25 sq. mts, and `1.60 lakh for a LIG individual
for a house at least 40 sq.mts, will be admissible. However, subsidy will be given for
loan amount up to ` 1 lakh only. (Cir.no.316 Ref 28/09 dated 04.12.2010)
SLBC: The SLBC comprises of representatives of all Commercial Banks and Chairmen
of Regional Rural Banks operating in the state. Representatives of the state
Cooperative banks, Reserve Bank of India, NABARD shall also be invited to attend
the meetings of the committee. The level of participation is the Zonal/Regional heads
of banks stationed at the state headquarters, for expeditious decision-making. The
activities of SLBC are Take up issues raised by member banks or State
Government authorities.
Liaison with the state government authorities in the
matters relating to the implementation of Lead Bank Scheme/Government sponsored
schemes; Analyze the deposits and advances of banks and review the credit
deployment position for improving it wherever, it is unsatisfactory; Consolidate all
the District Credit Plans and prepare State Credit Plan, launch and monitor the
progress of its implementation; Review the progress made under various
191
Government sponsored programmes of poverty alleviation through Lead Dist.

Managers; Maintains liaison with Government departments on behalf of Banks in the
State and represent problems of the member Banks to the Govt. for solution.
Lead Bank: The main object of the scheme is a planning exercise for providing
credit to develop banking in Rural and semi urban areas and extension of credit to
neglected areas for balance regional development of district as a unit. Our Bank is
having Lead Bank responsibilities in Six Districts in the country, of which four are in
Andhra Pradesh viz. Srikakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Guntur and the
other two districts are in Orissa (Ganjam and Gajapathi)
Service Area Approach is applicable only to implement Government sponsored
schemes. Banks are free to lend to any area under other schemes subject to
obtaining No Objection/No Due Certificate from the banks operating in the command
area. Banks should not insist for No Objection Certificate for agricultural loans up to
`50000/- to existing farmers and should obtain the self declaration of not having any
loan from other banks. Banks as per RBI guidelines should also not to charge any
such fee for giving any no objection certificate/no due certificate to farmers.
192
Retail Loans
Housing Loans
Individual either singly or jointly. Joint application from same
Eligibility
family Spouse/father/brother etc.
Construction or Purchase of House/Flat/Plot. Purchase of
open plot is to be sanctioned in urban and metro areas only
that too approved residential lay-outs. Maximum loan can be
Purpose
allowed 50% cost of the plot or `25 lakh whichever lower.
Construction is to be completed within 12 months from the
date of loan.
Age of the Borrower Minimum 21 Years & Maximum age limit 65 Years.
Residual life of the asset certified by approved engineer
Building age
should be atleast 10 years over and above the repayment
tenor.
Salaried Maximum amount of EMI that can be permitted
for the proposed loan is to be taken as 50% of net salary.
While arriving net salary, IT deduction, VPF and any other
temporary deductions may be added back and exclude nonLoan Amount
regular income like bonus, arrears etc.
Non-salaried 65% of monthly average income of
preceding 3 years as reflected in IT returns.
Rural - `25 Lakh, Semi Urban - `75 Lakh, Urban - `150 Lakh
Maximum Loan
and Metro - `250 Lakh
Slab
LTV
Interest Rate
Up to 20 lakh
90% Base Rate (10.25%)
Interest Rate
> 20 lakh & upto 75 lakh
80% Base Rate (10.25%)
> 75 lakh
75% Base Rate + 0.25%
Repairs / Modifications
75% Base Rate + 1%
Repayment
Maximum 30 Years
Maximum gestation period is 30 months from the date of
Gestation period
release of first installment or immediately after taking
possession.
`2 & `8 lakh for houses aged up to 5 years & above 5 years
Repairs/Renovation
respectively. Interest Rate Base Rate + 1%
Security
Mortgage of House/Flat/Plot
Guaran/Co oblig.
Co-ob/Satisfactory third party guarantee may be stipulated.
0.50% of loan amount subject to maximum of `10000/-.
Processing Charges
However, at present, Bank is not levying processing charges.
Up to 10 Lac `100, Above 10 L& upto15 L- `150/- Above 15
Administrative
Charges
Lacs `250/- Per quarter.
2% flat on pre-paid amount, where the repayment is fixed
Pre-payment
beyond 36 months. However, charges may be waived, in case
charges
the payment is from own savings / windfall gains.
* Borrower is required to get a minimum credit score of 60 out of 100. Cir.no.261
Ref 53/23 dated 27.09.2012 & Int rates - Cir.no.322 Ref 53/20 dated 11.12.2014
193
Vehicle Loans
Any individual having minimum gross Income of `1.0 Lac p.a for 4 W,
Eligibility
`60000/- p.a for 2W & `40000/- p.a for battery operated e-bikes.
Eligible loan amount is to be worked out based repayment capacity. The
income of the applicant along with blood relatives also can be considered
for arriving at the eligible limit and they should also join as co-borrowers.
For 4 wheeler the maximum permissible EMI should not be more than
60% net salary in case of employees and 70% in case of other than
Loan amount
salaried class. In case of second sale, the vehicle should not be more
than 3 years old and 60% of garage value or `5 lakh whichever is lower.
For 2/4 wheelers 85% of Road Price (includes invoice price,
Registration, Life Tax, Insurance & accessories) for salaried
class/SME/Corporate borrowers with credit rating B and 80% for other
borrowers. However the upper ceiling is `1.5 lakh.
Security
Hypothecation of vehicle purchased
Guarantee
Suitable guarantee to be obtained
Net Pay
40% after proposed installment
Monthly/Quarterly/Half-yearly/Annual Maximum period is 7 years for
Repayment
new vehicles and 5 years for second hand vehicles.
4 W (New) - BR+ 0.50%. For loans repayable beyond 3 Yrs plus TP.
Existing housing loan customers are eligible for additional 0.25%
Interest
concession.
4 W (Used) - BR+3.25%. For loans repayable beyond 3 Yrs plus TP.
2 W - BR+4.25%. For loans repayable beyond 3 Yrs plus TP.
1% of loan maximum of `1000/-. However, at present, processing
Proc. Fee
charges fully waived for accounts directly mobilized by Branches, where
facilitation charges are not payable to car dealers.
2 % flat on pre-paid amount, where the repayment is fixed beyond 36
Pre-payment
months. However, charges may be waived, in case the payment is from
charges
own savings / windfall gains.
Cir no. 322 Ref 53/20 dated 11.12.2014 (Interest Rates)
Car Loans to Corporates/Firms: Bank introduced 4 wheeler loans to corporate
clients/firms in the month of March 2012. The guidelines are as under:
Organizations availing
credit limits with us
Satisfactory conduct
One Year
Income
Should be Profit making one
Exposure ceilings
Within 6 times of networth
`50 lakh subject to 3 times
Maximum Loan
of net profit
Cir. No. 436 Ref 53/24 dated 24.03.2012
Parameter
Organizations having
operational accounts only
Two years
Minimum 2 lakh profit p.a.
Within 6 times of networth
`25 lakh subject to 2 times of
net profit
194
Eligibility
Age Criteria
Course
Loan Amount
Maximum Loan
Educational Loans (Students in India)
Margin
Repayment
Gestation period
Security / Guarantee
Rate of Interest
Exemptions
Eligibility
Age Criteria
Course
Loan Amount
Maximum Loan
Margin
Repayment
Gestation period
Security / Guarantee
Rate of Interest
Exemptions
Secured admission through test/selection process

12-30 yrs.
All courses including schooling
Need based genuine expenditure related to the course
`10.00 Lac
(Max.2 Loans)
Up to `4 L
Above `4 Lac
Nil
5%
For Higher studies The maximum repayment period can be
allowed up to 10 years for loans up to `7.5 lakh and 15 years
for loans beyond `7.5 lakh.
In case of vocational courses it is 2 years for loans up to
`50000/-; 2 to 5 years for loans above `50000/- & up to one
lakh and 3 to 7 years for loans above one lakh.
1 Year after completion of course or 6 Months after getting
job whichever is earlier.
Up to `4 Lac-Parents co-obligation. Above `4 & up to 7.5 LacSatisfactory third party guarantees.
Above `7.5 Lac Collateral security of suitable value & Co
obligation of parents.
Up to 4 Lakh Base Rate + 2.75%
4 Lakh to 7.5 lakh Base Rate + 3.75%. However, the
interest rate will be Base Rate + 2.75% where the loan is
backed by collateral security.
Above 7.5 lakh Base Rate + 1.50%
Simple interest during course & gestation period
Processing/Administrative/Upfront fee/Pre-payment Charges
Educational Loans (Abroad studies)

Secured admission in overseas institution
17-35 yrs
Graduation
and above
Need based genuine expenditure related to the course
`20 Lac
Up to `4 Lac
Above `4 Lac
Nil
15%
The maximum repayment period can be allowed up to 10
years for loans up to `7.5 lakh and 15 years for loans beyond
`7.5 lakh.
1 Year after completion of course or 6 Months after getting
job whichever is earlier.
Up to `4 Lac-Parents co-obligation. Above `4 & up to 7.5 LacSatisfactory third party guarantees. Above `7.5 Lac
Collateral security of suitable value & Co obligation of parents
Up to 4 Lakh Base Rate + 2.75%
4 Lakh to 7.5 lakh Base Rate + 3.75%. However, the
interest rate will be Base Rate + 2.75% where the loan is
backed by collateral security
Above 7.5 lakh Base Rate + 1.50%
Simple interest during course & gestation period
Processing /Administrative/ Upfront fee/ Pre-payment
Charges
195
The education loan borrowers (Inland and Abroad studies) are entitled to avail
interest concession @ 0.50% for the students who secure 90% and above marks in
10th or 10+2 qualifying exam for graduation courses and in case of PG courses the
student should secure 80% and above in qualifying degree exam. For female
students, a concession of 0.50% shall continue to be allowed. However, the effective
rate of interest at any point of time after all concessions should not be below the
prevailing Base Rate. (Cir no. 382 Ref 53/55 dated 11.12.2012)
Educational Loans to Indian School of Business, Hyderabad and Mohali
Students (Cir no. 417 Ref 53/39 dated 02.01.2013) Indian School of
Business (I.S.B.) is one of the premier educational institutes with which we have an
MOU for allowing educational loans to its students. Our High Tech City branch and
Mohali branches are the Nodal Branches for handling Educational Loans to students
of ISB. The concessions offered on Educational Loans to students of ISB for the
academic year 2013-14 are as follows:
Eligibility
Amount of Loan
Margin
Rate of Interest
Co-obligation
Collateral Security
Holiday Period
Repayment
Liability Insurance
Exclusive powers
of sanction
Role of Nodal
Branches
Hi-Tech City Br,
Hyderabad and
Mohali Br.
Role of other
Branches
All students admitted for the Post Graduate Programme in

Management Courses offered by ISB, Hyderabad.
Need based subject to maximum of `23.00 lakhs
Minimum 10%
Base Rate Floating. Presently 10.50%. No other incentives of
any sort are admissible, including female student incentive.
Co-obligation of earning parent / spouse
Collateral Security may be obtained but need not be insisted.
Period of study and six months after completion of course
Recovery of Interest component only during the first two
years from commencement of repayment. However it is
optional for the borrower to remit over and above the interest
also at his/her convenience and without any prepayment
charges. Fixing EMI from the third year onwards (after
commencement of repayment) basing on the balance
outstanding and the left over tenor of the loan. The maximum
repayment period can be allowed up to 10 years for loans up
to `7.5 lakh and 15 years for loans beyond `7.5 lakh.
Liability Insurance is mandatory, but it is optional for the
student to purchase the Liability Insurance Policy from any of
the service providers.
The Branch Managers of Hi-Tech City and Mohali Branch or
ZLCC (A) of respective zones are empowered to sanction
Education loans up to maximum of `23.00 lakhs for
admissions of 2013-14.
Nodal branches should ensure strict compliance with KYC
norms for student and parent. Nodal Branches should
maintain close liaison with the Institute to monitor the loan
account regularly and enlist their cooperation in tracking the
student for recovery of loan as well as to establish
longstanding relations.
The loan accounts are usually
maintained and monitored at the nodal branch till closure.
However requests for transfer of loan account should be
considered, when any borrower, after completion of study,
prefers the loan account at a branch nearer to his place of
work/domicile.
Should extend support and cooperation to nodal branches in
complying with KYC norms and getting the loan documents
executed. Branches can entertain any reference /proposal for
Educational Loan that comes from ISB student. Branches can
process such applications along with other required documents
196
and forward the same to the nodal branch concerned

(Hyderabad/Mohali) with their remarks / recommendations.
Branches other than the two mentioned above should not
sanction/disburse the Educational Loan for ISB students.
The loan processing and sanctioning is centralized at these
two branches for the convenience of operation, monitoring,
tracking the students and evaluation of repayment
performance in respect of these loans.
Branch Managers are advised to collect information from
Nodal Branches about ISB students who secured placements
nearer to the operational area of the branch to market our
deposit and fee based products.
Education Loans to students in Premier Institutions: Bank is offering education
loans to the students pursuing studies with Premier institutions such as IIT, BITS,
IIM, XLRI, MDI and SPJJMR on simple terms and the details are as under:
Norms
`20 lakh
10%
Base Rate (No further concessions for merit / female)
Up to `10 lakh - Nil
> 10 lakh 50% of the limit sanctioned
5
Co-obligation
Parent (s) as joint borrower. In case if the loan amount
is above `4 lakh third party co-obligation is required
where the parent / spouse has no earnings
Cir.no.168 Ref 53/11 dated 27.07.2013
No
1
2
3
4
Eligibility
Maximum Loan
Margin
Rate of Interest
Collateral security
Education Loans to children of Staff Members All Educational Loans to staff

children are to be sanctioned by Zonal Offices. Rate of interest is as applicable to
general public with a concession of 0.50% (for girl child additional 0.50%
concession). If the students have joined an institution with whom we are having MOU
with a lower rate of interest should be either MOU or non-MOU with concession
whichever is lower. However, the above interest rate shall not be less than Base
Rate. Wherever collateral security norms are applicable to general public depending
on the limit sanctioned, only for those loans, collateral security of suitable value shall
be obtained at the time of retirement of staff members for continuing such loans
beyond the service period. On retirement of an employee, loans outstanding in the
staff children under education loan should be reviewed and there should not be any
overdues in the account. In case of retiring employee is a pensioner, the loan should
be transferred to his pension paying branch. (Cir.no.416 Ref 26/57 dt.01.01.2013)
AB Vanitha Vahan
Eligibility
Loan amount
Salaried/ professional & self employed Women having min. Gross

Income of `1.0 Lac pa for 4W - `60000 pa for 2W & `40000/- pa for
battery operated e-bikes. 50% of Husbands salary will be taken for
computing eligibility provided he is working and stands as Coobligant.
4 Wheeler NEW Least of Road price minus margin or 3 yrs.
Gross income. USED- (Not more than 3 years old) Least of 60% of
garage value or 3yrs.gross income. Max. of `5.00 Lac. 2 Wheeler
NEW- Road price minus margin with a Max. of `60000/-
197
Security
Co obligation
Net Pay
Repayment
Interest*
Pre-payment
charges
Road Price- Invoice price, Registration, Life Tax, Insurance &

accessories up to `5000 for 4 W & `1000 for 2 W. Margin: Salaried
class with salary deduction 15%; SME/Corporate with standard
assets with B rating & above 15% and other borrowers 20%
Hypothecation of vehicle purchased
Father /Husband of the applicant or suitable third party guarantee.
4 W- New-12-72 EMI 4 W- Used-60EMI - 2 W- 12-60EMI
4 W-BR+0.75% + TP
2 W-Up to 36 months-BR+3.75%; Above 36 months- BR+4.00+0.25
(0.5% Concession for prompt repayment as back end.)
2 % flat on pre-paid amount, where the repayment is fixed beyond
36 months. However, charges may be waived, incase the payment is
from own savings / windfall gains.
Clean Loan
Any individual having repayment capacity. Age not above 75 years in

Eligibility
case of Pensioners & 55 years in case of LIC Agents.
Salaried Persons: Fresh- 8 Times of gross salary or Maximum `1.00
Lac. Renewals -10 Times or Maximum `1.50 Lac. ZO sanction 18
times
Non SalariedZO Sanction 2 Times of average annual proven
Loan
income
amount
Pensioners 8 Times of monthly Pension Maximum `2.00 Lac.
LIC Agents 2 Times of average of last 3 yrs. Annual renewal
commission for IT Assesses and 50% of average of 3Yrs. Annual
renewal Commission for Non IT Assesses. Maximum `2 Lac
Security
Nil
Renewals
After payment of 1/3rd regular installments
Two third party guarantors acceptable to the Bank. In case of Clean
loan to Pensioners Nominee of the pensioner/family pensioner shall
Guarantee
join as Co-obligant / Guarantor. In case of Clean loan to LIC Agents/Co-oblig
Spouse or one of the family members and one LIC Agent.
Net Pay
Maximum 60 EMI & 36 EMI for Pensioners aged > 65 yrs. & LIC
Repayment
Agents
Salaried persons with undertaking not to shift salary accounts Base
Rate + 4% up to 36 months and Base Rate + 4% + Term Premia (TP)
Interest
for loans > 36 months. Other than salaried segment Base
Rate+5.5%. Term Premia (TP) for loans repayable > 3 Yrs
In order to reduce the turnaround time for sanction of clean loans to the employees
of organizations who are drawing salaries from our Bank, discretionary powers of
branches are enhanced. Cir.no.376 Ref 53/24 dated 02.02.2015
Eligibility
Loan amount
Security
Guarantee
Net Pay
Repayment
Interest
Consumer Loan
Any individual having repayment capacity.

(Non-Salaried
persons- Minimum Income `30000/- pa
Equal to 10 Months gross salary- 40 % on annual Income in case
of non-salaried persons or 75% of cost of articles, whichever is
lower.
Hypothecation of goods purchased
Good third party guarantee acceptable to the Bank.
Max.60EMI
Base Rate + 5.50% + TP for loans repayable beyond 3 years
198
Eligibility
Loan amount
Margin/ Security
Guar/co-oblig
Interest
Eligibility
Purpose
Facility
Loan amount
Margin
Loans against Government securities
Employees/ Pensioners / Professional & Self-employed holding

Govt. securities (except IVPs)
Equal to 75% of purchase value of security including Accrued
interest / Surrender value of LIC Policies. Securities where
premature cancellation is not available, the date of maturity
should be less than 3 years from the date of finance.
25 % margin and pledge of receipts.
Limit above `50000/- Co obligation is required
Base Rate + 4% + TP Repayable in 60 months
AB Doctor +
Individuals, Partnership firms/ Ltd co. /Trusts. Key promoters

should be practicing qualified Medical practitioner and
Doctors. Minimum practicing experience should be 2 years.
To
set
up
clinic
/
diagnostic
labs
(xray/pathology/songraphic), purchase of medical equipments,
Vehicles, Ambulance, medical software, furnishing of nursing
homes, working capital requirement for existing nursing
homes.
Term Loan / Overdraft or both
Maximum 20 lakh
25% for equipments
No collateral security or Third Party Guarantee. To be covered

Security
under CGTMSE
Repayment
Term Loan Maximum 84 months Gestation- 12 months
Interest
Base Rate + 3.25
Processing& Upfront 0.50%
Cir.no.8 Ref 53/1 dated 05.04.2012
Rent Receivable
Eligible Borrowers
Eligible Properties
Eligible Tenants
Purpose
Loan amount
Margin
Security
Guarantee/
Co obligation
Individuals, Sole Proprietorship, Partnership Firms, Public

Limited Companies, Private Limited Companies, Trusts etc.,
owning properties including landlords of our branch premises.
Unencumbered Residential/commercial Properties at Urban /
Metro areas. In case of Semi-urban areas, premises let out to
banks may be considered.
Reputed PSB/Multinational undertakings, Embassies/consulate
offices, Banks, National & International Airlines etc. In case of
Private Sector Organizations, the Net Worth of the organization
should be above 5 crore.
Closure of the loan availed for development/construction of the
property. In case where the property is constructed with own
sources, limits can be considered for the expansion /
development of existing business.
Minimum loan ` 25 lakhs and the maximum loan is ` 5 & ` 10
crore for individual and other borrowers respectively. In case of
proposals from land lords of our bank premises, the stipulation
for minimum loan amount is relaxed to `5 lakhs. However,
limits beyond ` 10 crores falls under MC powers.
15% of rent receivable towards maintenance and 25% of
margin in collateral security of NSCs, Deposits etc.
150% of the loan. However, in case of deficit, liquid securities
such as NSCs, Bank Deposits etc., can be accepted with 25%
margin.
One Co-obligation / Guarantor. However, no Co-obligation /
Guarantor for our Bank premises.
199
84 Months (120 months in case of leased premises of our

branches) or unexpired lease period whichever is less after
Repayment
making adjustments for TDS, Property Tax and 15% rent
towards maintenance.
Base Rate + 1% to 2.50% + TP (Discretion of sanctioning
Interest
authority). However, in case of loans to our Bank Landlords the
interest rate is Base Rate + 1.50% + TP
Pre-payment
0.50% on outstanding liability for the unexpired period
Proc & Upfront Fees 1% of the limit sanctioned plus service tax.
Cir.no.44 Ref 26/08 dated 23.05.2011 & Cir.no.34 Ref 53/2 dated 07.05.2014
Mortgage Loan
Eligibility
Loan amount
Any individuals holding house/flat in their/spouse/Major childrens

names. Age 21-65 yrs. Above 60 yrs, jointly with spouse or major
children.
The maximum eligible loan amount is calculated based on the
proportion of EMI to net income. The income of the applicant along
with blood relatives also can be considered for arriving at the
eligible limit and they should also join as co-borrowers. For salaried
class 50% of net salary; For non-salaried class 65% of monthly
average income of preceding 3 years as reflected by IT returns.
However, the maximum quantum of loan is restricted to `100 lakhs.
Mortgage of House/Flat Margin 50%
Security/Margin
Guarantee/
Third party acceptable to Bank.
Co obligation
Repayment
Maximum of 84 EMI
Interest
Up to 36 months B.Rate + 4% > 36 months B.Rate+4%+TP
Processing fee
1% of the loan amount. Administrative charges as applicable
Cir.no.274 Ref 53/26 dated 04.10.2012 & Cir.no.34 Ref 53/2 dated 07.05.2014
Eligibility
Purpose
Loan amount
Margin
Security
Guarat/co-obligant
Repayment
Interest
AB Anand Jeevan
Single or Jointly with spouse; Age First borrower Above 60

Years, Spouse- Above 55 Yrs.
To meet any genuine needs.
90% of realizable value of House/Flat i.e. 70% of Market value.
Min. `5 Lac. Maximum `100 Lac. Loan installment payable to
the borrower in Monthly, Quarterly, and Lump sum @ `198/-,
588/- & 8335/-respectively per lac for loan tenor of 15 years
(max). Lumpsum maximum `15 lac only
Not Applicable.
Equitable Mortgage of House/Flat, against which loan is
sanctioned. (To be registered with Sub- Registrar)
Borrower has to execute a Will
Payable in Lump sum after the last surviving Borrower dies or
opt to sell the home or permanently moves out the home.
BR + 1.25%
Pre-payment
Allowed without any charges.
Processing& Upfront No
Cir 334 Ref 26/56 dated 28.12.11
200
AB Equipment Finance: Bank introduced a scheme to purchase New equipment

like JCBs, Excavators, Concrete Batch Mixing Plants, Lifts, Steel scaffolding Material
etc., to meet the needs of Service Industry including Civil Contractors/Builders. The
nature of facility is Term Loan. All the existing borrowers with 2 years satisfactory
dealings and in case of others, minimum 3 years experience in the respective field
with profit track record are eligible for the above facility. Maximum amount of loan to
be disbursed is 90% of the cost of the machinery/equipment. Interest rate for
existing borrowers is Base Rate + 2.75% and for new borrowers it is Base Rate +
3.25%. Repayment should be within 24 to 60 months. Wherever the repayment is
beyond 36 months, the loan attracts applicable Term premia. Collateral security need
not be insisted for both existing and new borrowers. However, suitable co-obligation
/ guarantee shall be obtained. Processing charges are to be collected @ 0.25% of
loan amount. Zonal Managers are authorized to sanction loans under the scheme
even for the borrowers enjoying limits under HO powers. (Cir.no.92 Ref 26/21 dated
01.07.09)
Financing to Traders against property: A new scheme is introduced on 1st
January 2014 with an objective to improve the credit off take to traders by extending
timely hassle free flow of credit to the eligible applicants backed by adequate
collateral by simplifying the existing guidelines. The salient features are:
Eligibility
Facility
Loan amount
Method of
assessment
Security/Margin
Guarantee/
Co obligation
Financing to Traders against property

All existing traders of Individuals, proprietary concerns,
partnership firms and limited company either existing customer of
our Bank or new customers. The applicant should have minimum
of 2 years standing and profit making for the past two years.
Term Loan / Secured Overdraft
The amount of credit facility shall be above `10 lakh and up to
`300 lakh subject fulfillment of margins and security coverage.
Not more than 25% of the assessed turnover and projected
turnover should be in line with the earlier performance and be
realistic. In case where the credit limit applied is up to `25 lakh
and the turnover is up to `100 lakh, the applicant is required to
furnish statutory returns like sales tax, VAT etc along with
declaration. In case where the credit limit applied is above `25
lakh and turnover is above `100 lakh, it is mandatory that the
applicant should submit audited balance sheet.
Liquid security like term deposits of our bank/NSCs/LIC policies
with 10% margin. Immovable properties situated in semi-urban
and urban areas (land should be non-agriculture and building age
should not exceed 30 years) with 25% margin. Rural properties
and third party properties should not be accepted.
The owner of the property offered as security.
Term Loan should be repayable in 60 monthly installments without

gestation period. In case of SOD, two years from the date of
Repayment
sanction provided the operations in the account reflect the
turnover.
Up to `20 lakh Base Rate + 2.50%; > `20 lakh Base Rate +
Interest
2.75% Term premia 0.25% for term loans repayable > 36 months
Term Loan 1% of the loan amount. SOD `300 per lakh +
Processing fee
service tax to be collected on yearly basis.
Stock statement Once in a six months.
Below `50 lakh Once in quarter by branch
Unit inspection
Above `50 lakh Once in two months by branch
Cir.no.396 Ref 61/02 dated 01.01.2014
201
Abhivrudhi (Financing to Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) against property)

Bank has introduced a new scheme on 2nd January 2014 with an objective to improve
the credit off-take to MSE borrowers by extending timely hassle free flow of credit to
the eligible applicants backed by adequate collateral by simplifying the existing
guidelines. The salient features are:
Eligibility
Facility
Loan amount
Method of
assessment
Security/Margin
Guarantee/
Co obligation
Individuals / entities engaged in manufacturing and/or service

activities eligible under MSMED Act 2006. The applicant should
have minimum of 2 years standing and profit making for the past
two years.
Term Loan / Working Capital (Secured Overdraft)
The amount of credit facility shall be up to `300 lakh (both fund
and non-fund based limits) subject fulfillment of margins and
security coverage.
Not more than 25% of the assessed turnover and projected
turnover should be in line with the earlier performance and be
realistic.
Limit applied
Turnover
Requirement
Up to `10 lakh
Up to `40 lakh
Declaration
Above `10 lakh and Above`40 lakh and Declaration
along
with
Sales Tax, VAT
up to `25 lakh
up to `100 lakh
Above `25 lakh
Above `100 lakh
Audited Balance sheet
For loans up to `10 lakh it is mandatory not to insist for security.
Liquid security like term deposits of our bank/NSCs/LIC policies
with 10% margin. Immovable properties situated in semi-urban
and urban areas (land should be non-agriculture and building age
should not exceed 30 years) with 25% margin. Rural properties
and third party properties should not be accepted.
The owner of the property offered as security.
Two years from the date of sanction in case of overdraft provided

the operations in the account reflect the turnover up to minimum
Repayment
60% of the limit. In case of term loan, the amount is repayable in
maximum 7 years inclusive of gestation period.
Up to `10 lakh Base Rate + 1.75%; > `10 lakh Base Rate +
Interest
2.75% Term premia 0.25% for term loans repayable > 36 months
Term Loan 1% of the loan amount. SOD `300 per lakh +
Processing fee
service tax to be collected on yearly basis.
Once in a year. MSOD/QIS need not be insisted upon. Drawing
Stock
power on stocks need not be arrived/reckoned for allowing the
statement
limit.
Unit inspection
Once in a Quarter
Cir.no.398 Ref 52/15 dated 02.01.2014
Liberalized Trade Finance: All existing traders (Individual, Proprietary, Partnership
and limited companies) in operational area of the branch/Trade Finance Centers
Preferably with Sales Tax Registration Certificate whether maintaining account with
the branch or not are eligible for working capital credit under Liberalized Trade
Finance scheme. Branches can sanction loans as per the eligibility of the borrower
subject to a maximum of `100 lakhs. In case of WCTL, the maximum loan is `10
lakhs only. Loans up to 50 lakhs & 100 lakhs attract a spread of 4% & 5%
respectively. Audited balance sheet need not be insisted for limits below `10 lakhs.
However, it is mandatory for the borrower whose turnover exceeds `40 lakhs per
annum. The collateral security norms for the limits up to `10 lakhs are as under:
202
Age of the business

Less than 5 years
5 to 10 years
Above 10 years
Loan Amount
Up to 0.25 lakhs
> 0.25 2.00 lakhs
> 2.00 lakhs
Collateral Security
100%
75%
NIL
Processing Charges
(One time)
`150
`300
`300 per lac or part
thereof
Remarks
However, in case where the limits
are beyond `10 lakhs, branch to
obtain 125% of limit as collateral
Quarterly Admn. Charges
`50
`75
`100
AB Professional Loan: In order to provide simple and hassle free credit facilities to
the professionals, Bank introduced a new scheme i.e. AB Professional on 30.01.2012
and the salient features of the scheme are as under:
Features of Product
All Practicing Chartered Accountants, Architects, Engineers, Valuers,
Management/Financial Consultants, Company Secretaries, Cost
Accountants etc., are eligible under this scheme. Individuals, Firms,
Limited Liability Firms, Companies or Societies engaged in rendering
professional services should be an assessee under income tax at
least for the last two years and be a registered member with their
respective professional Association/Board/Body.
Purpose
To establish/renovate the office premises, Furnishing of office
premises, purchase of Tools, Equipments & Books, Expenses relating
to travel for professional purposes, Working Capital for carrying out
day to day operations. Branches can sanction Term Loan, Overdraft
or combination of both depending on the purpose of the loan. The
maximum amount allowed under this scheme is `10 lakhs.
Assessment
Term Loan 75% of the cost of asset proposed to be purchased.
Working Capital Limit 75% of the revenue expenditure of the
previous year as per Profit and Loss account. Total exposure should
not exceed 2 times of average annual income of preceding two
years.
Security
Hypothecation of existing movable assets and asset/s purchased out
of loan and also obtain post dated cheques for initial 18 months. The
loans are to be covered under CGTMSE compulsorily. However,
CGTMSE premium to be borne by the borrower.
Interest Rate Base Rate + 3.25. Loan attracts 0.50% processing / upfront
charges.
Repayment
Not exceeding 60 monthly installments with a maximum repayment
holiday of 1 year for principal & interest for term loans and one year
for working capital limits.
Cir 377 Ref 53/18 dated 30.01.2012
Eligibility
Term Premia (TP): For the loans falling under MSME/CPCD/CIFD/CRE, attracts TP
@ 0.25% besides Base Rate + Spread where the repayment period over 36 months
and up to 60 months and 0.50% where repayment period is beyond 60 months
(including gestation / holiday period) Cir.no.315 Ref 26/43 dated 31.10.2012.
203
Gold Loans
Agriculture Gold Loans: Branches are allowed to extend gold loan facility to the
farmers under two types and the salient features are furnished here below:
Particulars
Target group
Purpose
Maximum loan
Documents needed
Assessment of loan
Rate of Interest
Appraising charges
Repayment
Prompt repayment
With
Interest
Subvention
Agriculturist
Short
term
crop
production expenses
Without Interest Subvention

Agriculturist
All
expenses
relate
to
agriculture and allied activities
(poultry
/
dairy
/
minor
irrigation etc)
No Cap on loan
`3 lakh (including Kisan

Credit Card)
Proof of Land Holding
Declaration
Based on scale of finance
Declaration
7% or rate decided by Base Rate + 1.75%
RBI
Up to 2 lakh loan - 1%; Above 2 lakh 0.50%
Demand Loan - Repayment should be fixed based on the
income generation coinciding with harvest and the
marketing time, total period not exceeding 12 months.
Term Loan - Repayment period to be fixed 3-5 years in
annual installments coinciding with the harvest and
marketing season/generation of income from the activity.
Incentive available
No incentive
Loan eligibility will be computed at the rate per gram as decided by bank (or) 75% of
market value of Gold as stated by the appraiser whichever is lower. Simple
application cum letter of pledge with provision for declaration of the applicant on the
purpose of the loan, Particulars of Land, survey number, extent of lands, nature of
crops etc may be obtained and recorded in the application. Irrespective of the
purposes, for loan amount up to `1.00 lakh documentary proof need not be insisted
as the farmers avail the facility for emergent purpose only. However, it is the
responsibility of the branches to ensure end use. For loan amount above `1.00 lakh,
proof of activity/purpose may be insisted. (Cir no 228 Ref 19/31 dated 26.08.13 & cir
no. 428 Ref 19/53 dated 25.01.14).
AB Priority Gold Loans A new loan product as a third variant captioned as AB
Priority Gold Loan is introduced covering various Micro / Small industries / Service
enterprises, Retail Trade, industrial / commercial purposes in addition to the existing
Agricultural and Personal needs.
Particulars
Purpose
Tenor
Margin
Rate Per Gram
Maximum Loan
Purity of Gold
Rate of Interest
Features of Product
Loans up to `1 lakh
Loans > `1 lakh
Any genuine credit needs of activities falling under Micro/Small
industries or enterprises, Small Business/ Retail Trade
Maximum 12 months
Maximum 6 months
25% (Loan to value should not exceed 75% of value of gold)
As applicable to agricultural gold loans
`50 Lakh for advances wholly secured with Gold at the field level
for Micro and Small Enterprises- Manufacturing, Services. `15
lakh for small business and retail trade.
The jewellery of purities of less than 22 ct are to be translated
into 22 ct and valued accordingly.
The interest rates are same as applicable to Non-Agricultural
Gold Loans or SME whichever is lower.
204
Delegation of
Branch Managers JM-I `5 lakh; MM-II `10 lakh; MM-III `15
Powers
lakhs; SM-IV & above `50 lakh
a) Copy of any document which evidences existence of the unit. b) Declaration on
Turnover and purpose of the loan c) Declaration on proper end use of loan proceeds.
d) Application for Gold Loan suitably amended. An additional clause to be
incorporated enabling bank to demand accelerated repayment/additional security in
case the market price of the gold falls down. Cir.no.431 Ref 53/27 dated 27.01.2014
Cash Credit/Overdraft: Under this scheme, branches are allowed to sanction OD
facility to the borrowers against gold jewellery and the salient features are as under:
Amount of loan
Interest Rate
Interest payment
Margin
Minimum `2 lakh and no cap on maximum

Base Rate + 2.75%
Repayable monthly as and when debited
25%
1% p.a. on the limit if 75% of the limit is not utilized
Commitment charges
for a continuous period of 2 months in any quarter
`500/- for every part of part delivery/substitution
Part Delivery / Substitution
Cir.no.322 Ref 53/20 dated 11.12.2014
Lending Rate per Gram subject to maximum LTV of 75%
Category
Rate Per Gram (22 ct)
1. Up to `1 lakh limit - For a tenor up to 1 year where
interest is payable along with principal on maturity
2. Up to `1 lakh limit - For a tenor up to 1 year where
`1600
interest is served monthly
3. > `1 lakh limit - For a tenor up to 36 months and
where interest is serviced monthly
Cir.no.275 Ref 53/18 dated 08.11.2014
Appraisal / Processing Charges
1% p.a. 1/3rd of the debited amount subject to
1. For loans up to `2 lakh
maximum of 500/- per account shall be paid to
appraiser and remaining is to be taken to P&L
0.50% p.a. Half of the amount debited subject to
2. For loans up to `2 lakh
maximum of 600/- per account shall be paid to
appraiser and remaining is to be taken to P&L
0.15% of the outstanding loan amount subject to
3. Reappraisal charges
maximum of 250/- per account shall be paid to the
appraiser by debit of P&L
Cir.no.275 Ref 53/18 dated 08.11.2014
Other guidelines Gold loans shall be allowed strictly to persons who comply with
KYC norms. Ornaments with large percentage of stones or other extraneous material
should be avoided. As a rule, ornaments like Kante, Addiga, Nagaram, Ragidi should
not be accepted. Right relinquishing letter is to be obtained from owner of the
ornaments if any names are there on the ornaments. Gold jewels pledged with the
branches should be kept in transparent and tamper proof seal packets and the cover
should bear the signatures of the joint custodians. Gold coins of our Bank with
tamper proof Assay certificate intact need not be appraised. Gold loans should not be
extended for speculative purposes. Re-appraisal of gold pledged with limits of `5 lakh
& above and atleast 3% of the outstanding loans with limits below 5 lakh is to be
done once in every six months by a different appraiser. Gold loans shall not be
allowed to Branch appraisers. Whenever gold loans are sanctioned to the staff
members or their friends/relatives, the appraisal shall be done by a different
appraiser. (Cir.no. 453 Ref 53/31 dated 08.02.2014)
205
Credit Rating for Personal Banking Schemes: In order to have better credit risk
management system, Bank introduced credit rating for Clean / Personal Loans,
Vehicle Loans, Housing Loans and Mortgage Loans. For all new loans the rating is
based on important parameters such as Age, Qualifications, Residence, Stay,
Transferability, Employment/Profession, Gross Income, Spouse employment, No. of
dependants, dealings with the bank, Net Take Home Pay, Loan recovery mechanism,
Repayment History, Margin contribution and Networth. The prospective borrower is
expected to score minimum of 40 marks out of 100 marks to entertain the credit
proposal. All existing personal banking schemes of the branches are subjected for
annual review during the month of December every year. (Cir.no.163 Ref 26/34
dated 06.08.2010)
Impaired Asset Study: Lending is an integral part of bank business. Borrower is
expected to use the funds for the purpose for which availed and pay interest and
installments regularly. However, default may arise due to business cycles, changed
environment, mismanagement and other external factors. Whenever a borrowal
account slips to Non-Performing Category, the account needs to be examined closely
for analyzing the systematic deficiencies if any, which has resulted in the failure of
account. The Objective of IAS will be to identify the causative factors for failure of
the account and to take appropriate corrective action for minimizing, if not
eliminating systemic or human failures. The exercise of Impaired Asset Study (IAS)
would be primarily to look into reasons for the failure of an advance account and to
look into Staff accountability aspects to know the acts of Commission and Omission
of the staff that might have contributed to such failure.
Branch Managers (other than the Branch Manager who sanctioned the loan) will
conduct IAS study for all NPA accounts of the branch with Real Account balance up to
`2 lakh. The IAS study should be initiated after 90 days from the close of the
respective quarter and completed within 6 months from the date of NPA. However,
for above `25 lakh & up to `100 lakh, the study should be completed within 120 days
and with regard to above `100 lakh loans it should be completed within 90 days. In
all the cases where accountability is ascribed shall be referred to Vigilance
Department, HO to examine vigilance angle. (Cir no. 51 Ref 26/9 dated 04.05.2012)
NPA Real Account
I. Sanctioned by Scale-IV & below
Upto `2 lakh
> `2 lakh and up to `25 lakh
II. Sanctions by AGM

> `25 lakh and up to `100 lakh
> `100 lakh
Competent Authority
Zonal Committee consisting of ZM, second
line official & vigilance official.
GM(CMRD) at Head Office
GMs committee at HO consisting of GM
(CMRD), GM (Inspection), GM (RMD) & GM
(Oper). Minimum quorum shall be three.
Cir.no.095 Ref 26/15 dated 29.06.11
206
One Time Settlement Schemes (OTS)

Prompt recovery of loans and advances not only increases liquidity and profitability
but also keeps funds cycle moving by continuous lending for the development of the
economy. Compromise Policy is a step in this direction. The compromise should be a
negotiated settlement under which it should be ensured to recover its dues to the
maximum extent possible with a minimum sacrifice. The important aspect in
connection with settlement proposals is the concept of opportunity cost of funds.
The opportunity cost of funds in hand vis--vis that of funds, which could come in
hand at a later period should be calculated to establish a comparative advantage of
now or later. The guiding factors for a compromise settlement are:

Balance outstanding in the account (real account) as on date of NPA.

Provision held in the account.
Market value of the securities and time taken for realizing it.
Reasons for failure i.e. factors beyond borrowers control like natural
calamities.
Present status of the account and the amount that can be recoverable.
Our Bank introduced a Comprehensive Corporate Compromise Policy (CCCP)

and the salient features of the policy are furnished here under:

These guidelines are applicable to NPAs and Technically Written-off

accounts including Credit Card dues.
The account should have been classified as Substandard asset as at the end
of previous quarter for settlement. All the limits enjoyed by the borrower
either with the same branch or with different branches are also settled
simultaneously.
It also covers dues of employees/officers who cease to be in service on
account
of
retirement/death/resignation/dismissal/discharge/compulsory
retirement may be treated on par with general public.
Compromise settlement may be entered with willful defaulters/fraudulent
borrowers without prejudice to the criminal case against the borrower and
those cases of compromise settlement should be vetted by Management
Committee/Board of the Bank.
Bank may also entertain compromise proposal from the borrowers (in
justifiable cases) on whom SARFAESI notices are served for taking possession
of securities, provided the borrower comes forward for a compromise
proposal.
Committee approach is to be adopted while according compromise approvals.
The committee should give justifying reasons for consideration of the
compromise while referring the proposal to the competent authority for
consideration. An official who has sanctioned a particular loan, which has
become NPA shall not participate in the compromise committee meeting
where the proposal relating to that loan is under consideration for settlement.
To impart further transparency especially with regard to high value
compromise accounts, the proposals need to be vetted by Settlement
Advisory Committee constituted by three independent members viz., Retired
Judge, Retired ED/CMD of a Bank and Retired General Manager of a Bank.
Administrative clearance is required from Head Office, where the write-off
exceeds 25% of real account balance in case of Sub-standard NPA accounts.
However, this is not applicable with regard to Doubtful / Loss category
accounts.
207
Formula to rework out Shadow Account

Calculation
Real account balance + Interest at prevailing BMPLR or
Non Suit-filed
contracted rate whichever is lower on simple basis from the date
Accounts
of cessation of interest / NPA date whichever is earlier, until the
preceding month + any other charges.
Suit-filed
accounts not
decreed
of cessation of interest / NPA date whichever is earlier, until the
preceding month + Suit expenses + any other charges.
Suit-filed
accounts decreed of cessation of interest / NPA date whichever is earlier, until the
preceding month + Law charges incurred after date of suit +
any other charges.
Note: As and when BMPLR is phased out, from the date of such phase out, notional
interest shall be calculated at prevailing Base Rate + 4%.
Category
The Net Present Value (NPV) of the compromise amount as well as realizable value of
securities may be arrived as under:
A Fair Market value of the security
B Less Costs / Expenses for realization of securities
C Total value (A-B)
D Net Present value of I discounted at existing Base Rate+4% for 3 Years
E Total amount of compromise Payment of compromise amount due on (where
payable in installments)
F Net Present Value of the compromise amount discounted at existing Base
Rate+4% Simple for the period of payment
It should be ensured that NPV of the compromise amount discounted at existing
Base Rate + 4% simple i.e. F should generally be not less than the NPV of the
realizable value of securities i.e. D.
Mode of Payment: As far as possible, before entertaining the proposal, it should be
ensured that the borrower makes upfront payment of at least 10% of compromise
amount. Payment of compromise amount within 30 days is desirable. If not a
reasonable 90 days time may be given to the borrower for full payment in 2 to 3
installments. Depending on the case, borrower request for making payment within
12 months may be considered on the condition that 25% of compromise amount
(including upfront amount) and the balance amount along with interest @ Base Rate
+ 4% (simple) from the date communication of compromise till the date of final
payment. However, in any case the repayment period of compromise amount should
not exceed 18 months. In case of delay in payment of compromise amount, interest
is to be collected at current Base Rate + 4% + 2% spread on reducing balances from
the date of sanction communication until the closure of the account. Branches are
required to communicate in writing to the borrower the terms and conditions of the
compromise approved and the date on which the compromise gets lapsed in case of
failure of the borrower to pay the compromise amount in full. Proportionate release
of securities could be considered on case-to-case basis. Branch should obtain
commitment letter from the borrower that the sale proceeds are to be credited to the
compromise account. (Circular No.351 Ref 45/07 dated 26.11.2012).
OTS for Small Loans: All NPA accounts including suit filed accounts but not decreed
with real account balance of `2.00 Lakh & below and classified as Doubtful/Loss
Assets as on 31.03.2014 are eligible under the scheme. Accounts technically writtenoff on or before 31.03.2010 are also eligible under the scheme. Sub-standard accounts
are not eligible under the present scheme. Further, the scheme shall not cover cases
208
of fraud and decreed accounts. It shall also not cover accounts backed by liquid
securities or salary undertaking letters. The scheme is now made non-discretionary
and non-discriminatory. Settlement amount is linked to the date of NPA as under:
Settlement amount formula
Real a/c balance of
Real a/c balance of `1 lakh
below `1 lakh
& above and up to `2 lakh
01.04.12 to 31.03.13
75% amount in default
01.04.10 to 31.03.12
01.04.08 to 31.03.10
On or before 31.03.08 60% amount in default
Technical w/off a/cs
Amount in default = Real account balance as on date of NPA + CGTMSE/ECGC
claim received and appropriated Minus recoveries after date of NPA
Age of NPA
Cash Discount of 10% on the settlement amount is available where the borrower pays
the amount in full at a time within 10 days of receipt of OTS offer letter from the
Branch/Bank. Sanctioning authority of OTS proposal is Branch Manager and reviewing
authority is Zonal Manager. The settlement amount arrived at as above, should be
paid in one lump sum amount without interest within 30 days of sanction or in
installments within 60 days, by collecting at least 25% of the settlement amount as
down payment on case to case basis. This scheme is operative up to 30.09.2014.
(Cir.no.40 Ref 45/01 dated 10.05.2014)
OTS for MSME Loans: The important features of the modified scheme are furnished
hereunder (Cir. No. 41 Ref 45/2 dated 10.05.2014):

Sub-Standard Accounts are not eligible under the present scheme

NPA accounts, including Suit Filed accounts but not decreed, under
Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, with real balance of above `2 lakh
and up to `10 crore as on 31.03.2014 and classified as Doubtful and
Loss Assets, are eligible under the Scheme
Accounts Technically Written Off on or before 31.03.2010 are eligible
under the Scheme
Small loans up to `2 lakh under MSME shall be considered under Small
Loans OTS scheme
The Settlement formula, based on the date of NPA, is as under:

Real account balance> `2 lakh and < `10 lakh
Date of NPA
Settlement amount
01.04.12 to 31.03.13
90% of Amt. in default
01.04.10 to 31.03.12
On or before 31.03.08
01.04.08 to 31.03.10
Tech. Written off on or before 31.03.08
209
Date of NPA
01.04.11 to 31.03.13
Real account Balance

=> `10 lakh and < `1
crore
Real account Balance

=> `1 crore & up to
`10 crore
Amt. in default
01.04.09 to 31.03.11
Tech. Written off on or

before 31.03.10
On or before 31.03.09
Amt. in default = Real account balance as on date of NPA + CGTMSE/ECGC

claim received and appropriated Minus recoveries after date of NPA
In case of loan accounts with real liability of `10 lakh and above as on the date of
NPA, the settlement formula will be as above or Net Present Value (NPV) of available
securities Primary as well as Collateral and Securities Attached by the court Before
Judgement (ABJ), whichever is higher. NPV will be calculated with 3 years realization
period at prevailing Base Rate + 4%. Cash Discount of 10% on the settlement
amount is available where the borrower pays the amount in full immediately or
within 10 days of receipt of OTS offer letter from the Branch/Bank.
Recovery Agents: All NPA accounts (including technical written-off accounts) with
Real Account outstanding of `5 lakh and above and which are more than 2 years old
will be entrusted to the Recovery Agents. However, in exceptional cases the
mandatory period of 2 years can be waived. The agency should be either Partnership
or Corporate entity with required expertise to handle NPA accounts. The agents
appointed under this scheme are required to be complied BCSBI code and Banks
Model Code of conduct for collection of dues and repossession of secured assets.
However, the agency shall not have any right to sub-delegate or appoint any subagent. The engagement of agent is account specific and for a specified period only.
Bank also engaging the services of Investigation Agents for the purpose of locating the
whereabouts of borrowers/guarantors or details of assets other than charged /
mortgaged to the bank to expedite the process of recovery of suit filed accounts. (Cir.
No.343 Ref 45/09 dated 27.01.10 & Cir.no.244 Ref 45/11 dated 01.10.10)
***
210
AB Products Service Charges

Bank is levying the following service charges w.e.f. 01.10.2009 (Cir.no.369 Ref
27/39 dated 11.12.2013)
No
1
NonIndividuals
Category / Type
Cheque Issue / Return
Cheque Book SB
Cheque Book CD
Cheque Stop payment Per leaf
4
5
6
7
8
No
Individuals
Pensioners/
Sen.Citi./Indiv.
In Rural Areas
`2.50 per leaf (25 leaves free in a year)

`3/- per leaf (No free cheque leaves)
`60/`55/`50/Max.`250/Max.`225/Max.`200/-
Cheque Return Inward

CD cheque Up to `20000/SB cheque Up to `20000/CD cheque Above `20000/SB Cheque Above `20000/100 lakh & above
Cheque Return Outward
2
3
Service Charges
`100/`75/`50/`75/`60/`40/`200/`150/`100/`100/`80/`60/`500/- for all SB and Current accounts.

`150/-+out of pocket expenses for financial
reasons and `150/- for other reasons.
`115/`110/`100/-
Balance Enquiry >12 months

Account closure
SB (closed within 12 months)
`200/`150/`100/SB (closed after 12 months)
`100/`80/`60/CD (closed within 12 months)
`500/`350/`250/CD (closed after 12 months)
Nil
Nil
Nile
No account closure charges for AB Easy accounts (No frills account)
Signature verification (per 211ttest)
`125/`110/`100/No Due Certificate (Weak sec nil)
`150/`125/`100/Passbook / Statement charges
Issue of Balance Certificate
`100/- per certificate
Duplicate Passbook / Statement `15/- per Passbook/Statement
with latest balance only
Duplicate Passbook / Statement Passbook - `75/- plus additional `50/- per bunch
with previous entries only
of every 40 entries. For statement `25/- for each
40 entries.
Collection of local cheques
(Other than clearing cheques)
SB Group Accounts
`50/`35/`30/CD Group Accounts
`100/`80/`60/Collection of Cheques - Others
No out of pocket expenses should be levied
Up to `5000/SB accounts `25/- - Other accounts `50/ `5001 to 10000/`50/- for all accounts.
`10001 to `100000/`100/- for all accounts.
Above `100000/Maximum of `200/Safe Custody Charges
Scrips
`500/- per scrip per annum
Sealed cover
`500/- per sealed cover per annum
Sealed Boxes
20x20x20 c.m.
`500/- per annum
30x30x30 c.m.
`600/- per annum
Category / Type
Service Charges
211
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Inward/Outward Bills
Up to 1000/Above 1000/- up to 5000/Above 5000/- up to 10000/Above 10000/- up to 1.0 lakh
Above 1.0 lakh up to 10 lakh
Above 10 lakh
Issuance of DD/PO
Up to 5000/>5000/- to 10000/>10000/- to<1 lakh per thousand
>1lakh to<10 lakhs per thousand
>10 lakhs and above
Maximum commission
Cancellation/Duplicate/Revalidation
of DD/PO
Standing instructions (SI)
Noting charges
Transfer between accounts
Other standing instructions
Non execution of SI (Insufficient)
Folio charges CD & ODCC
accounts (Quarterly)
Free entries are allowed per
quarter for the accounts where the
average credit balance in the
account is above
NonIndividuals
Individuals
Pensioners/
Sen.Citi./Indiv.
in Rural Areas
`60/- plus out of pocket expenses

`9/- per thousand plus out of pocket expenses
`20/`20/`15/`25/
`25/`20/`2.50
`2.25
`1.75/`2.25
`2.00
`1.50/`2
`1.50
`1.25
`20000/`18000/`15000/Up to & inclusive 10000/- `25 per instrument;
> 10000/- - `100/- per instrument
`25/No charges
Remittance charges plus out of pocket expenses
`100/`80/- for every 40 entries after availing free
entries referred as below
Balance up to `25000/Nil
>`25000/- up to `50000/60
>`50000/- up to `1 lakh
100
>`1 lakh up to `2 lakhs
400
Above `2 lakhs
No charges
Note: No free entries to C & IFD accounts.
Inoperative Accounts Service Charges
CD/SB Group Accounts
No charges (Cir no 97 Ref 27/07 dt.20.06.14)
Cash handling charges
Cash receipts under CD and ODCC accounts
Up to one bundle
No charge
> one bundle
`100/- per bundle maximum of `10000/Note: ODCC/retired staff accounts are exempted from cash handling charges
Addition/Deletion of names
`100/Change in Operation instructions
`100/Record copy of cheque/DD/PO
`100/- per item
Minimum Balance violation charges: The minimum balances stipulated for

deposit accounts (Current and SB group accounts) are as under:
(`)
No
Category
Rural
SU
Urban
Metro
1
CD & ICD
1000
2000
3000
5000
2
SB with Cheque Book
250
250
500
500
3
SB without Cheque Book
100
250
250
500
4
ASB with Cheque Book
300
500
500
500
5
ASB without Cheque Book
150
250
250
300
6
Abhaya Gold / Abhaya Jeevan
1000
7
ASB plus- Cheque book
400
500
500
500
8
ASB plus - without cheque book
200
300
300
300
9
AB Jeevan Abhaya Plus
1000
2000
3000
5000
10 AB Jeevan Abhaya Double
2000
3000
4000
5000
212
No
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Category
Rural
SU
Urban
Metro
AB Jeevan Abhaya Triple
2000
3000
4000
5000
AB SB Diamond
Minimum QAB stipulated is `3 lakh
AB SB Platinum
AB Emerald Current
Kids Khazana
100
Personalised Cheque facility CD
10000
Personalised Cheque facility CD
2000
The mode of calculation of minimum balance is based on Quarterly Average

Balance (QAB) in the account. Non maintenance of QAB attracts the following penal
charges as per circular no.169 Ref 44/19 dated 09.09.2009.
Category
Current Accounts
AB Premium Current Account
Savings Bank Accounts
AB
AB
AB
AB
Privilege SB Accounts
SB Diamond
SB Platinum
Emerald Current
Charges
`200/- per quarter
`400/- per quarter
`100/- quarter - Metro/Urban/SU areas
`50/- per quarter - Rural areas
`150/- per quarter
`1000 per quarter
`1500 per quarter
`1000 per quarter
However, inoperative accounts are exempted from QAB charges (Cir.no.97 Ref 27/7
dated 20.06.2014)
Safe Deposit Lockers: The rents on lockers have been revised as under w.e.f
01.10.2009 (Cir.no.170 Ref 44/20 dated 09.09.2009)
Locker Type
A & A1
B
C
D
E & H1
F
G
H
L
Metro
1000
1100
1150
1250
2000
2200
2500
5000
6000
Urban
900
950
1000
1100
1500
1800
2000
4000
5000
S.Urban / Rural
750
800
900
1000
1300
1600
1800
3000
4000
Other conditions: Rentals for built-in lockers shall be 25% more than the rents
noted above. The locker operations are restricted to 10 in a quarter. Any operation
beyond 10 in a quarter attracts a charge of `50/- per transaction. A concession of
20% in rent is allowed to our existing and retired staff members.
Note: All the above service charges attract tax @ 12.36% with effective from
01.04.2012.
Purchase of Local cheques against clearing: At par for salaries cheques of
employees of Central/State government and Public Sector Units maintaining SB
accounts with our Bank. Cheques presented by Rice Millers Applicable cash credit
interest rate to the respective Rice Mill accounts. With regard to others Interest @
15.50% p.a. With regard to other cheques, the charges are 40 paise for every `100/besides applicable collection charges. If the cheque is returned unpaid, Base Rate +
Spread @6.50% is to be collected. (Cir.no.109 Ref 26/27 dt. 30.06.10)
213
E-Products Service charges (Cir no.412 Ref 27/45 dated 13.01.2014)

No Category
Service charges
1
RTGS Outward
Transaction Time
`2 to `5 lakh
Above `5 lakh
8 AM to 12 Noon
`25
`50
After 12 Noon
`30
`55
2
NEFT Outward (AB Xpress)
Up to `10000/`2.50 per transaction
> `10000/- and up to one lakh
`5 per transaction
> one lakh and up to `2 lakh
`15 per transaction
Above `2 lakh
`25 per transaction
3
Electronic Clearing Services (ECS)
Registration of ECS
`100/Cheque Return charges (ECS Debits)
`100/- per debit
4
Speed Clearing (Cir 293 Ref 27/28 dated 17.10.2012)
Up to & inclusive of `1.00 lakh
No charge
Above `1.00 lakh
Maximum of `150/Up to `10000/- - `50/-; Up to `10000/- to
`1.0 lakh `100/-; Above `1 lakh - `200/-;
Cheque return charges
One crore & above `500/5
Any Branch Banking (ABB)
No charges up to `50000/Cash withdrawals by self
Cash deposit by self
No charges
Cash deposited by third party
i) Up to `1000/`10/ii) `1001/- to `50000/`2/- per thousand
Non cash transactions
i) Up to `1.00 lakh
No charges
ii) Above `1.00 lakh
`50/- per transaction
SB Accounts No charge
Deposit of clearing instruments at
CD Accounts No charge up to `1.00 lakh
non-home branch drawn on non6
and `50/- per instrument for `1.00 lakh &
CBS branch / other banks
above.
7
Multi City Cheques (MCC)
`5/- per leaf
8
ATM / Debit Card
`100/- per annum at the start of second
Annual Maintenance Charges
year.
However,
Senior
Citizens,
(AMC)
Handicapped and Basic Saving Bank
account holders are exempted from AMC
Transactions on our ATMs
No charges for customers maintaining
average quarterly balance of Rs.25000/- to
Rs.50000/- in SB accounts.
`20/- per transaction. However, no charge
will be levied for 3 and 5 transactions in
SB accounts in a month in six metros and
Transactions on other Bank ATMs
other centers w.e.f. 01.11.2014. No
charges for customers maintaining QAB
Rs.50000/- & above in SB accounts.
Cir.no.279 Ref 55/22 dated 14.11.2014
`200/- w.e.f. 01.07.11
Re-issue of card
`50/- + Service charges
Re-issue of PIN mailer
9
SMS Alerts
Push
`15/- per quarter + Service tax
Pull
Push Free. Pull `3/- per request*
10 Internet Banking
No charges
* Service provider levy charges
214
Processing Charges: The processing charges are as follows:

I. Working Capital Limits (Fund & Non-Fund Based)
Up to `25000/`150/> `25000/- & up to `2 lac
`300/`300 per lac or part thereof with a
Above `2 lac
maximum of `30 lac.
However, Rice Mills with credit rating of A+ are exempted from processing charges
II. Loans against Shares & Securities `300/- per lac
III. Mortgage Loans
1% of the loan amount
IV. Rent Receivables
Minimum `5000/- or 1% of the loan
whichever is higher.
Branches have to collect 25% of the normal processing/upfront fee in advance for
new accounts involving fund/non fund based credit limits of more than `2 lacs. If the
loan is sanctioned, this amount will be adjusted against processing charges/upfront
fee to be collected at the time of disbursement of limits. However, no charges will be
collected upfront before sanction of loan to Micro & Small Enterprises for the loans
up to `5 lakh. However, in the cases where borrowers come into our fold through
Loan Syndicate or on taking a share under consortium arrangement, processing
charges/upfront fee shall be collected on the share allocated to our Bank at the time
of documentation or at the time of disbursement of limits in line with other member
banks. (Cir no.163 Ref 26/26 dated 20.07.2012)
Upfront Fees: 1% of the term loan amount is to be collected for all categories of
borrowers and no ceiling is prescribed for collection of upfront fee on term loans.
Powers are delegated for permitting concession/waiver up to 50% of processing
charges/upfront fee to ED. Powers for permitting concession/waiver up to 100% of
processing charges/upfront fees are vested with CMD for all accounts including MC
sanctions. (Cir.no.5 Ref 26/02 dated 07.04.2010)
Commitment charges are to be levied for term loans of above `5 crores at 1% p.a.
for delay in draw down schedule beyond one month. Similarly, working capital limits
of `1 crore and above to all corporate borrowers shall be levied @ 0.50% p.a.
commitment charges (exclusive of overall ceiling of 2% penal/additional interest) on
the unavailed portion of fund based working capital limits subject to a tolerance level
of 20% i.e. the utilization of the limit shall not be less than 80% of the sanctioned
limit. However, limits sanctioned to Sick/weak units, export credit, banks, public
sector undertakings and seasonal industries are exempted from commitment
charges. (Cir. no.143 Ref 26/29 dated 25.07.2007)
Pre-closure charges are to be levied on Term Loans (repayable beyond 36
months) @ 2% flat on the pre-paid loan amount. However, Education, Housing, SHG,
Govt. sponsored scheme loans are exempted from levy of the said charges (Circular
no.5 Ref 26/3 dated 08.04.2008).
Agency Commission payable on Government transactions: Government is
paying the following charges to the banks (Cir no. 151 Ref 51/05 dated 15.07.2013).
No
1
2
3
4
Type of transaction
Receipts Physical Mode
Receipts e-mode
Pension Payments
Payments other than Pension
Unit
Per transaction
Per transaction
Per transaction
Per `100 turnover
Rate
`50
`12
`65
`5.5 paise
215
Guide to Staff Welfare/Other Schemes

Bank has been extending various facilities/financial assistance under different
schemes from time to time for the benefit of staff members and the gist of such
schemes is furnished here under:
1) Reimbursement of Expenses incurred towards Food and Beverages: All
employees on the rolls of the Bank are covered under the scheme. Bank reimburses
the following amounts to the employees who attend office for more than 10 days in a
month, towards Food and Beverages expenses.
Cadre
Officers / Clerks
Sub-staff
Part Time Sweepers
Amount
200
250
300
The amount is to be claimed before the end of succeeding month to which it relates
and no arrears will be paid. (Cir.no.555 Ref 20/100 dated 29.03.08)
2) Subsidized Canteen: Bank is providing subsidized canteen facility to the
employees where the staff strength exceeds 50. The subsidy is being paid to the
canteen contractor @ `30/- per employee per month at Hyderabad and `25/- per
employee per month at other centers.
3) Mentally retarded children Financial Relief: An amount of `10000/- per
annum will be paid to the staff whose children are mentally retarded till the child
attain the age of 25 years. (Cir.no.413 Ref 20/72 dated 29.02.2008)
4) Andhra Bank Employees Group Insurance Scheme Payment of
Premium: Bank entered agreement with LIC of India to cover the life risk of all the
employees and the relevant premium is being born by the Bank. The premium
calculated for all employees who are on rolls as on the last working day of February
every year and paid to LIC. The amount of coverage is as under:
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Cadre
JM-I to General Manager
Clerks
Sub-staff / Part Time Sweeper (Full wages)
Part Time Sweeper (3/4 wages)
Risk coverage
375000
200000
100000
75000
50000
33000
5) Holiday Homes: All employees (including retired employees) of the bank, who
are proceeding on holiday or leave, can avail Holiday Home facility with nominal rate
at 14 centers viz., Bangalore, Bhubaneshwar, Chennai, Goa, Haridwar, Ooty, Manali,
Mysore, New Delhi, Shirdi, Tirupathi, Tirumala, Varanasi, Katra and Gagtok. At
present the tariff for the room is `10/- per day in case of Officer Staff and `5/- per
day in case of Award Staff. The maximum stay allowed is 4 days only. However, it is
restricted to maximum of 3 days with regard to stay at centres like Bangalore,
Chennai, Mysore, Shirdi and Varanasi. Employees desirous of availing the facility are
required to send an application through Branch/Office to Staff Welfare Department,
Head Office for allotment of room. Cancellation should be intimated to Staff Welfare
Department at least 2 days prior to the date for which the reservation is booked,
otherwise bank imposes a penalty of `200/- per day. (Cir.no.16 Ref 03/1 dated
11.04.12)
216
6) General Health Check-up: All staff members/spouse who are on the rolls of the
Bank and who have completed 40 years of age are eligible to claim for
reimbursement of expenses for general health check-up subject to maximum of
`2500/- in Metros and `2000/- at other places. However, additional reimbursement
of expenses for Mammography test subject to maximum of `600/- is available to all
eligible women employees / spouse of employees (who have completed 40 years)
w.e.f.24.03.2006. The reimbursement of expenses is subject to production of
relevant receipts/bills of approved Hospitals/Diagnostic centers. This scheme is
applicable to spouse of the staff members also. This facility can be availed by the
eligible staff once in 2 years. (Cir.no.346 Ref 3/45 dated 26.12.2008)
7) Hospitalization Expenses Major ailments: Reimbursement of hospitalization
expenses for major ailments (By-pass surgery, Angio-plasty, Kidney transplantation,
Cancer, Gastro enterology, Brain Surgery and Orthopedic surgery and other rare and
costly ailments approved by HO) over and above IBA package will be reimbursed
subject to maximum of `100000/- under Staff Welfare Schemes. However, the
difference in sanctioned amount and the amount claimed by the employee should be
above `25000/-. All staff members and their dependants are covered under this
scheme. (Cir.no.191 Ref 3/29 dated 23.09.09)
8) Furniture Maintenance Charges: Officers who have availed the residential
furniture facility are eligible to claim reimbursement of maintenance charges incurred
on declaration basis after 3 years of purchase @ 5% of the original cost of the items
every year. However, items like mattresses and pillows are not covered under the
scheme. (Cir no.20 Ref 3/06 dated 21.04.2010)
9) Physically Challenged Employees / Children: All staff members who submit
disability certificate are eligible to avail this facility. Under this scheme bank
reimburse an amount not exceeding `10000/- and `15000/- for purchase of Wheel
chair/Crutches and Artificial Limb/Hearing Aid respectively. Bank reimburses the
amount once in 5 years in case of Wheel Chair/Crutches and once in 2 years in case
of Artificial Limb / Hearing Aid. The above reimbursement is also available to the
spouse / children of staff who are physically challenged. (Cir.no.413 Ref 20/72 dated
29.02.08 & Cir.no.191 Ref 3/29 dated 23.09.09)
10) Group Personal Accident Insurance (GPA): Bank has taken Group Accident
policy from M/s.United India Insurance Company Limited to cover the employees
against risks round the clock. It covers death, permanent disablement and partial
disablement. The risk coverage of various categories is as follows:
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Category
CMD
Executive Director
General Managers
Deputy General Managers
Asst. General Managers
Chief Managers
Senior Managers
Deputy Managers
Asst. Managers
Clerks / Pilots / Drivers
Sub-staff (including PTS/Security guards)
Coverage (` in lakhs)
10.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
11) Group Savings Linked Insurance Scheme (GSLI): All permanent Employees
who are in service including PTS are eligible to join the scheme. It is optional to the
existing employees where as for the new entrants it is mandatory. No employee after
giving consent/joining the scheme shall be allowed to withdraw from the scheme.
217
Bank collects monthly contributions and remits to LIC of India. The monthly premium
payable and risk coverage of various categories is furnished here under:
No
1
2
3
4
Category
Scale IV & above

JM-I to MM-III
Clerks
Sub-staff (including PTS)
Monthly Premium
(Savings plus Risk)
531.25
425.00
212.50
106.25
Sum assured
500000
400000
200000
100000
The monthly contribution includes two components viz., Savings & Risk premium in
the ratio of 65:35. The saving component earns interest @ 8% p.a. and will be paid
to the employee/legal heirs when the scheme comes to an end due to
retirement/resignation/demise of the employee. In case of expiry of an employee
due to accident, double the sum assured will be paid by LIC of India. (Circular
no.103 Ref 3/21 dated 18.06.2013)
12) Liability Insurance: It covers the lives of the employees to the extent of
liabilities outstanding in Housing / Vehicle Loan as on 31st March every year and also
on fresh disbursal by IFLIC of India. Premium is payable by the employee to the
debit of respective loan accounts and the details of the coverage is as under:
Category
Coverage
Liability as on 31st March every
Housing
year subject to maximum of `20
Loans
lakhs (inclusive of addl.HL).
Liability as on 31st March every
year subject to maximum of `4.50
Vehicle
Loans
lakhs & `0.60 lakh for four & two
wheeler loans respectively.
Cir.no.525 Ref 3/94 dated 31.03.2014
Insurance Premia
`4.70 per thousand per annum
or maximum of `9400/`3.86 per thousand per annum
or maximum `1737/- for 4
wheeler & `232/- for 2 wheeler
13) Silver Jubilee Awards: Employees who have completed 25 years of service are
honoured by presentation of an award with a cost not exceeding to `2000/- and the
same is to be presented in a staff meeting at branch/office.
Facilities to Retired (Superannuation) Employees:
Besides terminal benefits (Pension/PF/Gratuity/Leave encashment etc.,) the retired
employees are entitled to avail the following benefits / facilities from the Bank:
1. Memento/Gift on the day of Retirement on superannuation: In recognition
of the service rendered by the employees (including PTS) Bank is presenting a
Memento/Gift worth `12500/- on the eve of retirement from service. (Cir.no.177
Ref 03/31 dated 19.08.2011)
2. Reimbursement of Transport Charges: Employees who retire on
superannuation are eligible to claim reimbursement of transport charges (luggage)
incurred on account of shifting of luggage from the office where he took retirement
to the place of permanent settlement in India by submitting TA Bill. Employee is
eligible to claim all expenses on par with normal transfer TA Bill except DA.
3. Retention of Residential Furniture: Officers who availed residential furniture
can retain the items on retirement by paying the following amounts to the Bank. The
scheme is also available to officers who voluntarily retire from Banks service/resign
after completion of 28 years service. (Cir.no.45 Ref 3/4 dated 02.05.2012)
218
Age of the furniture

Below 5 Years
5 Years & < 7 Years
7 Years & above
Amount to be recovered
Book Value if original cost is above `5000/-.
For items with Book Value with less than 5000/-, 50%
of original cost
40% of original cost or Book Value whichever is higher.
25% of original cost or Book Value whichever is higher.
4. Holiday Homes: Bank is extending Holiday Home facility to the retired

employees also. Retired employees can avail this facility at select centers with
nominal rate. At present the tariff for the room is `10/- per day in case of Officer
Staff and `5/- per day in case of Award Staff. The maximum stay allowed is 4 days
only. However, the maximum stay is restricted to 2 days at important locations. For
allotment of rooms they need to submit application to Staff Welfare Department,
Head Office. (Cir.no.555 Ref 20/100 dated 29.03.08)
5. Hospitalization Scheme for retired employees on superannuation: Bank is
reimbursing medical expenditure incurred on surgery of major ailments (including
Cataract surgery, Prostrate surgery, Hysterectomy operation) to the tune of `2.5
lakhs for self and `1.5 lakhs for spouse with a margin of 10% and 25% for self and
spouse respectively. However, in case of cancer treatment (without surgery) the
reimbursement is allowed up to `100000/- per year. (Cir.no.413 Ref 20/72 dated
29.02.2008 & Cir no. 16 Ref 3/1 dated 11.04.2012). It is desirable that the medical
claim is to be routed through the pension paying branch for operational convenience.
6. Additional Interest Rate: All retired/resigned employees are eligible for 1%
additional interest on the deposits made by them under Savings/Term Deposits.
Further, they are also eligible for Senior Citizen interest rate (0.50% extra) besides
staff interest rate. (Cir.no.04 Ref 3/1 dated 05.04.2011)
Guide to Bereaved Families
Taking care of family members is the sacred responsibility of the family head and he
is expected to take all possible care so that the spouse/children should not to face
financial problems even in his absence i.e. untimely demise. Bank has been
extending various facilities/benefits to the bereaved families through different
schemes. Hence, staff and their family members are necessarily to have an idea of
these schemes and the associated benefits thereon. The nominees/legal heirs are
entitled to avail the following financial benefits/facilities from Bank and other
organizations:
1) Family Pension: In case of an employee who opts for pension and expired after
completion of 7 years of service, higher family pension equal to 50% of pay last
drawn by the deceased employee or twice the ordinary rate of family pension
whichever is less is payable.
2) Provident Fund: The actual contribution made by the employee/bank, and
interest thereon, which includes Voluntary Provident Fund. However, PF Loan, if any,
will be adjusted from the above contributions.
3) Gratuity: Employee is eligible for 15 days for every completed 26 working days
and accordingly the eligible amount will be paid subject to the ceiling, if any. This
amount will be paid immediately.
4) Future Service Gratuity Insurance: Bank has taken master policy for the said
purpose. In case of death of any employee, Bank submits the claim to LIC and the
same will be paid to the nominees of the deceased on receipt of claim amount from
LIC. Normally, the settlement of claim takes 3 to 6 months. (Cir.no.360 Ref 20/62
dated 01.01.2008)
219
5) Leave Encashment: Bank pays the amount for the unavailed Privileged Leave, if
any, subject to maximum of 240 days. The last drawn salary is the basis for
calculation and payment.
6) Exgratia: Bank pays an amount of `1.50 lakh towards exgratia to the families
(Nominees/Legal heirs) of the employee who die in harness. Advance amount of
`25000/- will be paid immediately to meet the funeral related expenses and the
same will be adjusted from the exgratia amount. (Cir.no.413 Ref 20/72 dt.29.02.08)
7) Financial Aid to Bereaved Families (FABF) of the Employees who die in
harness: It is a voluntary contributory scheme and the interested employees can
become member of the scheme by submitting option-cum-nomination letter to Head
Office. The members are required to contribute `20/-, `15/-, `10/- and `5/- for
officers, clerks, sub-staff and part-time sweepers respectively for each death.
(Cir.no.560 Ref 20/112 dated 09.03.2004 & Cir.no. 218Ref 3/32 dated 24.09.2014)
8) Educational Grant to the children: The children of the deceased are entitled to
claim reimbursement of `2000/- for X class, `2000/- for Intermediate and `3000/for Graduation/Post Graduation for each child every year subject to maximum of two
children. However, they are eligible to avail this facility only up to the age of 25
years or superannuation date of the deceased whichever occurs earlier. The
application is to be forwarded through the branch where the deceased employee
worked. (Cir. no.193 Ref 3/36 dated 07.08.2013)
9) Residential Furniture: Family of the deceased is allowed to retain the furniture
provided by the bank under Officers Residential Furniture Scheme without payment
of any amount/charges to the bank. (Cir.no.131 Ref 4/1 dated 20.06.2005)
10) Leased Accommodation: Family members of the deceased employee are
entitled to retain the quarters till completion of the succeeding month or current
academic year whichever occurs later.
11) Reimbursement of Transport Charges: Family members are eligible to claim
reimbursement of transport charges (luggage) incurred on account of shifting of
luggage from the place of work of the deceased to the place of permanent settlement
in India by submitting TA Bill and they are entitled to claim all expenses and the TA
Bill is treated on par with normal transfer TA Bill except Dearness Allowance.
12) Compensation & Reward for resisting crime against Bank: To protect the
interest of the family members of the employee who dies on account of resisting
crime against bank, the following amounts will be paid to the bereaved family.
No
1
Facility
Compensation
Remarks
Officers - ` 20 lakh; Clerical/Sub-staff - ` 10 lakh
Bank continues to pay last pay drawn by the deceased
Pay &
2
officer, till one of the children attains age of 21 years or
Allowances
normal retirement age of the deceased whichever is earlier.
3
Education Exp. Up to Degree for children.
4
Employment
This is applicable only to those deceased employees who
have completed 5 years of service or before reaching the
age of 30 years, whichever is later. The appointment shall
be made only in the clerical and sub-staff cadre. (cir no.
227 Ref 3/18 dated 27.09.2007)
In case of survival Cash reward of ` 2 lakh will be paid besides eligible for out
of turn promotion or advance increment. (Cir no. 223 Ref 3/50 dated 27.08.12)
220
13) Liability Insurance: All liabilities of staff members under Housing and Vehicle
loans are insured and bank claims the amount from LIC of India in case of death of
the employee and adjust the same to the respective loan accounts. The maximum
coverage for Housing and Vehicle loans is `20 lakhs and `4.50 lakhs respectively.
However, in case of two wheeler the maximum coverage available is `60000/- only.
(Cir.no.438 Ref 3/67 dated 15.03.09)
14) Other reimbursements: The family members of the deceased are entitled to
claim the reimbursement of News Paper, Conveyance and Refreshments of the
current month/quarter and arrears if any from the branch.
15) Group Insurance Scheme (CODST): This is a Group Policy taken by the Bank
with LIC to cover the lives of the employees of the Bank with the following coverage.
No
Category
1
Officers (JM-I to SM-VII)
2
Clerks
3
Sub-staff
4
PTS wages
5
PTS wages
6
PTS 1/3 wages
Cir no.284 Ref 3/58 dated 10.10.2012
Coverage
450000
250000
125000
93750
62500
41666
16) Group Personal Accident Insurance (GPA): Bank has taken Group Accident
policy from M/s.United India Insurance Company Limited to cover the employees
against risks round the clock. It covers death, permanent disablement and partial
disablement. The risk coverage of various categories is as follows:
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Category
CMD
Executive Director
General Managers
Deputy General Managers
Asst. General Managers
Chief Managers
Senior Managers
Deputy Managers
Asst. Managers
Clerks / Pilots / Drivers
Sub-staff / PTS/Security guards
Coverage (`lakhs)
10.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
17) Scheme of payment of ex-gratia in lieu of appointment of dependants on

compassionate grounds: This scheme is applicable to employees who die in
harness and employees who seek premature retirement due to incapacitation before
reaching the age of 55 years. Bank grants ex-gratia to the family of the eligible
employee (Officers - `8 lakhs, Clerks - `7 lakhs and Sub-staff - `6 lakhs), provided
the monthly income of the family from all sources is less than 60% of last drawn
salary (net of the taxes) of the employee. The dependents should make an
application within 6 months from the date of the death of the employee. The exgratia amount in eligible cases will be paid within 3 months of receipt of application,
if the same is complete in all respects. (Cir.no.227 Ref 3/18 dated 27.09.2007)
Other Institutions / Organizations
1) Surety Loan: In case where the deceased employee availed loan from Andhra
Bank Employees Co-operative Bank Limited, the balance under Thrift and MMBF
221
contributions are adjusted to surety loan and the remaining balance will be writtenoff through insurance cover. The family members need not to pay liability under
surety loan of Andhra Bank Employees Co-operative Bank. In case where there are
no outstanding dues by the member, a sum of `20000/- will be paid to the nominee
or dependants.
2) Funeral Expenses: In case where the deceased is a member of Andhra Bank
Employees Co-operative Bank, an amount of `2500/- will be paid by the bank to the
family members of the deceased towards funeral expenses.
2) Andhra Bank Officers` Federation is extending exgratia of `50000/- to the
family members of the deceased officer. However, this scheme is meant for those
officers who are members of the federation only. (Federation cir.no.4/SW/2007
dated 17.01.2007)
3) Insurance Claims: The family members of the deceased are entitled for the sum
assured from the Bank as per the extant guidelines. Claims will be settled by the
respective insurance companies as per the eligibility and Bank acts as facilitator only.
Important Points:
All staff members should ensure that nomination is submitted for Pension,
PF, Gratuity, FABF, GSLI, Credit card, Andhra Bank Employees Co-operative
Bank, Insurance Linked Accounts etc., to avoid delay in settlement of claims.
Branch/Office to communicate the demise of the employee to Welfare
Department, Head Office, Andhra Bank Employees Co-operative Bank, Credit
Card Department etc., immediately.
Branch/Office to submit the death certificate of the deceased to Head Office to
settle terminal benefits (Pension, PF, Gratuity etc.,) immediately. In case of
accidental death, branch to should send death certificate along with copy of
FIR/Post Mortem Report.
Wherever the deceased staff member has not submitted nomination, the
branch/office has to obtain claim forms from the legal heirs as per the
procedure laid down for payment of amounts by Bank. However, in such
cases, the claims will be settled only at HO.
With regard to Abhaya, Abhaya Plus, Abhaya Gold and Abhaya Jeevan, the
claim is to be submitted at the respective branches where the deceased
maintained said accounts.
Any expenditure under staff welfare has to be claimed before the expiry of
the following financial year failing which the same stands lapsed.
222

Bankers Digest 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bankers Digest 2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bankers Digest 2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BANKER`S

In todays environment, hoarding knowledge ultimately erodes

Bankers Digest - Index

Banking & Finance

Interest Subvention Schemes

Financial Sector Legislative Reforms

Deposits General Guidelines

Obtain Government order or notification authorizing the concerned officer to

Minors Accounts Savings Bank/Recurring Deposit Account can also be opened by

Overdue Term Deposits Payment of Interest Overdue deposits will be

Passbook/Account Statement The Bank will provide either a statement of

Non Resident Indians Products

Who Can Open

N R O Non Resident Ordinary Account

Foreign Tourists visiting India the balance amount in the

N R E Non Resident External Rupee account

360 days is taken for a year for the purpose of interest

RFC Domestic Account

Loan & Over drafts

surrender values settled in foreign currencies.

Exchange Earners Foreign Currency Accounts (EEFC)

Who Can Open

All Categories of Foreign Exchange Earners such as Individuals,

Payments received towards export of goods/ services from India, out

Re credit of unutilized foreign currency earlier withdrawn. However,

Amount representing repayment of loans/ advances granted to the

Payment outside India towards any current account transactions in

Payment in foreign exchange towards cost of goods purchased from

Trade related loans/ advances, by an exporter holding such account to

Branches may permit their export constituents to extend trade related

The balances in EEFC accounts may be allowed to be credited to NRE /

Loans to NRIs Against Deposits: Advances against FCNR/NRE deposit to the

remittances, or transfer from NRE/FCNR accounts, or maturity proceeds of the

Know Your Customer (KYC)

Documents Residence Proof

Documents - Identity Proof

Documents Residence Proof

9 Photo ID cards issued by Post

11 Copies of Registered Leave & License

Note: If passport having current

proof of address (either present residence or permanent residence) while opening a

Partnership Accounts: The following documents are required to open account in

Trusts / Foundation Accounts: The following documents are required to open

Preservation of Records: As per Prevention of Money Laundering (Amendment)

Alternate Delivery Channels & E-products

ATM failed transactions are to be resolved within a maximum period of 7

RBI approval is required to extend mobile banking services.

Popularizing NEFT/RTGS platforms for transfer of funds among public and at

Issuance of Debit cards to all eligible accounts.

Any Branch Banking is allowed without any charges.

Encouraging institutions and organizations to pay wages and salaries of their

It is directed that all payments handled by banks to their customers, vendors,

The validity period of cheques/demand drafts is reduced from 6 months to 3

NPCI initiated steps to popularize RuPay where Debit/Credit card payments

The practice of taking Post-dated Cheques (PDCs) from the borrowers is

Introduction of Basic Saving Bank Deposit account (known as No-Frill

Financial Inclusion Progress Report

Priority Sector Revised Guidelines

Corporates / partnership firms / institutions engaged in Agriculture and Allied